- Commands
- acknowledge chassis
- acknowledge fault
- acknowledge server
- acknowledge slot
- activate firmware
- activate firmware (fabric)
- add alertgroups
- add backup action
- add privilege
- associate server
- associate server-pool
- backup sel
- cd
- clear alertgroups
- clear backup action
- clear cores
- clear license
- clear sel
- clear sshkey
- cluster force primary
- cluster lead
- commit-buffer
- connect adapter
- connect bmc
- connect clp
- connect iom
- connect local-mgmt
- connect nxos
- copy
- create adapter
- create backup
- create bios-policy
- create block
- create boot-definition
- create boot-policy
- create cap-qual
- create certreq
- create chassis
- create class chassis-stats
- create class cmc-stats
- create class cpu-env-stats
- create class dimm-stats
- create class ether-error-stats
- create class ether-if-stats
- create class ether-loss-stats
- create class ethernet-port-err-stats
- create class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
- create class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
- create class ethernet-port-stats
- create class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
- create class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
- create class ether-rx-stats
- create class ether-tx-stats
- create class fan-module-stats
- create class fan-stats
- create class fc-error-stats
- create class fc-if-event-stats
- create class fc-if-fc4-counters
- create class fc-if-frame-stats
- create class fc-port-stats
- create class fc-stats
- create class mb-power-stats
- create class mb-temp-stats
- create class memory-runtime
- create class menlo-dce-port-stats
- create class menlo-eth-error-stats
- create class menlo-eth-stats
- create class menlo-fc-error-stats
- create class menlo-fc-stats
- create class menlo-host-port-stats
- create class menlo-mcpu-error-stats
- create class menlo-mcpu-stats
- create class menlo-net-eg-stats
- create class menlo-net-in-stats
- create class menlo-q-error-stats
- create class menlo-q-stats
- create class processor-runtime
- create class psu-input-stats
- create class psu-stats
- create class system-stats
- create client
- create class vnic-stats
- create cpu
- create data-center
- create default-behavior
- create destination
- create distributed-virtual-switch
- create dns
- create dynamic-vnic-conn
- create dynamic-vnic-conn-policy
- create egress-policy
- create epuser
- create eth-if
- create eth-policy
- create fcoe-if
- create fc-policy
- create folder
- create fw-host-pack
- create fw-mgmt-pack
- create hv-conn
- create import-config
- create initiator
- create interface
- create ipmi-access-profile
- create keyring
- create lan
- create local
- create local-disk-config
- create local-disk-config-policy
- create locale
- create local-user
- create mac-pool
- create mac-security
- create member-port
- create memory
- create ntp-server
- create nwctrl-policy
- create org
- create org-ref
- create pack-image
- create path
- create physical-qual
- create pin-group
- create policy
- create pooling-policy
- create port-channel
- create port-profile (eth-uplink)
- create port-profile (profile-set)
- create processor
- create profile
- create qos-policy
- create role
- create san-image
- create scrub-policy
- create server
- create server-autoconfig-policy
- create server-disc-policy
- create server-inherit-policy
- create server-pool
- create server-qual
- create service-profile
- create slot
- create snmp-trap
- create snmp-user
- create sol-config
- create sol-policy
- create stats-threshold-policy
- create storage
- create threshold-value
- create trustpoint
- create uuid-suffix-pool
- create vcenter
- create vcon
- create vcon-policy
- create vhba
- create vhba-templ
- create virtual-media
- create vlan
- create vlan (port-profile)
- create vnic
- create vnic-egress-policy
- create vnic-templ
- create vsan
- create wwn-pool
- cycle
- decommission chassis
- decommission server
- delete adapter
- delete backup
- delete block
- delete boot-definition
- delete boot-policy
- delete certreq
- delete chassis
- delete class chassis-stats
- delete class cpu-env-stats
- delete class dimm-stats
- delete class ether-error-stats
- delete class ether-if-stats
- delete class ether-loss-stats
- delete class ethernet-port-err-stats
- delete class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
- delete class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
- delete class ethernet-port-stats
- delete class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
- delete class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
- delete class ether-rx-stats
- delete class ether-tx-stats
- delete client
- delete cpu
- delete data-center
- delete default-behavior
- delete destination
- delete distributed-virtual-switch
- delete dns
- delete dynamic-vnic-conn
- delete dynamic-vnic-conn-policy
- delete egress-policy
- delete epuser
- delete eth-if
- delete eth-policy
- delete fc-policy
- delete folder
- delete image
- delete import-config
- delete initiator
- delete interface
- delete ipmi-access-profile
- delete keyring
- delete lan
- delete local
- delete locale
- delete local-disk-config
- delete local-user
- delete mac-pool
- delete mac-security
- delete member-port
- delete memory
- delete nwctrl-policy
- delete org-ref
- delete path
- delete physical-qual
- delete pin-group
- delete policy
- delete pooling-policy
- delete port-channel
- delete port-profile (profile-set)
- delete processor
- delete qos-policy
- delete role
- delete scrub-policy
- delete server
- delete server-disc-policy
- delete server-pool
- delete server-qual
- delete storage
- delete target
- delete threshold-value
- delete trustpoint
- delete uuid-suffix-pool
- delete vcenter
- delete vcon
- delete vcon-policy
- delete vhba
- delete vlan
- delete vnic
- delete vnic-templ
- delete vsan
- delete wwn-pool
- dir
- disable (distributed-virtual-switch)
- disable cdp
- disable cimxml
- disable core-export-target
- disable http
- disable https
- disable locator-led
- disable snmp
- disable syslog
- disable telnet-server
- disassociate
- discard-buffer
- download image
- enable (distributed-virtual-switch)
- enable cdp
- enable cimxml
- enable cluster
- enable core-export-target
- enable http
- enable https
- enable locator-led
- enable snmp
- enable syslog
- enable telnet-server
- enter adapter
- enter chassis
- enter class cpu-env-stats
- enter class ethernet-port-err-stats
- enter class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
- enter class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
- enter class ethernet-port-stats
- enter class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
- enter class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
- enter client
- enter data-center
- enter default-behavior
- enter distributed-virtual-switch
- enter dynamic-vnic-conn
- enter dynamic-vnic-conn-policy
- enter eth-policy
- enter fc-policy
- enter folder
- enter memory
- enter nwctrl-policy
- enter policy
- enter processor
- enter qos-policy
- enter storage
- enter threshold-value
- enter vcenter
- enter vcon
- enter vcon-policy
- enter vlan
- enter vlan (port-profile)
- erase configuration
- erase-log-config
- install-license
- ls
- mkdir
- move
- ping
- power
- pwd
- reboot
- recommission chassis
- recover-bios
- remove alertgroups
- remove backup action
- remove privilege
- remove server
- reset
- reset pers-bind
- reset-cmos
- rmdir
- run-script
- save
- scope adapter
- scope backup
- scope block
- scope bmc
- scope boardcontroller
- scope boot-definition
- scope boot-policy
- scope capability
- scope cap-qual
- scope cat-updater
- scope cert-store
- scope chassis
- scope chassis-disc-policy
- scope cimc
- scope class cpu-env-stats
- scope class ethernet-port-err-stats
- scope class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
- scope class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
- scope class ethernet-port-stats
- scope class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
- scope class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
- scope client
- scope data-center
- scope default-behavior
- scope distributed-virtual-switch
- scope dynamic-vnic-conn
- scope egress-policy
- scope eth-best-effort
- scope eth-classified
- scope eth-policy
- scope eth-server
- scope eth-uplink
- scope extension-key
- scope fabric
- scope fabric-interconnect
- scope fc-policy
- scope fc-uplink
- scope firmware
- scope flow-control
- scope folder
- scope import-config
- scope iom
- scope ipmi-access-profile
- scope ldap
- scope locale
- scope monitoring
- scope nwctrl-policy
- scope org
- scope policy
- scope port-channel
- scope port-profile
- scope profile-set
- scope psu-policy
- scope qos
- scope qos-policy
- scope radius
- scope role
- scope security
- scope server
- scope server-qual
- scope services
- scope snmp-user
- scope system
- scope tacacs
- scope threshold-value
- scope vcenter
- scope vcon-policy
- scope vhba
- scope vhba-templ
- scope virtual-machine
- scope vlan
- scope vm-mgmt
- scope vmware
- scope vnic
- scope vnic-templ
- scope wwn-pool
- send
- send-syslog
- send-test-alert
- set action
- set adaptor-profile
- set adminstate
- set admin-state
- set admin-vcon
- set aes-128
- set agent-policy
- set alertgroups
- set all
- set arch
- set attribute
- set auth
- set authentication console
- set authentication default
- set authport
- set backup action
- set backup clear-on-backup
- set backup destination
- set backup format
- set backup hostname
- set backup interval
- set backup password
- set backup protocol
- set backup remote-path
- set backup user
- set basedn
- set binddn
- set bios-settings-scrub
- set blocksize
- set boot-policy
- set cert
- set certchain
- set certificate
- set cimxml port
- set clear-action
- set cli suppress-field-spillover
- set cli suppress-headers
- set cli table-field-delimiter
- set clock (memory)
- set clock (system)
- set collection-interval
- set community
- set comp-queue count
- set console-redir-config baud-rate
- set console-redir-config console-redir
- set contact
- set contract-id
- set core-export-target path
- set core-export-target port
- set core-export-target server-description
- set core-export-target server-name
- set cos
- set customer-id
- set data-center
- set data-center-folder
- set deescalating
- set default-net
- set descr
- set description
- set descr (vcon-policy)
- set destination org
- set disk-scrub
- set domain-name
- set drop
- set dvs
- set dynamic-eth
- set email
- set enforce-vnic-name
- set enhanced-intel-speedstep-config
- set error-recovery error-detect-timeout
- set error-recovery fcp-error-recovery
- set error-recovery link-down-timeout
- set error-recovery port-down-io-retry-count
- set error-recovery port-down-timeout
- set error-recovery resource-allocation-timeout
- set escalating
- set expiration
- set fabric
- set failover timeout
- set fc-if name
- set fcoe-vlan
- set file size
- set filter
- set firstname
- set flap-interval
- set flow-control-policy
- set folder
- set forged-transmit
- set format
- set from-email
- set host
- set host-fw-policy
- set hostname
- set hostname
- set http port
- set https keyring
- set https port
- set hyper-threading-config
- set identity dynamic-mac
- set identity dynamic-uuid
- set identity dynamic-wwnn
- set identity dynamic-wwpn
- set identity mac-pool
- set identity uuid-suffix-pool
- set identity wwnn-pool
- set identity wwpn-pool
- set intel-turbo-boost-config
- set intel-vt-config
- set intel-vt-directed-io-config
- set interrupt coalescing-time
- set interrupt coalescing-type
- set interrupt count
- set interrupt mode
- set interval-days
- set ipmi-access-profile
- set key (server)
- set key (extension-key)
- set lastname
- set level
- set local-disk-policy
- set lun
- set lv-dimm-support-config
- set mac aging
- set mac-pool
- set maxcap
- set maxcores
- set max-field-size
- set maximum
- set max-ports
- set maxprocs
- set maxsize
- set maxthreads
- set memory-mirroring-mode
- set memory-ras-config
- set mgmt-fw-policy
- set mincap
- set mincores
- set minprocs
- set minthreads
- set mode (eth-uplink)
- set mode (fw-pack)
- set mode (local-disk)
- set model-regex
- set module
- set modulus
- set mtu
- set mtu (eth-best-effort)
- set mtu (vnic)
- set multicast-optimize
- set multicastoptimize (eth-best-effort)
- set name
- set native
- set normal-value
- set numa-config
- set numberofblocks
- set nw-control-policy
- set offload large-receive
- set offload tcp-rx-checksum
- set offload tcp-segment
- set offload tcp-tx-checksum
- set order (device boot order)
- set order (vhba pci scan order)
- set order (vnic relative order)
- set out-of-band
- set password
- set password (snmp-user)
- set path
- set perdiskcap
- set pers-bind
- set phone
- set phone-contact
- set pin-group
- set pool
- set port
- set port io-throttle-count
- set port max-field-size
- set port max-luns
- set port-f-logi retries
- set port-f-logi timeout
- set port-p-logi retries
- set port-p-logi timeout
- set power-budget committed
- set preserve-pooled-values
- set prio
- set privilege
- set priv-password
- set processor-c3-report-config
- set processor-c6-report-config
- set protocol
- set qos-policy
- set qualifier
- set quiet-boot-config
- set rate
- set reboot-on-update
- set receive
- set recv-queue count
- set recv-queue ring-size
- set redundancy
- set regenerate
- set remote-file
- set reply-to-email
- set reporting-interval
- set resume-ac-on-power-loss-config
- set retention-interval
- set retries
- set rootdn
- set rss receivesidescaling
- set scrub-policy
- set scsi-io count
- set scsi-io ring-size
- set send
- set send-periodically
- set server
- set site-id
- set size
- set snmp community
- set sol-policy
- set speed
- set src-templ-name
- set sshkey
- set ssl
- set stats-policy
- set stepping
- set street-address
- set switch-priority
- set syslog console
- set syslog file
- set syslog min-level
- set syslog monitor
- set syslog remote-destination
- set target
- set template
- set template-name
- set throttling
- set timeofday-hour
- set timeofday-minute
- set timeout
- set timezone
- set trans-queue count
- set trans-queue ring-size
- set trustpoint
- set type (backup)
- set type (partition)
- set type (template)
- set units
- set uplink-fail-action
- set user
- set userid
- set user-label
- set uuid-prefix
- set v3privilege
- set vcon
- set vcon-profile
- set version
- set version (snmp-trap)
- set vhba
- set virtual-ip
- set vnic
- set weight
- set width
- set work-queue count
- set work-queue ring-size
- set wwn
- set wwpn-pool
- show activate status
- show adapter
- show assoc
- show audit-logs
- show authentication
- show backup
- show backup (ep-log-policy)
- show bios
- show bmc
- show boot-definition
- show boot-order
- show boot-policy
- show callhome
- show cap-qual
- show cat-updater
- show certreq
- show chassis
- show cimc
- show cimxml
- show class cpu-stats
- show class ethernet-port-err-stats
- show class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
- show class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
- show class ethernet-port-stats
- show class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
- show class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
- show cli
- show clock (system)
- show cluster
- show connectivity
- show core-export-target
- show cores
- show cpu
- show destination
- show disk
- show distributed-virtual-switch
- show dns
- show download-task
- show dynamic-conn-policy
- show egress-policy
- show environment
- show epuser
- show error-recovery
- show eth-classified
- show eth-if
- show eth-profile
- show eth-uplink
- show event
- show extension-key
- show ext-eth-if
- show ext-ipv6-rss-hash
- show fabric
- show fabric-interconnect
- show fabric-interconnect inventory
- show fabric-interconnect mode
- show failover
- show fan
- show fan-module
- show fault policy
- show fc
- show fc-if
- show fc-profile
- show identity (server)
- show identity (service-profile)
- show identity mac-addr
- show identity uuid
- show identity wwn
- show license brief
- show license default
- show license file
- show license host-id
- show license usage
- show nwctrl-policy
- show power-budget
- show psu-policy
- show security fsm status
- show sel
- show server actual-boot-order
- show server adapter
- show server adapter identity
- show server adapter inventory
- show server adapter layer2
- show server adapter status
- show server boot-order
- show server cpu
- show server identity
- show snmp-user
- show sshkey
- show stats mb-power-stats
- show vcenter
- show vcon
- show vcon-policy
- show virtual-machine
- ssh
- tail-mgmt-log
- telnet
- terminal length
- terminal monitor
- terminal session-timeout
- terminal width
- top
- traceroute
- up
- update catalog
- update firmware
- where
Commands
- acknowledge chassis
- acknowledge fault
- acknowledge server
- acknowledge slot
- activate firmware
- activate firmware (fabric)
- add alertgroups
- add backup action
- add privilege
- associate server
- associate server-pool
- backup sel
- cd
- clear alertgroups
- clear backup action
- clear cores
- clear license
- clear sel
- clear sshkey
- cluster force primary
- cluster lead
- commit-buffer
- connect adapter
- connect bmc
- connect clp
- connect iom
- connect local-mgmt
- connect nxos
- copy
- create adapter
- create backup
- create bios-policy
- create block
- create boot-definition
- create boot-policy
- create cap-qual
- create certreq
- create chassis
- create class chassis-stats
- create class cmc-stats
- create class cpu-env-stats
- create class dimm-stats
- create class ether-error-stats
- create class ether-if-stats
- create class ether-loss-stats
- create class ethernet-port-err-stats
- create class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
- create class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
- create class ethernet-port-stats
- create class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
- create class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
- create class ether-rx-stats
- create class ether-tx-stats
- create class fan-module-stats
- create class fan-stats
- create class fc-error-stats
- create class fc-if-event-stats
- create class fc-if-fc4-counters
- create class fc-if-frame-stats
- create class fc-port-stats
- create class fc-stats
- create class mb-power-stats
- create class mb-temp-stats
- create class memory-runtime
- create class menlo-dce-port-stats
- create class menlo-eth-error-stats
- create class menlo-eth-stats
- create class menlo-fc-error-stats
- create class menlo-fc-stats
- create class menlo-host-port-stats
- create class menlo-mcpu-error-stats
- create class menlo-mcpu-stats
- create class menlo-net-eg-stats
- create class menlo-net-in-stats
- create class menlo-q-error-stats
- create class menlo-q-stats
- create class processor-runtime
- create class psu-input-stats
- create class psu-stats
- create class system-stats
- create client
- create class vnic-stats
- create cpu
- create data-center
- create default-behavior
- create destination
- create distributed-virtual-switch
- create dns
- create dynamic-vnic-conn
- create dynamic-vnic-conn-policy
- create egress-policy
- create epuser
- create eth-if
- create eth-policy
- create fcoe-if
- create fc-policy
- create folder
- create fw-host-pack
- create fw-mgmt-pack
- create hv-conn
- create import-config
- create initiator
- create interface
- create ipmi-access-profile
- create keyring
- create lan
- create local
- create local-disk-config
- create local-disk-config-policy
- create locale
- create local-user
- create mac-pool
- create mac-security
- create member-port
- create memory
- create ntp-server
- create nwctrl-policy
- create org
- create org-ref
- create pack-image
- create path
- create physical-qual
- create pin-group
- create policy
- create pooling-policy
- create port-channel
- create port-profile (eth-uplink)
- create port-profile (profile-set)
- create processor
- create profile
- create qos-policy
- create role
- create san-image
- create scrub-policy
- create server
- create server-autoconfig-policy
- create server-disc-policy
- create server-inherit-policy
- create server-pool
- create server-qual
- create service-profile
- create slot
- create snmp-trap
- create snmp-user
- create sol-config
- create sol-policy
- create stats-threshold-policy
- create storage
- create threshold-value
- create trustpoint
- create uuid-suffix-pool
- create vcenter
- create vcon
- create vcon-policy
- create vhba
- create vhba-templ
- create virtual-media
- create vlan
- create vlan (port-profile)
- create vnic
- create vnic-egress-policy
- create vnic-templ
- create vsan
- create wwn-pool
- cycle
- decommission chassis
- decommission server
- delete adapter
- delete backup
- delete block
- delete boot-definition
- delete boot-policy
- delete certreq
- delete chassis
- delete class chassis-stats
- delete class cpu-env-stats
- delete class dimm-stats
- delete class ether-error-stats
- delete class ether-if-stats
- delete class ether-loss-stats
- delete class ethernet-port-err-stats
- delete class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
- delete class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
- delete class ethernet-port-stats
- delete class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
- delete class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
- delete class ether-rx-stats
- delete class ether-tx-stats
- delete client
- delete cpu
- delete data-center
- delete default-behavior
- delete destination
- delete distributed-virtual-switch
- delete dns
- delete dynamic-vnic-conn
- delete dynamic-vnic-conn-policy
- delete egress-policy
- delete epuser
- delete eth-if
- delete eth-policy
- delete fc-policy
- delete folder
- delete image
- delete import-config
- delete initiator
- delete interface
- delete ipmi-access-profile
- delete keyring
- delete lan
- delete local
- delete locale
- delete local-disk-config
- delete local-user
- delete mac-pool
- delete mac-security
- delete member-port
- delete memory
- delete nwctrl-policy
- delete org-ref
- delete path
- delete physical-qual
- delete pin-group
- delete policy
- delete pooling-policy
- delete port-channel
- delete port-profile (profile-set)
- delete processor
- delete qos-policy
- delete role
- delete scrub-policy
- delete server
- delete server-disc-policy
- delete server-pool
- delete server-qual
- delete storage
- delete target
- delete threshold-value
- delete trustpoint
- delete uuid-suffix-pool
- delete vcenter
- delete vcon
- delete vcon-policy
- delete vhba
- delete vlan
- delete vnic
- delete vnic-templ
- delete vsan
- delete wwn-pool
- dir
- disable (distributed-virtual-switch)
- disable cdp
- disable cimxml
- disable core-export-target
- disable http
- disable https
- disable locator-led
- disable snmp
- disable syslog
- disable telnet-server
- disassociate
- discard-buffer
- download image
- enable (distributed-virtual-switch)
- enable cdp
- enable cimxml
- enable cluster
- enable core-export-target
- enable http
- enable https
- enable locator-led
- enable snmp
- enable syslog
- enable telnet-server
- enter adapter
- enter chassis
- enter class cpu-env-stats
- enter class ethernet-port-err-stats
- enter class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
- enter class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
- enter class ethernet-port-stats
- enter class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
- enter class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
- enter client
- enter data-center
- enter default-behavior
- enter distributed-virtual-switch
- enter dynamic-vnic-conn
- enter dynamic-vnic-conn-policy
- enter eth-policy
- enter fc-policy
- enter folder
- enter memory
- enter nwctrl-policy
- enter policy
- enter processor
- enter qos-policy
- enter storage
- enter threshold-value
- enter vcenter
- enter vcon
- enter vcon-policy
- enter vlan
- enter vlan (port-profile)
- erase configuration
- erase-log-config
- install-license
- ls
- mkdir
- move
- ping
- power
- pwd
- reboot
- recommission chassis
- recover-bios
- remove alertgroups
- remove backup action
- remove privilege
- remove server
- reset
- reset pers-bind
- reset-cmos
- rmdir
- run-script
- save
- scope adapter
- scope backup
- scope block
- scope bmc
- scope boardcontroller
- scope boot-definition
- scope boot-policy
- scope capability
- scope cap-qual
- scope cat-updater
- scope cert-store
- scope chassis
- scope chassis-disc-policy
- scope cimc
- scope class cpu-env-stats
- scope class ethernet-port-err-stats
- scope class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
- scope class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
- scope class ethernet-port-stats
- scope class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
- scope class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
- scope client
- scope data-center
- scope default-behavior
- scope distributed-virtual-switch
- scope dynamic-vnic-conn
- scope egress-policy
- scope eth-best-effort
- scope eth-classified
- scope eth-policy
- scope eth-server
- scope eth-uplink
- scope extension-key
- scope fabric
- scope fabric-interconnect
- scope fc-policy
- scope fc-uplink
- scope firmware
- scope flow-control
- scope folder
- scope import-config
- scope iom
- scope ipmi-access-profile
- scope ldap
- scope locale
- scope monitoring
- scope nwctrl-policy
- scope org
- scope policy
- scope port-channel
- scope port-profile
- scope profile-set
- scope psu-policy
- scope qos
- scope qos-policy
- scope radius
- scope role
- scope security
- scope server
- scope server-qual
- scope services
- scope snmp-user
- scope system
- scope tacacs
- scope threshold-value
- scope vcenter
- scope vcon-policy
- scope vhba
- scope vhba-templ
- scope virtual-machine
- scope vlan
- scope vm-mgmt
- scope vmware
- scope vnic
- scope vnic-templ
- scope wwn-pool
- send
- send-syslog
- send-test-alert
- set action
- set adaptor-profile
- set adminstate
- set admin-state
- set admin-vcon
- set aes-128
- set agent-policy
- set alertgroups
- set all
- set arch
- set attribute
- set auth
- set authentication console
- set authentication default
- set authport
- set backup action
- set backup clear-on-backup
- set backup destination
- set backup format
- set backup hostname
- set backup interval
- set backup password
- set backup protocol
- set backup remote-path
- set backup user
- set basedn
- set binddn
- set bios-settings-scrub
- set blocksize
- set boot-policy
- set cert
- set certchain
- set certificate
- set cimxml port
- set clear-action
- set cli suppress-field-spillover
- set cli suppress-headers
- set cli table-field-delimiter
- set clock (memory)
- set clock (system)
- set collection-interval
- set community
- set comp-queue count
- set console-redir-config baud-rate
- set console-redir-config console-redir
- set contact
- set contract-id
- set core-export-target path
- set core-export-target port
- set core-export-target server-description
- set core-export-target server-name
- set cos
- set customer-id
- set data-center
- set data-center-folder
- set deescalating
- set default-net
- set descr
- set description
- set descr (vcon-policy)
- set destination org
- set disk-scrub
- set domain-name
- set drop
- set dvs
- set dynamic-eth
- set email
- set enforce-vnic-name
- set enhanced-intel-speedstep-config
- set error-recovery error-detect-timeout
- set error-recovery fcp-error-recovery
- set error-recovery link-down-timeout
- set error-recovery port-down-io-retry-count
- set error-recovery port-down-timeout
- set error-recovery resource-allocation-timeout
- set escalating
- set expiration
- set fabric
- set failover timeout
- set fc-if name
- set fcoe-vlan
- set file size
- set filter
- set firstname
- set flap-interval
- set flow-control-policy
- set folder
- set forged-transmit
- set format
- set from-email
- set host
- set host-fw-policy
- set hostname
- set hostname
- set http port
- set https keyring
- set https port
- set hyper-threading-config
- set identity dynamic-mac
- set identity dynamic-uuid
- set identity dynamic-wwnn
- set identity dynamic-wwpn
- set identity mac-pool
- set identity uuid-suffix-pool
- set identity wwnn-pool
- set identity wwpn-pool
- set intel-turbo-boost-config
- set intel-vt-config
- set intel-vt-directed-io-config
- set interrupt coalescing-time
- set interrupt coalescing-type
- set interrupt count
- set interrupt mode
- set interval-days
- set ipmi-access-profile
- set key (server)
- set key (extension-key)
- set lastname
- set level
- set local-disk-policy
- set lun
- set lv-dimm-support-config
- set mac aging
- set mac-pool
- set maxcap
- set maxcores
- set max-field-size
- set maximum
- set max-ports
- set maxprocs
- set maxsize
- set maxthreads
- set memory-mirroring-mode
- set memory-ras-config
- set mgmt-fw-policy
- set mincap
- set mincores
- set minprocs
- set minthreads
- set mode (eth-uplink)
- set mode (fw-pack)
- set mode (local-disk)
- set model-regex
- set module
- set modulus
- set mtu
- set mtu (eth-best-effort)
- set mtu (vnic)
- set multicast-optimize
- set multicastoptimize (eth-best-effort)
- set name
- set native
- set normal-value
- set numa-config
- set numberofblocks
- set nw-control-policy
- set offload large-receive
- set offload tcp-rx-checksum
- set offload tcp-segment
- set offload tcp-tx-checksum
- set order (device boot order)
- set order (vhba pci scan order)
- set order (vnic relative order)
- set out-of-band
- set password
- set password (snmp-user)
- set path
- set perdiskcap
- set pers-bind
- set phone
- set phone-contact
- set pin-group
- set pool
- set port
- set port io-throttle-count
- set port max-field-size
- set port max-luns
- set port-f-logi retries
- set port-f-logi timeout
- set port-p-logi retries
- set port-p-logi timeout
- set power-budget committed
- set preserve-pooled-values
- set prio
- set privilege
- set priv-password
- set processor-c3-report-config
- set processor-c6-report-config
- set protocol
- set qos-policy
- set qualifier
- set quiet-boot-config
- set rate
- set reboot-on-update
- set receive
- set recv-queue count
- set recv-queue ring-size
- set redundancy
- set regenerate
- set remote-file
- set reply-to-email
- set reporting-interval
- set resume-ac-on-power-loss-config
- set retention-interval
- set retries
- set rootdn
- set rss receivesidescaling
- set scrub-policy
- set scsi-io count
- set scsi-io ring-size
- set send
- set send-periodically
- set server
- set site-id
- set size
- set snmp community
- set sol-policy
- set speed
- set src-templ-name
- set sshkey
- set ssl
- set stats-policy
- set stepping
- set street-address
- set switch-priority
- set syslog console
- set syslog file
- set syslog min-level
- set syslog monitor
- set syslog remote-destination
- set target
- set template
- set template-name
- set throttling
- set timeofday-hour
- set timeofday-minute
- set timeout
- set timezone
- set trans-queue count
- set trans-queue ring-size
- set trustpoint
- set type (backup)
- set type (partition)
- set type (template)
- set units
- set uplink-fail-action
- set user
- set userid
- set user-label
- set uuid-prefix
- set v3privilege
- set vcon
- set vcon-profile
- set version
- set version (snmp-trap)
- set vhba
- set virtual-ip
- set vnic
- set weight
- set width
- set work-queue count
- set work-queue ring-size
- set wwn
- set wwpn-pool
- show activate status
- show adapter
- show assoc
- show audit-logs
- show authentication
- show backup
- show backup (ep-log-policy)
- show bios
- show bmc
- show boot-definition
- show boot-order
- show boot-policy
- show callhome
- show cap-qual
- show cat-updater
- show certreq
- show chassis
- show cimc
- show cimxml
- show class cpu-stats
- show class ethernet-port-err-stats
- show class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
- show class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
- show class ethernet-port-stats
- show class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
- show class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
- show cli
- show clock (system)
- show cluster
- show connectivity
- show core-export-target
- show cores
- show cpu
- show destination
- show disk
- show distributed-virtual-switch
- show dns
- show download-task
- show dynamic-conn-policy
- show egress-policy
- show environment
- show epuser
- show error-recovery
- show eth-classified
- show eth-if
- show eth-profile
- show eth-uplink
- show event
- show extension-key
- show ext-eth-if
- show ext-ipv6-rss-hash
- show fabric
- show fabric-interconnect
- show fabric-interconnect inventory
- show fabric-interconnect mode
- show failover
- show fan
- show fan-module
- show fault policy
- show fc
- show fc-if
- show fc-profile
- show identity (server)
- show identity (service-profile)
- show identity mac-addr
- show identity uuid
- show identity wwn
- show license brief
- show license default
- show license file
- show license host-id
- show license usage
- show nwctrl-policy
- show power-budget
- show psu-policy
- show security fsm status
- show sel
- show server actual-boot-order
- show server adapter
- show server adapter identity
- show server adapter inventory
- show server adapter layer2
- show server adapter status
- show server boot-order
- show server cpu
- show server identity
- show snmp-user
- show sshkey
- show stats mb-power-stats
- show vcenter
- show vcon
- show vcon-policy
- show virtual-machine
- ssh
- tail-mgmt-log
- telnet
- terminal length
- terminal monitor
- terminal session-timeout
- terminal width
- top
- traceroute
- up
- update catalog
- update firmware
- where
acknowledge chassis
To acknowledge a chassis, use the acknowledge chassis command.
acknowledge chassis id
Syntax Description
| id | Chassis identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 255. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to verify the existence of devices in your network. For example, you can acknowledge a chassis that was recently commissioned, to ensure that it exists.
Examples
This example shows how to acknowledge a chassis:
switch-A# acknowledge chassis 10 switch-A* # commit-buffer switch-A #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show server |
|
acknowledge fault
To acknowledge a fault, use the acknowledge fault command.
acknowledge fault id
Syntax Description
| id | Fault identification number. The range of valid values is 0 to 9223372036854775807. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
The following example shows how to acknowledge a fault:
switch-A# acknowledge fault 1
switch-A* # commit-buffer
switch-A #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cli |
|
show fault |
|
acknowledge server
To acknowledge a server, use the acknowledge server command.
acknowledge server { chassis-id / blade-id | slot-id }
Syntax Description
| chassis-id / blade-id | Chassis and blade identification numbers. |
| slot-id | Slot identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 8. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to verify the existence of devices in your network. For example, you can acknowledge a server that was recently commissioned, to ensure that it exists. slot -id is used only in /chassis mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to acknowledge a server in /chassis mode:
switch-A# scope chassis 1 switch-A /chassis # acknowledge server 2 switch-A /chassis* # commit-buffer switch-A /chassis #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show server |
|
acknowledge slot
To acknowledge a slot, use the acknowledge slot command.
acknowledge slot { chassis-id / blade-id | slot-id }
Syntax Description
| chassis-id / blade-id | Sever identification number. |
| slot-id | Slot identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 8. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to verify the existence of devices in your network. For example, you can acknowledge a chassis that was recently commissioned using slot -id , to ensure that it exists. slot -id is used only in /chassis mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to acknowledge a slot in /chassis mode:
switch-A# scope chassis 1 switch-A /chassis # acknowledge slot 1 switch-A /chassis* # commit-buffer switch-A /chassis #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show server |
|
show slot |
|
activate firmware
To activate firmware for a device, use the activate firmware command.
activate firmware version [ignorecompcheck] [set-startup-only] +
Syntax Description
| version | Firmware version. |
| ignorecompcheck | (Optional) Ignores the results of the compatability check. |
| set-startup-only | (Optional) Activates the firmware only on next startup. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Board controller (/chassis/system/boardcontroller)
Input output module (/chassis/iom)
System (/system)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use the ignorecompcheck keyword to ignore the results of the automatic compatability check when you activate the firmware.
Use the set-startup-only keyword to activate the specified Input output module (IOM) firmware version only on the next startup of the IOM. The system will not restart at this time. This keyword is available only in the IOM command mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to activate a specific version of system software, ignoring the compatibility check:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # activate firmware 3.0 ignorecompcheck switch-A /system* # commit-buffer switch-A /system #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show firmware |
|
show version |
|
activate firmware (fabric)
To activate kernal or system firmware on a fabric interconnect, use the activate firmware command.
activate firmware { kernel-version kernel-version | system-version system-version } [ignorecompcheck] [force] +
Syntax Description
| kernel-version | Specifies switch kernel firmware. |
| kernel-version | Kernel firmware version. |
| system-version | Specifies switch system firmware. |
| system-version | System firmware version. |
| ignorecompcheck | (Optional) Ignores the results of the compatability check. |
| force | (Optional) Forces the upgrade. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric interconnect (/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use the ignorecompcheck keyword to ignore the results of the automatic compatability check when you activate the firmware.
Examples
The following example shows how to activate a specific version of kernal software on fabric interconnect A, ignoring the compatibility check:
switch-A# scope fabric a switch-A /fabric # activate firmware kernel-version 3.0 ignorecompcheck switch-A /fabric* # commit-buffer switch-A /fabric #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show firmware |
|
show version |
|
add alertgroups
To add more alert groups to a Call Home profile, use the add alertgroups command.
add alertgroups [ ciscotac ] [ diagnostic ] [ environmental ] [ inventory ] [ license ] [ lifecycle ] [ linecard ] [ supervisor ] [ syslogport ] [ system ] [ test ] +
Syntax Description
| ciscotac | Specifies the Cisco Technical Assistance Center (TAC) alert group. |
| diagnostic | Specifies the diagnostic alert group. |
| environmental | Specifies the environmental alert group. |
| inventory | Specifies the inventory alert group. |
| license | Specifies the license alert group. |
| lifecycle | Specifies the lifecycle alert group. |
| linecard | Specifies the line card alert group. |
| supervisor | Specifies the supervisor alert group. |
| syslogport | Specifies the syslog port alert group. |
| system | Specifies the system alert group. |
| test | Specifies the test alert group. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Profile (/monitoring/callhome/profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to add more predefined Call Home alert groups to an existing alert group list within a Call Home profile.
Examples
This example shows how to add diagnostic and license alert groups to an existing Call Home profile:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # scope profile profileOne switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile # add alertgroups diagnostic license switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
remove alertgroups |
|
set alertgroups |
|
add backup action
To add an additional action or actions that will trigger a backup of the system event log, use the add backup actioncommand.
add backup action [log-full] [none] [on-change-of-association] [on-clear] [timer]
Syntax Description
| log-full | Specifies that the log is backed up when it is full. |
| none | Specifies no action. |
| on-change-of-association | Specifies that the log is backed up when the server changes associations. |
| on-clear | Specifies that the log is backed up when it is cleared. |
| timer | Specifies that the log is backed up at an interval. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Endpoint log policy (/org/ep-log-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to add an additional action or actions that will trigger a backup of the system event log. Previously configured actions are retained.
Examples
This example shows how to add an action to trigger a backup of the system event log when the log is full:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope ep-log-policy sel switch-A /org/ep-log-policy # add backup action log-full switch-A /org/ep-log-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ep-log-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
remove backup action |
|
set backup action |
|
show backup |
|
add privilege
To add privileges, use the add privilege command.
add privilege { aaa | admin | ext-lan-config | ext-lan-policy | ext-lan-qos | ext-lan-security | ext-san-config | ext-san-policy | ext-san-qos | ext-san-security | fault | service-profile-config | service-profile-config-policy | service-profile-network | service-profile-network-policy | service-profile-qos | service-profile-qos-policy | service-profile-security | service-profile-security-policy | service-profile-server | service-profile-server-policy | service-profile-storage | service-profile-storage-policy | operations | server-equipment | server-maintenance | server-policy | server-security | pod-config | pod-policy | pod-qos | pod-security | read-only } +
Syntax Description
| aaa | Specifies AAA privileges. |
| admin | Specifies admin privileges. |
| ext-lan-config | Specifies external LAN configuration priveleges. |
| ext-lan-policy | Specifies external LAN policy privileges. |
| ext-lan-qos | Specifies external LAN QoS privileges. |
| ext-lan-security | Specifies external LAN security privileges. |
| ext-san-config | Specifies external SAN configuration privileges. |
| ext-san-policy | Specifies external SAN policy privileges. |
| ext-san-qos | Specifies external SAN QoS privileges. |
| ext-san-security | Specifies external SAN security privileges. |
| fault | Specifies fault privileges. |
| service-profile-config | Specifies service profile configuration privileges. |
| service-profile-config-policy | Specifies service profile configuration policy privileges. |
| service-profile-network | Specifies service profile network privileges. |
| service-profile-network-policy | Specifies service profile network policy privileges. |
| service-profile-qos | Specifies service profile QoS privileges. |
| service-profile-qos-policy | Specifies service profile QoS policy privileges. |
| service-profile-security | Specifies service profile security privileges. |
| service-profile-security-policy | Specifies service profile security policy privileges. |
| service-profile-server | Specifies service profile server privileges. |
| service-profile-server-policy | Specifies service profile server policy privileges. |
| service-profile-storage | Specifies service profile storage privileges. |
| service-profile-storage-policy | Specifies service profile storage policy privileges. |
| operations | Specifies operations privileges. |
| server-equipment | Specifies server equipment privileges. |
| server-maintenance | Specifies server maintenance privileges. |
| server-policy | Specifies server policy privileges. |
| server-security | Specifies server security privileges. |
| pod-config | Specifies pod configuration privileges. |
| pod-policy | Specifies pod policy privileges. |
| pod-qos | Specifies pod QoS privileges. |
| pod-security | Specifies pod security privileges. |
| read-only | Specifies read-only privileges. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Role (/security/role)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to add privileges:
switch-A # scope security switch-A /security # scope role role1 switch-A /security/role # add privilege ext-san-config ext-san-policy ext-san-qos ext-san-security switch-A /security/role* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/role #
associate server
To associate a server, use the associate server command.
associate server chassis-id/blade-id
Syntax Description
| chassis-id/blade-id | Chassis and blade identification numbers. The range of valid values is 1 to 4294967295. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to associate a server:
switch-A# scope org 1 switch-A /org # scope service-profile 1 switch-A /org/service-profile # associate server 1 switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show assoc |
|
show server |
|
associate server-pool
To associate a server pool with a service profile, use the associate server-pool command.
associate server-pool server-pool [name]
Syntax Description
| server-pool | Server pool name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
| name | (Optional) Qualifier. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to associate a server pool:
switch-A# scope org 1 switch-A /org # scope service-profile 1 switch-A /org/service-profile # associate server-pool 1 switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show assoc |
|
show server |
|
backup sel
To back up the system event log (SEL), use the backup sel command.
backup sel server-id
Syntax Description
| server-id | Specifies the chassis number and server number in the format A/B. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to back up the system event log (SEL) for a server. When entering this command in the command mode of the specific server (/chassis/server), do not enter the server-id .
Examples
This example shows how to back up the SEL for server 4 in chassis 2:
switch-A# backup sel 2/4 switch-A* # commit-buffer switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
|
|
cd
To change directories, use the cd command in local management command mode.
cd { workspace: | [path] | volatile: | [path] | | [path] }
Syntax Description
| workspace: | Specifies the workspace (flash) directory. |
| volatile: | Specifies the volatile directory. |
| path | Absolute or relative path. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.1(1) | This command was modified. The bootflash: keyword is replaced by the workspace: keyword. |
Usage Guidelines
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
This command operates on either the workspace (FLASH) or volatile (RAM) file system. To specify the file system, include the workspace: or volatile: keyword in the path. If the file system is not specified, the current working file system is assumed.
Examples
This example shows how to change directories:
switch-A# connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# cd volatile:/temp Pubs-A(local-mgmt)# pwd volatile:temp switch-A(local-mgmt)#
clear alertgroups
To clear all selected alert groups in a Call Home profile, use the clear alertgroups command.
clear alertgroups
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Profile (/monitoring/callhome/profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to clear any previously configured alert group list within the Call Home profile.
Examples
This example shows how to clear alert groups in a Call Home profile:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # scope profile profileOne switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile # clear alertgroups switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set alertgroups |
|
show policy |
|
show profile |
|
clear backup action
To clear all selected actions that will trigger a backup of the system event log, use the clear backup actioncommand.
clear backup action
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Endpoint log policy (/org/ep-log-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to delete any previously configured list of actions that will trigger a backup of the system event log.
Examples
This example shows how to clear all selected actions that will trigger a backup of the system event log:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope ep-log-policy sel switch-A /org/ep-log-policy # clear backup action switch-A /org/ep-log-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ep-log-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set backup action |
|
show backup |
|
clear cores
To clear core files, use the clear cores command.
clear cores
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Sysdebug (/monitoring/sysdebug)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Core files are records of core dumps. Use the clear cores command to clear information out of core dump records.
Examples
This example shows how to clear core files:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # clear cores switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show alert-groups |
|
show cores |
|
clear license
To remove a license, use the clear license command in local management command mode.
clear license license-file-name [force]
Syntax Description
| license-file-name | The name of a license file. |
| force | (Optional) |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to remove a license in local management command mode.
This command can be executed only on local fabric interconnect and only by the user admin.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
Examples
This example shows how to remove a license:
switch-A# connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# clear license FibreChannel.lic Clearing license FibreChannel.lic: SERVER this_host ANY VENDOR cisco Enter yes (yes is the default) to continue with the license update. Do you want to continue? (y/n) y Clearing license ..done switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
show license brief |
|
clear sel
To clear the contents of the system event log (SEL), use the clear sel command.
clear sel
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to clear the contents of the system event log (SEL).
Examples
This example shows how to clear the contents of the SEL:
switch-A# scope server 2/4 switch-A /chassis/server # clear sel switch-A /chassis/server* # commit-buffer switch-A /chassis/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show sel |
|
clear sshkey
To clear from cache the SSH public key of a remote host, use the clear sshkey command in local management mode.
clear sshkey host-name
Syntax Description
| host-name | Host name or IP address. Specify the IP address in the format A.B.C.D. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to clear from cache the SSH public key of a remote host that supports SSH.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
Examples
This example shows how to clear the SSH public key of a remote host:
switch-A # connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# clear sshkey 192.0.2.111 switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
cluster force primary
To force a cluster to be the primary cluster, use the cluster force primary command.
cluster force primary
Command Default
This command has no arguments or keywords.
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The cluster commands are switch-specific local management commands. You have to execute a connect local-mgmt command to connect to the management port.
Examples
This example shows how to force a cluster to be the primary cluster:
switch-A# connect local-mgmt Nexus 5000 Switch Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A# cluster force primary switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cluster |
|
show file |
|
cluster lead
To designate a cluster leader, use the cluster lead command.
cluster lead [ a | b ]
Syntax Description
| a | Specifies switch A. |
| b | Specifies switch B. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The cluster commands are switch-specific local management commands. You must first execute a connect local-mgmt command to connect to the management port.
Examples
This example shows how to designate a cluster leader:
switch-A# connect local-mgmt Nexus 5000 Switch Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A# cluster lead b switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cluster |
|
show files |
|
commit-buffer
To save or verify configuration changes, use the commit-buffer command.
commit-buffer [verify-only]
Syntax Description
| verify-only | (Optional) Specifies verification only. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to execute all pending configuration changes. While any configuration commands are pending, an asterisk (*) appears before the command prompt. When you enter the commit-buffer command, the pending commands are committed and the asterisk disappears.
Examples
This example shows how to save configuration changes:
switch-A# create org 3
switch-A /org* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
discard-buffer |
|
show configuration pending |
|
connect adapter
To connect to an adapter, use the connect adapter command.
connect adapter chassis-id/server-id/adapter-id
Syntax Description
| chassis-id/server-id/adapter-id | Adapter identification number. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to connect to an adapter:
switch-A# connect adapter 1/1/1
adapter 1/1 #
connect bmc
To connect to the BMC (Baseboard Management Controller), use the connect bmc command.
connect bmc chassis-id/blade-id
Syntax Description
| chassis-id/blade-id | Chassis and blade identification numbers. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
The following example shows how to connect to the Baseboard Management Controller:
switch-A# connect bmc 1/1
Trying 127.5.1.1...
Connected to 127.5.1.1.
Escape character is '^]'.
NUOVA-IBMC login:
connect clp
To connect to DMTF CLP, use the connect clp command.
connect clp
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to connect to DMTF CLP:
switch-A# connect clp /admin1 CLP ->
connect iom
To connect to an IO module, use the connect iom command.
connect iom id
Syntax Description
| id | Chassis identification number. The valid range of values is 1 to 255. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to connect to a IO module:
switch-A# connect iom 1 Attaching to FEX 1 ... To exit type 'exit', to abort type '$.' fex-1#
connect local-mgmt
To connect to the local management port, use the connect local-mgmt command.
connect local-mgmt [ a | b ]
Syntax Description
| a | Specifies switch A. |
| b | Specifies switch B. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
If no switch is specified, a connection will be made to the local management port of the current active switch.
Examples
This example shows how to connect to the local management port of switch B:
switch-A# connect local-mgmt b Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-B(local-mgmt)#
connect nxos
To connect to the NX-OS, use the connect nxos command.
connect nxos [a | b]
Syntax Description
| a | (Optional) Specifies switch A. |
| b | (Optional) Specifies switch B. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to NXOS:
switch-A-A# connect nxos b Nexus 5000 Switch Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-B#
copy
To copy a file from one directory to another, use the copy command in local management command mode.
copy [from-filesystem:] [from-path] filename [to-filesystem:] to-path [dest-filename]
Syntax Description
| from-filesystem: | File system containing the file to be copied. See the Usage Guidelines for valid values. |
| from-path | Absolute or relative path to the file to be copied. |
| filename | The name of the source file to be copied. |
| to-filesystem: | File system to contain the copied file. See the Usage Guidelines for valid values. |
| to-path | Absolute or relative path to the copied file. |
| dest-filename | (Optional) The new name for the copied file. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to copy a file in local management command mode.
If a dest-filename is specified, the copied file is renamed at the destination location.
If no file system is specified, the current working file system is assumed. If no path is specified, the current working directory is assumed.
To specify the file system location, use the appropriate syntax from the following table:
ftp: [ // [ username@ ] server ]
scp: [ // [ username@ ] server ]
sftp: [ // [ username@ ] server ]
tftp: [ //server [ :port ] ]
volatile:
workspace:
Either the source or destination file system must be local; you cannot copy a file from one remote file system to another.
If a remote protocol is specified with no server name, you are prompted to enter the server name.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
This command operates on either the workspace (FLASH) or volatile (RAM) file system. To specify the file system, include the workspace: or volatile: keyword in the path. If the file system is not specified, the current working file system is assumed.
You can use the cp command as an alias for this command.
Examples
This example shows how to copy a file from the current working directory to a directory in the volatile file system:
switch-A # connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# copy abcdef.bin volatile:/temp switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
create adapter
To create an adapter, use the create adapter command.
create adapter
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to create an adapter:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq2 switch-A /org/server-qual # create adapter switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show adapter |
|
show chassis |
|
create backup
To create a backup, use the create backup command.
create backup file { all-configuration | logical-configuration | system-configuration | full-state } { disabled | enabled }
Syntax Description
| file | Managment file name. Use one of the following keywords for file type: ftp, scp, sftp, or tftp. |
| all-configuration | Specifies a server, fabric, and system-related configuration backup. |
| logical-configuration | Specifies a server and fabric backup. |
| system-configuration | Specifies a system-related configuration backup. |
| full-state | Specifies a full state backup for disaster recovery. |
| disabled | Specifies disabled. |
| enabled | Specifies enabled. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
System (/system)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
No more than one backup can be created and committed.
When you specify disabled, backup functionality is disabled. When you specify enabled, backup functionality is enabled.
Examples
This example shows how to create a backup:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # create backup ftp: full-state enabled Password: switch-A /system/backup* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/backup #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
show image |
|
create bios-policy
To create a BIOS policy, use the create bios-policy command.
create bios-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | Policy name. The name can contain up to 16 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a BIOS policy and enter org BIOS policy mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy and enter org BIOS policy mode:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
create block
To create a block, use the create block command.
IP pool configuration create block from to default-gw subnet-mask
WWN pool, UUID pool, and MAC pool configuration create block from to
Syntax Description
| from | From address, identifier, or world-wide name. Specify a MAC address in the format NN:NN:NN:NN:NN:NN. Specify a UUID in the format NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN. Specify a WWN in the format HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH. Specify an IP address in the format A.B.C.D. |
| to | To address, identifier, or world-wide name. Specify a MAC address in the format NN:NN:NN:NN:NN:NN. Specify a UUID in the format NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN. Specify a WWN in the format HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH. Specify an IP address in the format A.B.C.D. |
| default-gw | Default gateway. |
| subnet-mask | Subnet mask. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
IP pool (/org/ip-pool)
WWN pool (/org/wwn-pool)
UUID suffix pool (/org/uuid-suffix-pool)
MAC pool (/org/mac-pool)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create addresses, identifiers, and world-wide names.
Use IP pool configuration mode to create IP address blocks. Use WWN pool, UUID pool, and MAC pool configuration mode to create addresses, UUIDs, and WWNs.
Examples
This example shows how to create a block:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope mac-pool mp1 switch-A /org/mac-pool # create block 1a:2b:3c:4d:21:31 1b:2a:3c:4d:21:31 switch-A /org/mac-pool* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/mac-pool #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show mac-pool |
|
show pooled |
|
create boot-definition
To create a boot definition, use the create boot-definition command.
create boot-definition
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to create a boot definition:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp1 switch-A /org/service-profile # create boot-definition switch-A /org/service-profile/boot-definition* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/boot-definition #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show boot-definition |
|
show lan |
|
create boot-policy
To create a boot policy, use the create boot-policy command.
create boot-policy name purpose { operational | utility } *
Syntax Description
| name | Policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
| purpose | Specifies the purpose of the policy. |
| operational | Specifies an operational policy. |
| utility | Specifies a utility policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to create a boot policy:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create boot-policy boot1 switch-A /org/boot-policy* #commit-buffer switch-A /org/boot-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show lan |
|
show virtual-media |
|
create cap-qual
To create a capacity qualification, use the create cap-qual command.
create cap-qual { fcoe | non-virtualized-eth-if | non-virtualized-fc-if | path-encap-consolidated | path-encap-virtual | protected-eth-if | protected-fc-if | protected-fcoe | virtualized-eth-if | virtualized-fc-if | virtualized-scsi-if }
Syntax Description
| fcoe | Specifies Fibre Channel over Ethernet. |
| non-virtualized-eth-if | Specifies non-virtualized Ethernet interface. |
| non-virtualized-fc-if | Specifies non-virtualized Fibre Channel interface. |
| path-encap-consolidated | Specifies path encapsulation consolidated. |
| path-encap-virtual | Specifies path encapsulation virtual. |
| protected-eth-if | Specifies protected Ethernet interface. |
| protected-fc-if | Specifies protected Fibre Channel interface. |
| protected-fcoe | Specifies protected Fibre Channel over Ethernet. |
| virtualized-eth-if | Specifies virtualized Ethernet interface. |
| virtualized-fc-if | Specifies virtualized Fibre Channel interface. |
| virtualized-scsi-if | Specifies virtualized SCSI interface. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Adapter (/org/server-qual/adapter)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Creates an adapter capacity qualification for the specified adapter type and enters organization server qualification adapter mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a capacity qualification:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq2 switch-A /org/server-qual # scope adapter 1/1/1 switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter # create cap-qual cq10 switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show adapter |
|
show server-qual |
|
create certreq
To create a keyring certificate request, use the create certreq command.
create certreq { subject-name name | ip ip-address } + [ password password ]
Syntax Description
| subject-name | Specifies subject name. |
| name | Subject name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
| ip | Specifies IP address. |
| ip-address | IP address. The format is A.B.C.D. |
| password | (Optional) Specifies password. |
| password | Password. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Keyring (/security/keyring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Before you create a certreq you must set modulus.
Examples
This example shows how to create a keyring certificate request:
switch-A# scope security switch-A /security # scope keyring k1 switch-A /security/keyring # create certreq subject-name cr3 switch-A /security/keyring* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/keyring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show certreq |
|
show keyring |
|
create chassis
To create a chassis, use the create chassis command.
create chassis min-id max-id
Syntax Description
| min-id | Minimum chassis identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 255. |
| max-id | Maximum chassis identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 255. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Creates a chassis with the specified name, and enters organization chassis mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a chassis:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq2 switch-A /org/server-qual # create chassis 2 2 switch-A /org/server-qual/chassis* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/chassis #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show server |
|
create class chassis-stats
To create a chassis statistics class, use the create class chassis-stats command.
create class chassis-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to place thresholds on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for chassis statistics.
Examples
This example shows how to create a chassis statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy tp10 switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class chassis-stats switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show class |
|
create class cmc-stats
To create a CMC statistics class, use the create class cmc-stats command.
create class cmc-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to place thresholds on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for CMC statistics.
Examples
This example shows how to create a chassis statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy tp10 switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class cmc-stats switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class cpu-env-stats
To create the CPU environment statistics class, use the create class cpu-env-stats command.
create class cpu-env-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
When you create the class, you enter organization statistics threshold policy CPU environment class mode. You can then create properties for this class with the create property command in the mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a CPU environment statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy stp100 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class cpu-env-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class dimm-stats
To create a DIMM statistics class, use the create class dimm-stats command.
create class dimm-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for DIMMs.
Examples
This example shows how to create a DIMM statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p1 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class dimm-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class ether-error-stats
To create an Ethernet error statistics class, use the create class ether-error-stats command.
create class ether-error-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to place thresholds on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet error statistics.
Examples
This example shows how to create an Ethernet error statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy # create class ether-error-stats switch-A /eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class ether-if-stats
To create an Ethernet interface statistics class, use the create class ether-if-stats command.
create class ether-if-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to place a threshold on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet interface statistics.
Examples
This example shows how to create an Ethernet interface statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p1 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class ether-if-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class ether-loss-stats
To create an Ethernet loss statistics class, use the create class ether-loss-stats command.
create class ether-loss-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to place a threshold on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet loss statistics.
Examples
This example shows how to create an Ethernet loss statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class ether-loss-stats switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class ethernet-port-err-stats
To create an Ethernet port error statistics class, use the create class ethernet-port-err-stats command.
create class ethernet-port-err-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to place a threshold on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet port error statistics.
Examples
This example shows how to create an Ethernet port error statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class ethernet-port-err-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
To create an Ethernet port multicast statistics class, use the create class ethernet-port-multicast-stats command.
create class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to place a threshold on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet port multicast statistics.
Examples
This example shows how to create an Ethernet port multicast statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class ethernet-port-multicast-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
To create an Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics class, use the create class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats command.
create class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to place a threshold on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics.
Examples
This example shows how to create an Ethernet port statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class ethernet-port-stats
To create an Ethernet port statistics class, use the create class ethernet-port-stats command.
create class ethernet-port-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to place a threshold on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet port statistics.
Examples
This example shows how to create an Ethernet port statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class ethernet-port-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
To create an Ethernet port large packet statistics class, use the create class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets command.
create class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to place thresholds on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet port small packet statistics.
Examples
This example shows how to create an Ethernet port large packet statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer swicth-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
To create an Ethernet port small packet statistics class, use the create class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets command.
create class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to place thresholds on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet port small packet statistics.
Examples
This example shows how to create an Ethernet port small packet statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer swicth-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class ether-rx-stats
To create an Ethernet recieve statistics class, use the create class ether-rx-stats command.
create class ether-rx-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to place a threshold on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet recieve statistics.
Examples
This example shows how to create an Ethernet recieve statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class eth-rx-stats switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-uplink |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class ether-tx-stats
To create an Ethernet transmission statistics class, use the create class ether-tx-stats command.
create class ether-tx-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to place a threshold on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Ethernet transmission statistics.
Examples
This example shows how to create an Ethernet transmission statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class eth-tx-stats switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-uplink |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class fan-module-stats
To create a fan module statistics class, use the create class fan-module-stats command.
create class fan-module-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for fan module statistics.
Examples
This example shows how to create a fan module statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class fan-module-stats switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fan-module |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class fan-stats
To create a fan statistics class, use the create class fan-stats command.
create class fan-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to place thresholds on statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for fan statistics.
Examples
This example shows how to create a fan statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class fan-stats switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fan-module |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class fc-error-stats
To create a Fibre Channel error statistics class, use the create class fc-error-stats command.
create class fc-error-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Fibre Channel error statistics.
Examples
This example shows how to create a Fibre Channel error statistics class:
switch-A# scope fc-uplink switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 Pubs-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class fc-error-stats Pubs-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer Pubs-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class fc-if-event-stats
To create Fibre Channel event statistics, use the create class fc-if-event-stats command.
create class fc-if-event-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Fibre Channel event statistics.
Examples
The following example
switch-A # scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class fc-if-event-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class fc-if-fc4-counters
To create Fibre Channel counters, use the create class fc-if-fc4-counters command.
create class fc-if-fc4-counters
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Fibre Channel counter statistics.
Examples
This example shows how to create Fibre Channel counters:
switch-A # scope org org3 switch-A /org # switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class fc-if-fc4-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class fc-if-frame-stats
To create a Fibre Channel frame statistics class, use the create class fc-if-frame-stats command.
create class fc-if-frame-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Fibre Channel frame statistics.
Examples
This example shows how to create a Fibre Channel frame statistics class:
switch-A # scope org org3 switch-A /org # switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class fc-if-frame-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class fc-port-stats
To create Fibre Channel port statistics class, use the create class fc-port-stats command.
create class fc-port-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Fibre Channel port statistics.
Examples
This example shows how to create a Fibre Channel port statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class fc-port-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class fc-stats
To create a Fibre Channel statistics class, use the create class fc-stats command.
create class fc-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Fibre Channel statistics.
Examples
This example shows how to create a Fibre Channel statistics class:
switch-A# scope fc-uplink switch-A /fc-uplink # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy # create class fc-stats switch-A /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class mb-power-stats
To create a mother board power statistics class, use the create class mb-power-stats command.
create class mb-power-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for mother board power statistics.
Examples
This example shows how to create a mother board power statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class mb-power-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class mb-temp-stats
To create a temporary mother board statistics class, use the create class mb-temp-stats command.
create class mb-temp-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Mb statistics.
Examples
This example shows how to create a temporary mother board statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class mb-temp-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show class mb-temp-stats |
|
create class memory-runtime
To create a memory runtime class, use the create class memory-runtime command.
create class memory-runtime
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to create a memory runtime class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class memory-runtime switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show memory |
|
create class menlo-dce-port-stats
To create a Menlo port statistics class, use the create class menlo-dce-port-stats command.
create class menlo-dce-port-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo Ethernet port statistics.
Examples
This example shows how to create a Menlo port statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-dce-port-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class menlo-eth-error-stats
To create a Menlo Ethernet error statistics class, use the create class menlo-eth-error-stats command.
create class menlo-eth-error-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo Ethernet error statistics.
Examples
This example shows how to create a Menlo Ethernet error statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-eth-error-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class menlo-eth-stats
To create a Menlo Ethernet statistics class, use the create class menlo-eth-stats command.
create class menlo-eth-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo Ethernet statistics.
Examples
This example shows how to create a Menlo Ethernet statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-eth-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class menlo-fc-error-stats
To create Menlo Fibre Channel error statistics, use the create class menlo-fc-error-stats command.
create class menlo-fc-error-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo Fibre Channel error statistics.
Examples
This example shows how to create Menlo Fibre Channel error statistics:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-fc-error-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class menlo-fc-stats
To create Menlo Fibre Channel statistics, use the create class menlo-fc-stats command.
create class menlo-fc-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo Fibre Channel statistics.
Examples
This example shows how to create Menlo Fibre Channel statistics:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-fc-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class menlo-host-port-stats
To create Menlo host port statistics, use the create class menlo-host-port-stats command.
create class menlo-host-port-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo host port statistics.
Examples
This example shows how to create Menlo host port statistics:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-host-port-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class menlo-mcpu-error-stats
To create a Menlo CPU error statistics class, use the create class menlo-mcpu-error-stats command.
create class menlo-mcpu-error-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo CPU error statistics.
Examples
This example shows how to create a Menlo CPU error statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-mcpu-error-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class menlo-mcpu-stats
To create a Menlo CPU statistics class, use the create class menlo-mcpu-stats command.
create class menlo-mcpu-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo CPU statistics.
Examples
This example shows how to create a Menlo CPU statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-mcpu-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class menlo-net-eg-stats
To create a Menlo network egress statistics class, use the create class menlo-net-eg-stats command.
create class menlo-net-eg-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo network egress traffic statistics.
Examples
This example shows how to create a Menlo network egress statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-net-eg-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class menlo-net-in-stats
To create a Menlo network ingress statistics class, use the create class menlo-net-in-stats command.
create class menlo-net-in-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo network ingress traffic statistics.
Examples
This example shows how to create a Menlo network ingress statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-net-in-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class menlo-q-error-stats
To create a Menlo Qlogic error statistics class, use the create class menlo-q-error-stats command.
create class menlo-q-error-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo Qlogic error statistics.
Examples
This example shows how to create a Menlo Qlogic error statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-q-error-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class menlo-q-stats
To create a Menlo Qlogic statistics class, use the create class menlo-q-stats command.
create class menlo-q-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Menlo Qlogic statistics.
Examples
This example shows how to create a Menlo Qlogic statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class menlo-q-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class processor-runtime
To create a processor runtime statistics class, use the create class processor-runtime command.
create class processor-runtime
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to create a processor runtime statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class processor-runtime switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-statistics |
|
create class psu-input-stats
To create a power supply input statistics class, use the create class psu-input-stats command.
create class psu-input-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for power supply input statistics.
Examples
This example shows how to create a power supply input statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class psu-input-stats switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class psu-stats
To create a power supply statistics class, use the create class psu-stats command.
create class psu-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for power supply statistics.
Examples
This example shows how to create power supply statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class psu-stats switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create class system-stats
To create a system statistics class, use the create class system-stats command.
create class system-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for system statistics.
Examples
This example shows how to create a system statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # create class system-stats switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show system |
|
create client
To create a client, use the create client command in port-profile mode.
create client client-name
Syntax Description
| client-name | The name of the client. A unique set of numbers or letters that identifies the client. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Profile set (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Creates a client for a port profile. It also enters you into system VM management VMware profile set port profile mode. This command is used along with other commands to configure port profiles.
Examples
This example shows how to create a client:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope profile-set switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # scope port-profile pp100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile # create client c100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show port profile |
|
show profile-set |
|
create class vnic-stats
To create a Virtual NIC statistics class, use the create class vnic-stats command.
create class vnic-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use classes to threshold statistics. For example, you might want to define a threshold on a port that raises a fault if the average number of packets dropped exceeds a certain amount. For this class, you would create thresholds for Virtual NIC statistics.
Examples
This example shows how to create a Virtual NIC statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p1 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # create class vnic-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show vnic-templ |
|
create cpu
To create a CPU qualifier for a server pool policy, use the create cpu command.
create cpu
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command create a CPU qualifier for a server pool policy, and to enter organization CPU mode.
Only one CPU qualifier can be created.
Examples
This example shows how to create a CPU qualifier:
switch# scope org org3 switch /org # scope server-qual sq20 switch /org/server-qual # create cpu switch /org/server-qual/cpu* # commit-buffer switch /org/server-qual/cpu #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cpu |
|
show server-qual |
|
create data-center
To create a data center, use the create data-center command in vcenter mode. You can also create a data center in folder mode.
create data-center datacenter-name
Syntax Description
| datacenter-name | The name of the data center. A unique set of numbers or letters that identifies the data center. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VCenter (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter)
Folder (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/folder
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Data center
Examples
This example shows how to create a data center:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # create data-center dc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show folder |
|
create default-behavior
To create a default behavior mode, use the create default-behavior command.
create default-behavior { vhba | | vnic }
Syntax Description
| vhba | Specifies vHBA default behavior mode. |
| vnic | Specifies vNIC default behavior mode. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a default behavior, and enter organization default-behavior mode.
hw-inherit sets
Examples
This example shows how to create a vNIC default behavior mode:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # create default-behavior vnic switch-A /org/service-profile/default-behavior* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/default-behavior #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show default-behavior |
|
show vnic |
|
create destination
To create an email destination, use the create destination command.
create destination email
Syntax Description
| Email destination. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Profile (/monitoring/callhome/profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to create an email destination:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # scope profile p3 switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile # create destination home@test.com switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
show destination |
|
create distributed-virtual-switch
To create a distributed virtual switch, use the create distributed-virtual-switch command in folder mode.
create distributed-virtual-switch dvs-name
Syntax Description
| dvs-name | The name of the switch. A unique set of numbers or letters that identifies the switch. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
Command Modes
VMware (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Distributed virtual switch
Examples
This example shows how to create a distributed virtual switch:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter vc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # scope data-center dc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center # scope folder f10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder # create distributed-virtual-switch dvs10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show distributed-virtual-switch |
|
show folder |
|
create dns
To create a DNS host name , use the create dns command.
create dns name
Syntax Description
| name | DNS host name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to create a DNS host name:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope services switch-A /system/services # create dns dns10 switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show dns |
|
show ntp |
|
create dynamic-vnic-conn
To create a dynamic vNIC connection, use the create dynamic-vnic-conn command.
create dynamic-vnic-conn
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The vNIC connection policy determines how the VN-link connectivity between VMs and dynamic vNICs is configured. This policy is required for Cisco UCS instances that include servers with Cisco M81KR VIC adapters that host VMs and dynamic vNICs.
Each Dynamic vNIC connection policy must include an adapter policy and designate the number of vNICs that can be configured for any server associated with a service profile that includes the policy.
Examples
This example shows how to create a dynamic vNIC connection:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # create dynamic-vnic-conn switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show dynamic-vnic-con |
|
show dynamic-vnic-con-policy |
|
create dynamic-vnic-conn-policy
To create a dynamic vNIC connection policy, use the create dynamic-vnic-conn-policy command.
create dynamic-vnic-conn-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the vNIC connection policy. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The vNIC connection policy determines how the VN-link connectivity between VMs and dynamic vNICs is configured. This policy is required for Cisco UCS instances that include servers with Cisco M81KR VIC adapters that host VMs and dynamic vNICs.
Each Dynamic vNIC connection policy must include an adapter policy and designate the number of vNICs that can be configured for any server associated with a service profile that includes the policy.
Examples
This example shows how to create a dynamic VNIC connection policy:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # create dynamic-vnic-conn-policy dvcp10 switch-A /org/dynamic-vnic-conn-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/dynamic-vnic-conn-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show dynamic-vnic-connection-policy |
|
show vnic-templ |
|
create egress-policy
To create an egress policy, use the create data-center command in vcenter mode. You can also create a data center in folder mode.
create egress-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the policy. A unique set of numbers or letters that identifies the policy. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Egress policy (/org/qos-policy/egress-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Data center
Examples
This example shows how to create a data center:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # create data-center dc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show folder |
|
create epuser
To create an end-point user, use the create epuser command.
create epuser name
Syntax Description
| name | End-point user name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
IPMI access profile (/org/ipmi-access-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Creates the specified endpoint user and enters organization IPMI access profile endpoint user mode.
More than one endpoint user can be created within an IPMI access profile, with each endpoint user having its own password and privileges
Examples
This example shows how to create an end-point user:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope ipmi-access-profile ap10 switch-A /org/ipmi-access-profile # create epuser user10 switch-A /org/ipmi-access-profile/epuser* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ipmi-access-profile/epuser #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show epuser |
|
show ipmi-access-profile |
|
create eth-if
To create an Ethernet interface, use the create eth-if command.
create eth-if name
Syntax Description
| name | Interface name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Virtual NIC template (/org/vnic-templ)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to create an Ethernet interface:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic vn10 switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic # create eth-if if10 switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic/eth-if* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic/eth-if #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-profile |
|
show service-profile |
|
create eth-policy
To create an Ethernet policy, use the create eth-policy command.
create eth-policy name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the Ethernet policy. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to create Ethernet policy ep100 in org100 mode:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # create eth-policy ep100 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-policy |
|
show trans-queue |
|
create fcoe-if
To create a FCoE (Fibre Channel over Ethernet) interface, use the create fcoe-if command.
create fcoe-if
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to create an FCoE interface:
switch# scope org org3 switch /org # scope service-profile sp1 switch /org/service-profile # scope vnic switch /org/service-profile/vnic # create fcoe-if switch /org/service-profile/vnic* # commit-buffer switch /org/service-profile/vnic #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show interface |
|
show vnic |
|
create fc-policy
To create a Fibre Channel policy, use the create fc-policy command.
create fc-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the Fibre Channel policy. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a Fibre Channel policy, and enter organization fc-policy mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create Fibre Channel policy fcp10 in org10 mode:
switch# scope org org10 switch /org # create fc-policy fcp10 switch /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch /org/fc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fc-policy |
|
show trans-queue |
|
create folder
To create a folder, use the create folder command in vcenter mode. You can also create a folder in data-center mode.
create folder folder-name
Syntax Description
| folder-name | The name of the folder. A unique set of numbers or letters that identifies the folder. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VCenter (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter)
Folder (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Folder
Examples
This example shows how to create a folder:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # create folder folder10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show folder |
|
show vcenter |
|
create fw-host-pack
To create a host pack, use the create fw-host-pack command.
create fw-host-pack name
Syntax Description
| name | Pack name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A pack is a collection of host firwmare images for devices like adapters, HBAs, NICs, and raid controllers.
Use this command to create a host firmware package and enter organization firmware host package mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a host pack:
switch-A# scope org org3 Pubs-A /org # create fw-host-pack hp4 Pubs-A /org/fw-host-pack* # commit-buffer Pubs-A /org/fw-host-pack #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fw- host-pack |
|
show fw-mgmt-pack |
|
create fw-mgmt-pack
To create a management pack, use the create fw-mgmt-pack command.
create fw-mgmt-pack name
Syntax Description
| name | Pack name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A pack is a collection of host firwmare images for devices like adapters, HBAs, NICs, and raid controllers.
Use this command to create a management firmware package and enter organization firmware management package mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a management pack:
switch# scope org org3 switch /org # create fw-mgmt-pack mp4 switch /org/fw-host-pack* # commit-buffer switch /org/fw-host-pack #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fw- host-pack |
|
show fw-mgmt-pack |
|
create hv-conn
To create an HV connection, use the create hv-conn command.
create hv-conn protection { none | protected } *
Syntax Description
| protection | Specifies that the connection is protected. |
| none | Specifies no protection. |
| protected | Specifies protection. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a Hypervisor connection, and enter organization HV connection mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a HV connection:
switch# scope org org3 switch /org # scope service-profile sp1 switch /org/service-profile # create hv-conn switch /org/service-profile/hv-conn* # commit-buffer switch /org/service-profile/hv-conn #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show connectivity |
|
show hv-conn |
|
create import-config
To create a import configuration, use the create import-config command.
create import-config { ftp: | scp: | sftp: | tftp: } { disabled | enabled } { merge | replace }
Syntax Description
| ftp: | Specifies File Transfer Protocol. |
| scp: | Specifies Secure Copy Protocol. |
| sftp: | Specifies Secure File Transfer Protocol. |
| tftp: | Specifies Trivial File Transfer Protocol. |
| disabled | Specifies disabled. |
| enabled | Specifies enabled. |
| merge | Specifies merge. |
| replace | Specifies replace. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
System (/system)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a configuration for importing files, and enter organization import configuration mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create an import configuration:
switch# scope system switch /system # create import-config ftp: enabled replace switch /service/import-config* # commit-buffer switch /service/import-config #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show image |
|
show import-config |
|
create initiator
To create an initiator, use the create initiator command.
create initiator id
Syntax Description
| id | Initiator identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
WWN pool (/org/wwn-pool)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a WWN initiator, and enter organization initiator mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create an initiator:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope wwn-pool wwnpool3 switch-A /org/wwn-pool # create initiator switch-A /org/wwn-pool/initiator* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/wwn-pool/initiator #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show block |
|
show initiator |
|
create interface
To create an interface, use the create interface command.
create interface slot-id port-id
Syntax Description
| slot-id | Slot identification number. The range of valid values is 2 to 5. |
| port-id | Port identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 40. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric interconnect under Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/fabric)
Fabric interconnect under Ethernet server (/eth-server/fabric)
Fabric interconnect under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create an Ethernet or Fibre Channel interface, and enter organization interface mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create an interface:
switch# scope fc-uplink switch /fc-uplink # scope switch b switch /fc-uplink/switch # create interface 5 10 switch /fc-uplink/switch/interface* # commit-buffer switch /fc-uplink/switch/interface #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show interface |
|
show switch |
|
create ipmi-access-profile
To create an IPMI (Intelligent Platform Management Interface) access profile, use the create ipmi-access-profile command.
create ipmi-access-profile name
Syntax Description
| name | IPMI access profile name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create an IPMI access profile, and enter organization IPMI access profile mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create an IPMI access profile:
switch# scope org org3 switch /org # create ipmi-access-profile ipmiProf1 switch /org/ipmi-access-profile* # commit-buffer switch /org/ipmi-access-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show epuser |
|
show ipmi-access-profile |
|
create keyring
To create a keyring, use the create keyring command.
create keyring name
Syntax Description
| name | Keyring name. The name can be up to 16 alphanumeric characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a keyring to store RSA keys, and enter organization keyring mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a keyring:
switch# scope security switch /security # create keyring kr220 switch /security/keyring* # commit-buffer switch /security/keyring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show keyring |
|
create lan
To create a LAN, use the create lan command.
create lan
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Boot policy under organization (/org/boot-policy)
Boot definition under service-profile (/org/service-profile/boot-def)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a LAN, and enter organization lan mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a LAN:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope boot-policy bp6 switch-A /org/boot-policy # create lan switch-A /org/boot-policy/lan* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/boot-policy/lan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show boot-policy |
|
show lan |
|
create local
To create local storage, use the create local command.
create local
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Storage (/org/boot-policy/storage)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to create local storage:
switch# scope org org10 switch /org # scope boot-policy bp10 switch /org/boot-policy # scope storage switch /org/boot-policy/storage # create local storage10 switch /org/boot-policy/storage* # commit-buffer switch /org/boot-policy/storage #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show local |
|
show storage |
|
create local-disk-config
To create a local disk configuration, use the create local-disk-config command.
create local-disk-config
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a local disk configuration, and enter organization local disk configuration mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a local disk configuration:
switch# scope org org3 switch /org # scope service-profile sp1 switch /org/service-profile # create local-disk-config switch /org/service-profile/local-disk-config* # commit-buffer switch /org/service-profile/local-disk-config #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show local-disk-config |
|
show local-disk-config-policy |
|
create local-disk-config-policy
To create a local disk configuration policy, use the create local-disk-config-policy command.
create local-disk-config-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Local disk configuration policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a local disk configuration policy, and enter organization local disk configuration policy mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a local disk configuration policy:
switch# scope org org3 switch /org # create local-disk-config-policy ldcp1 switch /org/local-disk-config-policy* # commit-buffer Pubs-A /org/local-disk-config-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show local-disk-config |
|
show local-disk-config-policy |
|
create locale
To create a locale, use the create locale command.
create locale name
Syntax Description
| name | Locale name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local user (/security/local-user)
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a locale, and enter organization local user mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a locale:
switch# scope security switch /security # scope local-user lu1 switch /security # create locale locale1 switch /security/local-user* # commit-buffer switch /security/local-user #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show locale |
|
show local-user |
|
create local-user
To create a local user, use the create local-user command.
create local-user name
Syntax Description
| name | Local user name. The range of valid values is 1 to 74. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a local user, and enter organization local user mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a local user:
switch# scope security switch /security # scope local-user lu1 switch /security # create local-user lu2 switch /security/local-user* # commit-buffer switch /security/local-user #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show locale |
|
show local-user |
|
create mac-pool
To create a MAC address pool, use the create mac-pool command.
create mac-pool name
Syntax Description
| name | MAC address pool name. The name can be up to 32 alphanumeric characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a block of MAC addresses, and enter organization MAC pool mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a MAC pool:
switch# scope org org3 switch /org # create mac-pool mp1 switch /org/mac-pool* # commit-buffer switch /org/mac-pool #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show block |
|
show pooled |
|
create mac-security
To create MAC security, use the create mac-security command.
create mac-security
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Port profile (/eth-uplink/port-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create MAC security, and enter organization MAC security mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create MAC security:
switch# scope eth-uplink switch /eth-uplink # scope port-profile pp1 switch /eth-uplink/port-profile # create mac-security switch /eth-uplink/port-profile/mac-security* # commit-buffer switch /eth-uplink/port-profile/mac-security #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show mac-security |
|
show port-profile |
|
create member-port
To create a member port, use the create member-port command.
create member-port { a | b } slot-id port-id
Syntax Description
| a | Specifies port A. |
| b | Specifies port B. |
| slot-id | Slot identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 5. |
| port-id | Port identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 40. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Port channel (/eth-uplink/switch/port-channel)
VSAN under Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN under fabric interconnect (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a member port, and enter organization member port mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a member port:
switch# scope eth-uplink switch /eth-uplink # scope switch b switch /eth-uplink/switch # scope port-channel 3 switch /eth-uplink/switch/port-channel # create member-port 2 4 switch /eth-uplink/switch/port-channel/member-port* # commit-buffer switch /eth-uplink/switch/port-channel/member-port #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show member-port |
|
show port-channel |
|
create memory
To create a memory qualifier, use the create memory command.
create memory
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a memory qualifier, and enter organization memory mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a memory qualifier:
Pubs-A# scope org org3 Pubs-A /org # scope server-qual sq20 Pubs-A /org/server-qual # create memory Pubs-A /org/server-qual/memory* # commit-buffer Pubs-A /org/server-qual/memory #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show processor |
|
create ntp-server
To create an NTP server, use the create ntp-server command.
create ntp-server name
Syntax Description
| name | Server name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create an NTP server, and enter organization NTP server mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create an NTP server:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope services switch-A /system/services # create ntp-server ntps1 switch-A /system/services/ntp-server* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/services/ntp-server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show dns |
|
show ntp |
|
create nwctrl-policy
To create a network control policy, use the create nwctrl-policy command.
create nwctrl-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | Policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
When you create a network control policy, you can use the policy to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to create a network control policy:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # create nwctrl-policy netCtrlP10 switch-A /org/nwctrl-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/nwctrl-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show nwctrl-policy |
|
show service-policy |
|
create org
To create an org, use the create org command.
create org name
Syntax Description
| name | Org name. The range of valid values is 1 to 80. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Organizations are logical entities that you can use to divide up large physical infrastructures into smaller infrastructures.
Use this command to create an organization, and enter organization mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create an org:
Pubs-A# scope org org3 Pubs-A /org # create org org4 Pubs-A /org* # commit-buffer Pubs-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show mac-pool |
|
show org |
|
create org-ref
To create a organization reference, use the create org-ref command.
create org-ref name orgdn domain-name
Syntax Description
| name | Organization name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
| orgdn | Specifies the organization domain name. |
| domain-name | Domain name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Locale (/security/locale)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The create org-ref command creates a an organization reference to a locale. Use this command to create a organization reference, and enter organization organization reference mode.
You can specify more than one org-ref-name and orgdn-name argument on the same command line to reference multiple organizations to the locale, or you can add organizations to the same locale using multiple create org-ref commands.
Examples
This example shows how to create an organization reference to a locale:
switch# scope security switch /security # scope locale locale1 switch /security/locale # create org-ref or3 orgdn or30 switch /security/locale/org-ref* # commit-buffer switch /security/locale/org-ref #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show locale |
|
show org |
|
create pack-image
To create an image pack, use the create pack-image command.
create pack-image hw-vendor hw-model { server-bios | adapter | raid-controller | host-nic | host-hba | host-hba-optionrom } version
Syntax Description
| hw-vendor | Hardware vendor. |
| hw-model | Hardware model number. |
| server-bios | Specifies the image for the server. |
| adapter | Specifies the image for the adapter. |
| raid-controller | Specifies the image for the RAID array. |
| host-nic | Specifies the image for the host NIC. |
| host-hba | Specifies the image for the host HBA. |
| host-hba-optionrom | Specifies the image for the host HBA optional ROM. |
| version | Hardware version. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Firmware management package (/org/fw-mgmt-pack)
Firmware host package (/org/fw-host-pack)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A pack is a collection of host firwmare images.
Use this command to create a pack-image, and enter organization pack image mode.
Keywords found in the create pack-image command are not supported in /org/fw-mgmt-pack mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create an image pack:
switch# scope org org3 switch /org # scope fw-mgmt-pack fmp1 switch /org/fw-mgmt-pack # create pack-image hp 1100 bmc 1.2 switch /org/fw-mgmt-pack/pack-image* # commit-buffer switch /org/fw-mgmt-pack/pack-image #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fw-host-pack |
|
show fw-mgmt-pack |
|
create path
To create a LAN image path, use the create path command.
create path { primary | secondary }
Syntax Description
| primary | Specifies a primary path. |
| secondary | Specifies specifies a secondary path. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
SAN image under boot-definition/storage (/org/service-profile/boot-def/storage/san-image)
LAN under boot-policy (/org/boot-policy/lan)
LAN under boot-definition /org/service-profile/boot-def/lan
SAN image under boot-policy/storage (/org/boot-policy/storage/san-image)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The LAN image path is the path the vNIC used when booting from an image on a LAN, such as a PXE boot. For each path you can specify the vNIC to use.
Use this command to create a LAN image path, and enter organization path mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a LAN image path:
switch# scope org org3 switch /org # scope boot-policy boot1 switch /org/boot-policy # scope lan switch /org/boot-policy/lan # create path primary switch /org/boot-policy/lan/path* # commit-buffer switch /org/boot-policy/lan/path #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show lan |
|
show path |
|
create physical-qual
To create a physical qualifier for a server pool policy, use the create physical-qual command.
create physical-qual
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command create a physical qualifier for a server pool policy, and to enter organization physical qualifier mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a physical qualifier:
switch# scope org org3 switch /org # scope server-qual sq20 switch /org/server-qual # create physical-qual switch /org/server-qual/physical-qual* # commit-buffer switch /org/server-qual/physical-qual #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show physical-qual |
|
show server-qual |
|
create pin-group
To create a pin group, use the create pin-group command.
create pin-group name
Syntax Description
| name | Pin group name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)
Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Pinning in Cisco UCS is only relevant to uplink ports.
When you determine the optimal configuration for pin groups and pinning for an uplink port, consider the estimated bandwidth usage for the servers. If you know that some servers in the system will use a lot of bandwidth, ensure that you pin these servers to different uplink ports.
Use this command to create a pin group, and enter organization pin-group mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a pin group:
switch# scope eth-uplink switch /eth-uplink # create pin-group pg110 switch /eth-uplink/pin-group* # commit-buffer switch /eth-uplink/pin-group #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-uplink |
|
show pin-group |
|
create policy
To create a policy, use the create policy command.
callhome mode create policy event
flow-control mode create policy name
Syntax Description
| event | Select a predefined fault or system event type. See Usage Guidelines for event options. |
| name | Policy name. The name can be from 1 to 16 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Flow control (/eth-uplink/flow-control)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.1(1) | This command was modified to add additional event types for Call Home. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a policy, and enter either organization callhome or organization flow control mode.
In Call Home configuration, use this command to create an instance of a policy for a predefined type of fault or system event. The following list shows the available keywords for Call Home event types:
- association-failed
- chassis-seeprom-error
- configuration-failure
- connectivity-problem
- election-failure
- equipment-inaccessible
- equipment-inoperable
- equipment-problem
- fru-problem
- identity-unestablishable
- link-down
- management-services-failure
- management-services-unresponsive
- power-problem
- thermal-problem
- unspecified
- version-incompatible
- voltage-problem
In Flow Control configuration, use this command to create a named policy.
Examples
This example shows how to create and enable a Call Home policy instance for link-down events:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # create policy link-down switch-A /monitoring/callhome/policy # set admin-state enabled switch-A /monitoring/callhome/policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome/policy #
This example shows how to create a named policy for flow control:
switch-A # scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # scope flow-control switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control # create policy policy1 switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enter policy |
|
show policy |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create pooling-policy
To create a pooling policy, use the create pooling-policy command.
create pooling-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Creates a server pooling policy, and enters organization pooling policy mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a pooling policy:
switch# scope org org3 switch /org # create pooling-policy pp110 switch /org/pooling-policy* # commit-buffer switch /org/pooling-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show policy |
|
show pooling-policy |
|
create port-channel
To create a port channel, use the create port-channel command.
create port-channel id
Syntax Description
| id | Port identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 40. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric interconnect (/eth-uplink/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Consider using a port channel to make best use of capacity when multiple uplinks are used on a switch.
Use this command to create a port channel, and enter organization port channel mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a port channel:
switch# scope eth-uplink switch /eth-uplink # scope switch b switch /eth-uplink/switch # create port-channel 20 switch /eth-uplink/switch/port-channel* # commit-buffer switch /eth-uplink/switch/port-channel #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show port-channel |
|
show switch |
|
create port-profile (eth-uplink)
To create a port profile, use the create port-profile command.
create port-profile name
Syntax Description
| name | Port profile name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a port profile, and enter organization port profile mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a port profile:
switch# scope eth-uplink switch /eth-uplink # create port-profile pp110 switch /eth-uplink/port-profile* # commit-buffer switch /eth-uplink/port-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-uplink |
|
show port-profile |
|
create port-profile (profile-set)
To create a port profile, use the create port-profile command in profile-set mode.
create port-profile profile-name
Syntax Description
| profile-name | The name of the profile. A unique set of numbers or letters that identifies the profile. The range of valid values is 1 to 31. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Profile set (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The port profile client determines the DVSes to which a port profile is applied. By default, a port profile applies to all DVSes in the vCenter; however, you can use a port profile client to apply a port profile to all DVSes in a specific datacenter or datacenter folder, or to a specific DVS.
create port-profile creates the specified port profile and enters system VM management VMware profile set port profile mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a port profile:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # create port-profile pp100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show |
|
show port profile |
|
create processor
To create a processor qualifier for a server pool policy, use the create processor command.
create processor
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.3(1) | This command was removed. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command create a processor qualifier for a server pool policy, and to enter organization processor mode.
Only one processor qualifier can be created.
 Note |
In later releases, this command is replaced by the create cpu command. |
Examples
This example shows how to create a processor qualifier:
switch# scope org org3 switch /org # scope server-qual sq20 switch /org/server-qual # create processor switch /org/server-qual/processor* # commit-buffer switch /org/server-qual/processor #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show processor |
|
show server-qual |
|
create profile
To create a profile, use the create profile command.
create profile name
Syntax Description
| name | Profile name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a profile, and enter organization profile mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a profile:
switch# scope monitoring switch /monitoring # scope callhome switch /monitoring/callhome # create profile p210 switch /monitoring/callhome/profile* # commit-buffer switch /monitoring/callhome/profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
show profile |
|
create qos-policy
To create a QoS policy, use the create qos-policy command in org mode.
create qos-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the QoS policy. A unique set of numbers or letters that identifies the policy. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to create a QoS policy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # create qos-policy qp10 switch-A /org* # commit-buffer switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show egress-policy |
|
show qos-policy |
|
create role
To create a role, use the create role command.
create role name
Syntax Description
| name | Role name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local user (/security/local-user)
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a role, and enter organization role mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a role:
switch# scope security switch /security # create role admin switch /security/role* # commit-buffer switch /security/role #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show local-user |
|
show role |
|
create san-image
To create a SAN image, use the create san-image command.
create san-image { primary | secondary }
Syntax Description
| primary | Specifies primary image. |
| secondary | Specifies secondary image. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Storage (/org/service-profile/boot-def/storage)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Only one SAN image can be created and committed.
Use this command to create a SAN image, and enter organization SAN image mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a SAN image:
switch#scope org org3 switch /org # scope service-profile sp1 switch /org/service-profile # scope boot-def switch /org/service-profile/boot-def # scope storage switch /org/service-profile/boot-def/storage # create san-image primary switch /org/service-profile/boot-def/storage/san-image* # commit-buffer switch /org/service-profile/boot-def/storage/san-image #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show local |
|
show san-image |
|
create scrub-policy
To create a scrub policy, use the create scrub-policy command.
create scrub-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Scrub policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a scrub policy, and enter organization scrub policy mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a scrub policy:
switch# scope org org100 switch /org # create scrub-policy scrub100 switch /org/scrub-policy* # commit-buffer switch /org/scrub-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show server-disc-policy |
|
show scrub-policy |
|
create server
To create a server, use the create server command.
create server { server-name | | chassis-id/slot-id }
Syntax Description
| server-name | The name of the server. Valid entries for this value are a name or an IP address. The range of valid values for a name is 1 to 16. |
| chassis-id/slot-id | Chassis and slot identification numbers. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VMware management (/system/vm-mgmt)
LDAP (/security/ldap)
TACACS (/security/tacacs)
RADIUS (/security/radius)
Server pool (/org/server-pool)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command takes the name argument only in the /org/server-pool mode.
Use this command to create a server, and enter organization server mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a server:
switch#scope security switch /security # scope radius switch /security/radius # create server radius 209.165.200.226 switch /security/radius/server* # commit-buffer switch /security/radius/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show aaa |
|
show server |
|
create server-autoconfig-policy
To create a server automatice configuration policy, use the create server-autoconfig-policy command.
create server-autoconfig-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The server-autoconfig-policy command is definable only in org /.
Use this command to create a server automatic configuration policy with the specified policy name, and enters organization server automatic configuration policy mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a server autoconfiguration policy:
switch#scope org org3 switch /org # create server-autoconfig-policy sap110 switch /org/server-autoconfig-policy* # commit-buffer switch /org/server-autoconfig-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show server-disc-policy |
|
show server-autoconfig-policy |
|
create server-disc-policy
To create a server discovery policy, use the create server-disc-policy command.
create server-disc-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Server discovery policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The server-disc-policy command is definable only in org /.
Use this command to create a server discovery policy, and enter organization server discovery policy mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a server discovery policy:
switch#scope org org3 switch /org # create server-disc-policy sdp110 switch /org/server-disc-policy* # commit-buffer switch /org/server-disc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show server-disc-policy |
|
show server-autoconfig-policy |
|
create server-inherit-policy
To create a server inherit policy, use the create server-inherit-policy command.
create server-inherit-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The server-inherit-policy command is definable only in org /.
Use this command to create a server inherit policy, and enter organization server inherit policy mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a server inherit policy:
switch#scope org / switch /org # create server-inherit-policy sip110 switch /org/server-inherit-policy* # commit-buffer switch /org/server-inherit-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show server-disc-policy |
|
show server-inherit-policy |
|
create server-pool
To create a server pool, use the create server-pool command.
create server-pool name
Syntax Description
| name | Server pool name. The name can be up to 32 alphanumeric characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a server pool, and enter organization server pool mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a server pool:
switch#scope org org3 switch /org # create server-pool sPool10 switch /org/server-pool* # commit-buffer switch /org/server-pool #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show org |
|
show server-pool |
|
create server-qual
To create a server qualifier, use the create server-qual command.
create server-qual name
Syntax Description
| name | Server qualifier name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a server qualifier, and enter organization server qualification mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a server qualifier:
switch#scope org org3 switch /org # create server-qual sql10 switch /org/server-qual* # commit-buffer switch /org/server-qual #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show server-pool |
|
show server-qual |
|
create service-profile
To create a service profile, use the create service-profile command.
create service-profile name [ initial-template | | instance | | updating-template ]
Syntax Description
| name | The service profile name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
| initial-template | Specifies that instances will not automatically update if this template is updated. |
| instance | Specifies the service profile instance. |
| updating-template | Specifies that instances will automatically update if this template is updated. |
Command Default
None.
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a service profile, and enter service profile mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a service profile.
switch# scope org org110 switch /org # create service-profile spEast110 switch /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ipmi-access-profile |
|
show service-profile |
|
create slot
To create a slot, use the create slot command.
create slot min-id max-id
Syntax Description
| min-id | Minimum slot identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 8. |
| max-id | Maximum slot identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 8. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Chassis (/org/server-qual/chassis)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a slot with the specified ID, and enters organization slot mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a slot:
switch# scope org org10 switch /org # scope server-qual sq10 switch /org/server-qual # scope chassis 1 1 switch /org/server-qual/chassis # create slot 1 1 switch /org/server-qual/chassis/slot* # commit-buffer switch /org/server-qual/chassis/slot #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show slot |
|
create snmp-trap
To create an SNMP trap, use the create snmp-trap command.
create snmp-trap ip-address
Syntax Description
| ip-address | Host IP address. Specify the IP address in the format A.B.C.D. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create an SNMP community before you create an SNMP trap.
Examples
This example shows how to create an SNMP trap:
switch#scope monitoring switch /monitoring # create snmp-trap 192.0.2.34 switch /monitoring/snmp-trap* # commit-buffer switch /monitoring/snmp-trap #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show snmp |
|
show snmp-trap |
|
create snmp-user
To create an SNMPv3 user, use the create snmp-user command.
create snmp-useruser-name
Syntax Description
| user-name | User name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to create an SNMPv3 user:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # create snmp-user snmpUser10 switch-A /monitoring* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show snmp |
|
show snmp-user |
|
create sol-config
To create a Serial over LAN (SoL) configuration, use the create sol-config command.
create sol-config
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a SoL configuration, and enter organization SoL configuration mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a SoL configuration:
switch-A# scope org org30 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp30a switch-A /org/service-profile # create sol-config switch-A /org/service-profile/sol-config* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/sol-config #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show sol-config |
|
show sol-policy |
|
create sol-policy
To create an SoL policy, use the create sol-policy command.
create sol-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | SoL policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a SoL policy with the specified name, and enters organization SoL policy mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a SoL policy:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create sol-policy solpol1 switch-A /org/sol-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/sol-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show org |
|
show sol-policy |
|
create stats-threshold-policy
To create a statistics threshold policy, use the create stats-threshold-policy command.
create stats-threshold-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a statistics threshold policy, and enter organization statistics threshold policy mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a statistics threshold policy:
switch# scope org org10 switch /org # create stats-threshold-policy stp10 switch /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show pooling-policy |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
create storage
To create storage, use the create storage command.
create storage
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Boot definition (/org/service-profile/boot-def)
Boot policy (/org/boot-policy)
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a storage qualification, and enter organization server qualification storage mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create storage:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp1 switch-A /org/service-profile # scope boot-def bd1 switch-A /org/service-profile/boot-def # create storage switch-A /org/service-profile/boot-def/storage* # commit-buffer switch /org/service-profile/boot-def/storage #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show boot-definition |
|
show storage |
|
create threshold-value
To create a threshold value for a property, use the create threshold-value command.
create threshold-value { above-normal | | below-normal } { cleared | | condition | | critical | | info | | major | | minor | | warning }
Syntax Description
| above-normal | Sets the value to above normal. |
| below-normal | Sets the value to below normal. |
| cleared | Sets the threshold value to cleared. |
| condition | Sets the threshold value to condition. |
| critical | Sets the threshold value to critical. |
| info | Sets the threshold value to info. |
| major | Sets the threshold value to major. |
| minor | Sets the threshold value to minor. |
| warning | Sets the threshold value to warning. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Fibre channel (/fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Organization (/org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0.1 |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command creates the specified threshold value for the class property and enters organization statistics threshold policy class property threshold value mode. You must have a class and a property created in order to execute the set threshold-value command. The command is used to set the value of the property you created.
You can configure multiple threshold values for a class property. Before you use this command, use the set normal-value command to set a baseline.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the threshold value for the bytes-rx-delta property in vnic-stats class:
switch-A#scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy stp100 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class vnic-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class # scope property bytes-rx-delta switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property # create threshold-value above-normal critical switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show property |
|
show threshold-value |
|
create trustpoint
To create a trustpoint, use the create trustpoint command.
create trustpoint name
Syntax Description
| name | Trustpoint name. The name can be up to 16 alphanumeric characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to identify the trustpoints that will be used to validate a certificate during Internet Key Exchange (IKE) authentication, and enter organization trustpoint mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a trustpoint:
switch-A# scope security switch-A /security # create trustpoint tPoint10 switch-A /security/trustpoint* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/trustpoint #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show keyring |
|
show trustpoint |
|
create uuid-suffix-pool
To create a UUID suffix pool, use the create uuid-suffix-pool command.
create uuid-suffix-pool name
Syntax Description
| name | UUID suffix pool name. The name can be up to 32 alphanumeric characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Creates a UUID suffix pool with the specified name, and enters organization UUID suffix pool mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a UUID suffix pool:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create uuid-suffix-pool uuidsp1 switch-A /org/uuid-suffix-pool* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/uuid-suffix-pool #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show uuid-suffix-pool |
|
show wwn-pool |
|
create vcenter
To create a VCenter, use the create vcenter command in vmware mode.
create vcenter vcenter-name
Syntax Description
| vcenter-name | The name of the VCenter. A unique set of numbers or letters that identifies the VCenter. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VMware (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to create a VCenter:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # create vcenter vc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vcenter |
|
show virtual-machine |
|
create vcon
To create a vCon (virtual network interface connection), use the create vcon command.
create vcon { 1 | | 2 }
Syntax Description
| 1 | Specifies virtual network interface connection 1. |
| 2 | Specifies virtual network interface connection 2. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to create a vCon:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp100 switch-A /org/service-profile # create vcon vc100 switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show service-profile |
|
show vcon |
|
create vcon-policy
To create a vCon policy (vNIC/vHBA placement profile), use the create vcon-policy command.
create vcon-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Creates the specified vCon policy and enters organization vcon-policy mode. vCon policies determine the placement and distribution of vNICs and vHBAs between the adapters for a server that has more than one adapter.
policy-name should be a unique set of numbers or letters that identifies the policy. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.
Examples
This example shows how to create a vCon policy:
switch-A# scope org / switch-A /org # create vcon-policy vcp100 switch-A /org* # commit-buffer switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vcon |
|
show vcon-policy |
|
create vhba
To create a virtual HBA vHBA), use the create vhba command.
create vhba name { fabric { a | b } | fc-if fc-if } *
Syntax Description
| name | vHBA name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
| fabric | Specifies a fabric. |
| a | Specifies fabric A. |
| b | Specifies fabric B. |
| fc-if | Specifies a Fibre Channel interface. |
| interface-name | Interface name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a vHBA, and enter organization virtual HBA mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a vHBA:
switch-A# scope org org30 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10a switch-A /org/service-profile # create vhba 10a switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vhba |
|
show vnic |
|
create vhba-templ
To create a vHBA template, use the create vhba-templ command.
create vhba-templ name { fabric { a | b } | fc-if fci-name } *
Syntax Description
| name | vHBA template name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
| fabric | Specifies fabric. |
| a | Specifies fabric A. |
| b | Specifies fabric B. |
| fc-if | Specifies a Fibre Channel interface. |
| fci-name | Fibre Channel interface name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
A vHBA is a virtualized host bus adapter that is configured on a physical network adapter and appears to be a physical HBA to the operating system of the server. The type of adapter in the system determines how many vHBAs you can create.
Use this command to create a vHBA template, and enter organization virtual HBA template mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a vHBA template:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # create vhba-templ vhbat10
switch-A /org/vhba-templ* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org/vhba-templ #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fc-if |
|
show vhba-templ |
|
create virtual-media
To create virtual media, use the create virtual-media command.
create virtual-media { read-only | read-write }
Syntax Description
| read-only | Specifies read-only virtual media. |
| read-write | Specifies read and write virtual media. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Boot policy (/org/boot-policy)
Boot definition (/org/service-profile/boot-def)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create virtual media with the specified name, and enters organization virtual-media mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create virtual media:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp1 switch-A /org/service-profile # scope boot-def switch-A /org/service-profile/boot-definition # create virtual-media read-write switch-A /org/service-profile/boot-definition/virtual-media* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/boot-definition/virtual-media #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show storage |
|
show virtual-media |
|
create vlan
To create a VLAN, use the create vlan command.
create vlan name id
Syntax Description
| name | VLAN name. The name can contain up to 16 characters. |
| id | VLAN identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 3967 and 4048 to 4093. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)
Fabric (/eth-uplink/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a VLAN with the specified name and identifier number and enter vlan mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a VLAN:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # create vlan vlan1 10 switch-A /eth-uplink/vlan* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink/vlan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show interface |
|
show vlan |
|
create vlan (port-profile)
To create a VLAN for a port profile, use the create vlan command.
create vlan name
Syntax Description
| name | VLAN name. The name can contain up to 16 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Port profile (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a VLAN with the specified name for a port profile and enter vlan mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a VLAN for a port profile:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope profile-set switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # scope port-profile pp100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile # create vlan v100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile/vlan* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile/vlan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show port-profile |
|
create vnic
To create a VNIC (Virtual Network Interface Card), use the create vnic command.
create vnic name { fabric { a | a-b | b | b-a } | eth-if eth-if } *
Syntax Description
| name | VNIC template name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
| fabric | Specifies the fabric switch identification number. |
| a | Specifies switch A. |
| a-b | Specifies redundant, with switch A as primary. |
| b | Specifies switch B. |
| b-a | Specifies redundant, with switch B as primary. |
| eth-if | Specifies a Ethernet interface. |
| eth-if | Ethernet interface name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a vNIC with the specified name, and enters organization virtual NIC mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a vNIC:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp1 switch-A /org/service-profile # create vnic vnic110 switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show interface |
|
show vnic |
|
create vnic-egress-policy
To create a VNIC egress policy, use the create vnic-egress-policy command.
create vnic-egress-policy
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Virtual NIC QoS (/org/vnic-qos)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to create a vNIC egress policy, and enter organization virtual NIC egress policy mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a vNIC egress policy:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope vnic-qos vnicq1 switch-A /org/vnic-qos # create vnic-egress-policy switch-A /org/vnic-qos* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/vnic-qos #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vnic |
|
show vnic-egress-policy |
|
create vnic-templ
To create a VNIC template, use the create vnic-templ command.
create vnic-templ name { fabric { a | a-b | b | b-a } | target { adapter | vm } + | eth-if eth-if } *
Syntax Description
| name | vNIC template name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
| fabric | Specifies the fabric switch identification number. |
| a | Specifies switch A. |
| a-b | Specifies redundant, with switch A as primary. |
| b | Specifies switch B. |
| b-a | Specifies redundant, with switch B as primary. |
| target | Specifies the target, either adapter or vm. |
| adapter | Specifies the adapter. |
| vm | Specifies the virtual machine. |
| eth-if | Specifies a Ethernet interface. |
| eth-if | Ethernet interface name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a vNIC template, and enters organization virtual NIC template mode.
Examples
This example shows how to create a vNIC template:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create vnic-templ vnict1 eth-if 10 switch-A /org/vnic-templ* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/vnic-templ #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-if |
|
show vnic-templ |
|
create vsan
To create a VSAN, use the create vsan command.
create vsan name id fcoe-vlan
Syntax Description
| name | VSAN name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
| id | VSAN identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 4093. |
| default-2 | Specifies default 1. |
| fcoe-vlan | Fibre Channel over Ethernet VLAN. The range of valid values is 1 to 4093. |
| default-1 | Specifies default 2. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink)
Switch (/fc-uplink/switch)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a VSAN with the specified name, and enters organization VSAN mode.
You can create a named VSAN with IDs from 1 to 4093. VSANs configured on different FCoE VLANs cannot share the same ID.
Examples
This example shows how to create a VSAN:
switch-A# scope fc-uplink switch-A /fc-uplink # create vsan vs2 6 10 switch-A /fc-uplink/vsan* # commit-buffer switch-A /fc-uplink/vsan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vif |
|
show vsan |
|
create wwn-pool
To create a WWN (World Wide Name) pool, use the create wwn-pool command.
create wwn-pool name { node-wwn-assignment | port-wwn-assignment }
Syntax Description
| name | WWN pool name. The name can be up to 32 alphanumeric characters. |
| node-wwn-assignment | Specifies world wide node name assignment. |
| port-wwn-assignment | Specifies world wide node port assignment. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a WWN pool with the specified name, and enters organization WWN pool mode.
A WWN pool can include only WWNNs or WWPNs in the 20:xx range. All other WWN ranges are reserved.
Examples
This example shows how to create a WWN pool:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create wwn-pool wwnp1 port-wwn-assignment switch-A /org/wwn-pool* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/wwn-pool #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show mac-pool |
|
show wwn-pool |
|
cycle
To cycle a server, use the cycle command.
cycle { cycle-immediate | cycle-wait }
Syntax Description
| cycle-immediate | Specifies cycle immediately. |
| cycle-wait | Specifies wait to cycle. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to cycle a server:
switch-A# scope server 2/4 switch-A /chassis/server # cycle cycle-immediate switch-A /chassis/server* # commit-buffer switch-A /chassis/server #
decommission chassis
To decommission a chassis, use the decommission chassis command.
decommission chassis id
Syntax Description
| id | Chassis identification number. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to decommission a chassis:
switch-A# decommission chassis 2 switch-A* # commit-buffer switch-A #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show server |
|
decommission server
To decommission a server, use the decommission server command.
decommission server chassis-id/blade-id
Syntax Description
| chassis-id/blade-id | Server chassis and blade identification number. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to decommission a server:
switch-A# decommission server 1 1 switch-A* # commit-buffer switch-A #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show server |
|
delete adapter
To delete the adapter, use the delete adapter command.
delete adapter
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete an adapter:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal100 switch-A /org/server-qual # delete adapter switch-A /org/server-qual* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show adapter |
|
show server-qual |
|
delete backup
To delete backup, use the delete backup command.
delete backup name
Syntax Description
| name | Backup name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
System (/system)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete backup:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # delete backup backUpFDrive switch-A /system* # commit-buffer switch-A /system #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
show import-config |
|
delete block
To delete a block, use the delete block command.
delete block from to
Syntax Description
| from | Start UUID. |
| to | End UUID. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
UUID suffix pool (/org/uuid-suffix-pool)
IP pool (/org/ip-pool)
WWN pool (/org/wwn-pool)
MAC pool (/org/mac-pool)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a block:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope uuid-suffix-pool usp10 switch-A /org/uuid-suffix-pool # delete block 1234-123412341230 1234-123412341234 switch-A /org/uuid-suffix-pool* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/uuid-suffix-pool #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show block |
|
show pooled |
|
delete boot-definition
To delete a boot definition, use the delete boot-definition command.
delete boot-definition
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a boot definition:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # delete boot-definition bp10 switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show boot-definition |
|
show boot-policy |
|
delete boot-policy
To delete a boot policy, use the delete boot-policy command.
delete boot-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Boot policy name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a boot policy:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # delete boot-policy bp110 switch-A /org* # commit-buffer switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show boot-policy |
|
show chassis-disk-policy |
|
delete certreq
To delete a certificate request, use the delete certreq command.
delete certreq
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Keyring (/security/keyring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete certificate request:
switch-A# scope security switch-A /security # scope keyring kr10 switch-A /security/keyring # delete certreq switch-A /security/keyring* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/keyring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show certreq |
|
showkeyring |
|
delete chassis
To delete a chassis, use the delete chassis command.
delete chassis min-id max-id
Syntax Description
| min-id | Minimum chassis identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 8. |
| max-id | Minimum chassis identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 8. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a chassis:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq10 switch-A /org/server-qual # delete chassis 1 1 switch-A /org/server-qual* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show server-qual |
|
delete class chassis-stats
To delete the chassis statistics class, use the delete class chassis-stats command.
delete class chassis-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete the chassis statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy stp10 switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class chassis-stats switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
delete class cpu-env-stats
To delete a CPU environment statistics class, use the delete class cpu-env-stats command.
delete class cpu-env-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
The following example shows how to delete the CPU statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy stp100 switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class cpu-stats switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
delete class dimm-stats
To delete the DIMM statistics class, use the delete class dimm-stats command.
delete class dimm-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete the DIMM statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy stp10 switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class dimm-stats switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
delete class ether-error-stats
To delete the Ethernet error statistics class, use the delete class ether-error-stats command.
delete class ether-error-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink /eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete the Ethernet error statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy stp10 switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class ether-error-stats switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
delete class ether-if-stats
To delete the Ethernet interface statistics class, use the delete class ether-if-stats command.
delete class ether-if-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete the Ethernet interface statistics class:
switch-A#scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy stp20 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class ether-if-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show ether-if-stats |
|
delete class ether-loss-stats
To delete the Ethernet loss statistics class, use the delete class ether-loss-stats command.
delete class ether-loss-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete the Ethernet loss statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy stp10 switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class ether-loss-stats switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
delete class ethernet-port-err-stats
To delete an Ethernet port error statistics class, use the delete class ethernet-port-err-stats command.
delete class ethernet-port-err-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to delete an Ethernet port error statistics class.
Examples
This example shows how to delete an Ethernet port error statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class ethernet-port-err-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
delete class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
To delete an Ethernet port multicast statistics class, use the delete class ethernet-port-multicast-stats command.
delete class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to delete an Ethernet port multicast statistics class.
Examples
This example shows how to delete an Ethernet port multicast statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class ethernet-port-multicast-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class ethernet-port-multicast-stats |
|
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
delete class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
To delete an Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics class, use the delete class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats command.
delete class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to delete an Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics class.
Examples
This example shows how to delete an Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
delete class ethernet-port-stats
To delete an Ethernet port statistics class, use the delete class ethernet-port-stats command.
delete class ethernet-port-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to delete an Ethernet port statistics class.
Examples
This example shows how to delete an Ethernet port statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class ethernet-port-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
delete class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
To delete an Ethernet port large packet statistics class, use the delete class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets command.
delete class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to delete an Ethernet port large packet statistics class.
Examples
This example shows how to delete an Ethernet port large packet statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
delete class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
To delete an Ethernet port small packet statistics class, use the delete class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets command.
delete class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to delete an Ethernet port small packet statistics class.
Examples
This example shows how to delete an Ethernet port small packet statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # delete class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
delete class ether-rx-stats
To delete the Ethernet recieve statistics class, use the delete class ether-rx-stats command.
delete class ether-rx-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete the Ethernet recieve statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy stp10 switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class ether-rx-stats switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
delete class ether-tx-stats
To delete the Ethernet transmit statistics class, use the delete class ether-tx-stats command.
delete class ether-tx-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete the Ethernet transmit statistics class:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy stp10 switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # delete class ether-tx-stats switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
delete client
To delete a client, use the delete client command in port-profile mode.
delete client client-name
Syntax Description
| client-name | The name of the client. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Profile set (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a client:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope profile-set switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # scope port-profile pp100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile # delete client c100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show client |
|
show port profile |
|
delete cpu
To delete a CPU qualifier for a server pool policy, use the delete cpu command.
delete cpu
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to delete a CPU qualifier for a server pool policy.
Examples
This example shows how to delete a CPU qualifier:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10 switch-A /org/server-qual # delete cpu switch-A /org/server-qual* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cpu |
|
delete data-center
To delete a data center, use the delete data-center command in vcenter mode. You can also delete a data center in folder mode.
delete data-center datacenter-name
Syntax Description
| datacenter-name | The name of the data center. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VCenter (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter)
Folder (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/folder
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a data center:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vcenter vc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # delete data-center DC1 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show vcenter |
|
delete default-behavior
To delete a default behavior mode, use the delete default-behavior command.
delete default-behavior { vhba | | vnic }
Syntax Description
| vhba | Specifies vHBA default behavior mode. |
| vnic | Specifies vNIC default behavior mode. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a vNIC default behavior mode:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp100 switch-A /org/service-profile # delete default-behavior vnic switch-A /org/service-profile/* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/ #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show default-behavior |
|
show vnic |
|
delete destination
To delete the destination, use the delete destination command.
delete destination email
Syntax Description
| Email destination. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Profile (/monitoring/callhome/profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete the destination:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # scope profile pro10 switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile # delete destination test@csx.com switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show destination |
|
show profile |
|
delete distributed-virtual-switch
To delete a distributed virtual switch, use the delete distributed-virtual-switch command in folder mode.
delete distributed-virtual-switch dvs-name
Syntax Description
| dvs-name | The name of the switch. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VMware (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a distributed virtual switch:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter vc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # scope data-center dc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center # scope folder f10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder # delete distributed-virtual-switch dvs10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show distributed-virtual-switch |
|
show folder |
|
delete dns
To delete DNS service, use the delete dns command.
delete dns name
Syntax Description
| name | DNS service name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete DNS service:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope services switch-A /system/services # delete dns dns100 switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show dns |
|
show ntp |
|
delete dynamic-vnic-conn
To delete a dynamic vNIC connection, use the delete dynamic-vnic-conn command.
delete dynamic-vnic-conn
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to create a dynamic vNIC connection:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # delete dynamic-vnic-conn switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show dynamic-vnic-con |
|
show dynamic-vnic-con-policy |
|
delete dynamic-vnic-conn-policy
To delete a dynamic vNIC connection policy, use the delete dynamic-vnic-conn-policy command.
delete dynamic-vnic-conn-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the vNIC connection policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a dynamic vNIC connection policy:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # delete dynamic-vnic-conn-policy dvcp10 switch-A /org* # commit-buffer switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show dynamic-vnic-conn-policy |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
delete egress-policy
To delete an egress policy, use the delete egress-policy command in egress-policy mode.
delete egress-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Egress policy (/org/qos-policy/egress-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a data center:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vcenter vc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # delete data-center DC1 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show vcenter |
|
delete epuser
To delete an end-point user, use the delete epuser command.
delete epuser name
Syntax Description
| name | End-point user name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
IPMI access profile (/org/ipmi-access-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete an end-point user:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope ipmi-access-profile ipmiAP10 switch-A /org/ipmi-access-profile # delete epuser epuser10 switch-A /org/ipmi-access-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ipmi-access-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show epuser |
|
show ipmi-access-profile |
|
delete eth-if
To delete an Ethernet interface, use the delete eth-if command.
delete eth-if name
Syntax Description
| name | Ethernet interface name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command
Examples
This example shows how to delete an Ethernet interface:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # delete eth-if ethIF10 switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show service-profile sp10 |
|
show vnic |
|
delete eth-policy
To delete an Ethernet policy, use the delete eth-policy command.
delete eth-policy name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the Ethernet policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete Ethernet policy ep100 in org100 mode:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # delete eth-policy ep100 switch-A /org* # commit-buffer switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-policy |
|
show trans-queue |
|
delete fc-policy
To delete a Fibre Channel policy, use the delete fc-policy command.
delete fc-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the Fibre Channel policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete Fibre Channel policy fcp10 in org10 mode:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # delete fc-policy fcp10 switch-A /org* # commit-buffer switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fc-policy |
|
show trans-queue |
|
delete folder
To delete a folder, use the delete folder command in vcenter mode. You can also delete a folder in data-center mode.
delete folder folder-name
Syntax Description
| folder-name | The name of the container. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VCenter (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter)
Folder (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a folder:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vcenter vc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/server # delete folder F10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/server* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show folder |
|
delete image
To delete an image, use the delete image command.
delete image { name } | { type { adapter | server-bios | bmc | host-hba | host-hba-combined | host-hba-optionrom | host-nic | iom | raid-controller | switch-kernel | switch-software | system | unspecified } | version version } +
Syntax Description
| name | Image name. |
| type | Specifies image type. |
| adapter | Specifies an adapter image. |
| server-bios | Specifies the server BIOS image. |
| bmc | Specifies the BMC image. |
| host-hba | Specifies the host HBA image. |
| host-hba-combined | Specifie the combined host HBA image. |
| host-hba-optionrom | Specifies the host optional ROM image. |
| host-nic | Specifies the host NIC image. |
| iom | Specifies the I/O module image. |
| raid-controller | Specifies the RAID controller image. |
| switch-kernel | Specifies the switch kernel image. |
| switch-software | Specifies the switch software image. |
| system | Specifies the system image. |
| unspecified | Specifies an unspecified image. |
| version | Specifies the version number. |
| version | Version number. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Firmware (/firmware)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete an image:
switch-A# scope firmware switch-A /firmware # delete image serverImage10 switch-A /firmware* # commit-buffer switch-A /firmware #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show image |
|
show package |
|
delete import-config
To delete an import configuration, use the delete import-config command.
delete import-config name
Syntax Description
| name | Import configuration name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
System (/system)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete an import configuration:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # delete import-config ic10 switch-A /system* # commit-buffer switch-A /system #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show import-config |
|
show managed-entity |
|
delete initiator
To delete an initiator, use the delete initiator command.
delete initiator id
Syntax Description
| id | Initiator identification number. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
WWN pool (/org/wwn-pool)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete an initiator:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope wwn-pool wwnp10 switch-A /org/wwn-pool # delete initiator init10 switch-A /org/wwn-pool* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/wwn-pool #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show initiator |
|
show wwn-pool |
|
delete interface
To delete an interface, use the delete interface command.
delete interface slot-id port-id
Syntax Description
| slot-id | Slot identification number. |
| port-id | Port identification number. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Switch under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/switch)
Switch under Ethernet server (/eth-server/switch)
Switch under Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/switch)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete an interface:
switch-A#scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # scope fabric b switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric # delete interface 1 3 switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric* # commit-buffer switch /eth-uplink/fabric #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show interface |
|
show vlan |
|
delete ipmi-access-profile
To delete an IPMI access profile, use the delete ipmi-access-profile command.
delete ipmi-access-profile name
Syntax Description
| name | IPMI access profile name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete an IPMI access profile:
switch-A# scope org org300 switch-A /org # delete ipmi-access-profile ipmiap100 switch-A /org* # commit-buffer switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show service-profile |
|
show ipmi-access-profile |
|
delete keyring
To delete a keyring, use the delete keyring command.
delete keyring name
Syntax Description
| name | Keyring name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a keyring:
switch-A# scope security switch-A /security # delete keyring kr10 switch-A /security* # commit-buffer switch-A /security #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show keyring |
|
show trustpoint |
|
delete lan
To delete the LAN, use the delete lan command.
delete lan
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Boot policy (/org/boot-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete the LAN:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope boot-policy bp10 switch-A /org/boot-policy # delete lan switch-A /org/boot-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/boot-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show boot-policy |
|
show lan |
|
delete local
To delete the local storage, use the delete local command.
delete local
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Storage (/org/boot-policy/storage)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete the local storage:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope boot-policy bp10 switch-A /org/boot-policy # scope storage switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage # delete local switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show local |
|
show storage |
|
delete locale
To delete a locale, use the delete locale command.
delete locale name
Syntax Description
| name | Locale name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local user (/security/local-user)
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a locale:
switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # delete locale dtoEngineering
switch-A /security* # commit-buffer
switch-A /security #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show locale |
|
show role |
|
delete local-disk-config
To delete the local disk configuration, use the delete local-disk-config command.
delete local-disk-config
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete the local disk configuration:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # delete local-disk-config switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show local-disk-config |
|
show local-disk-config-policy |
|
delete local-user
To delete a local user, use the delete local-user command.
delete local-user name
Syntax Description
| name | Local user name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to delete a user account.
Examples
This example shows how to delete a local user:
switch-B# scope security switch-B /security # delete local-user lu1 switch-B /security* # commit-buffer switch-B /security #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show local-user |
|
show remote-user |
|
delete mac-pool
To delete a MAC pool, use the delete mac-pool command.
delete mac-pool name
Syntax Description
| name | MAC pool name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a MAC pool:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # delete mac-pool mp10 switch-A /org* # commit-buffer switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show mac-pool |
|
show server-pool |
|
delete mac-security
To delete MAC security, use the delete mac-security command.
delete mac-security
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Port profile (/eth-uplink/port-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to delete the MAC security policy.
Examples
This example shows how to delete MAC security:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # scope port-profile pp10 switch-A /eth-uplink/port-profile # delete mac-security switch-A /eth-uplink/port-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink/port-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show mac-security |
|
show port-profile |
|
delete member-port
To delete a member port, use the delete member-port command.
port channel configuration delete member-port slot-id port-id
vsan configuration delete member-port { a | b } slot-id port-id
Syntax Description
| a | Specifies switch A. |
| b | Specifies switch B. |
| slot-id | Slot identification number. The range of valid values is 2 to 5. |
| port-id | Port identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 40. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Port channel (/eth-uplink/switch/port-channel)
VSAN (/fc-uplink/switch/vsan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a member port:
switch-A#scope fc-uplink switch-A /fc-uplink # scope fabric a switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric # scope vsan vs1 switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan # delete member-port a 3 3 switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan* # commit-buffer switch-A /fc-uplink/fabric/vsan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fc-uplink |
|
show port-channel |
|
delete memory
To delete memory, use the delete memory command.
delete memory
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete memory:
switch-A# scope org org99 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq100 switch-A /org/server-qual # delete memory switch-A /org/server-qual* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show server-qual |
|
delete nwctrl-policy
To delete a network control policy, use the delete nwctrl-policy command.
delete nwctrl-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | Policy name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a network control policy:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # delete nwctrl-policy netCtrlP10 switch-A /org* # commit-buffer switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show nwctrl-policy |
|
show service-policy |
|
delete org-ref
To delete an organization reference, use the delete org-ref command.
delete org-ref name
Syntax Description
| name | Organization reference name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Locale (/security/locale)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete an organization reference:
switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # scope locale
switch-A /security/locale # delete org-ref marketing
switch-A /security/locale* # commit-buffer
switch-A /security/locale #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show locale |
|
show org |
|
delete path
To delete the path, use the delete path command.
delete path { primary | secondary }
Syntax Description
| primary | Specifies the primary path. |
| secondary | Specifies the secondary path. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
SAN image (/org/boot-policy/storage/san-image)
LAN (/org/boot-policy/lan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete the path:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope boot-policy bp10 switch-A /org/boot-policy/lan # delete path primary switch-A /org/boot-policy/lan* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/boot-policy/lan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show lan |
|
show storage |
|
delete physical-qual
To delete a physical qualifier for a server pool policy, use the delete physical-qual command.
delete physical-qual
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to delete a physical qualifier for a server pool policy.
Examples
This example shows how to delete a physical qualifier:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10 switch-A /org/server-qual # delete physical-qual switch-A /org/server-qual* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show physical-qual |
|
delete pin-group
To delete the pin group, use the delete pin-group command.
delete pin-group name
Syntax Description
| name | Pin group name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink)
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete the pin group:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # delete pin-group pg10 switch-A /eth-uplink* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show pin-group |
|
show port-profile |
|
delete policy
To delete a policy, use the delete policy command.
callhome mode delete policy { equipment-degraded | equipment-inoperable | fru-problem | identity-unestablishable | thermal-problem | voltage-problem }
flow control mode delete policy name
Syntax Description
| equipment-degraded | Specifies an equipment degraded policy. |
| equipment-inoperable | Specifies an equipment inoperable policy. |
| fru-problem | Specifies a field replaceable unit policy. |
| identity-unestablishable | Specifies an identity unestablishable policy. |
| power-problem | Specifies a power problem policy. |
| thermal-problem | Specifies a thermal problem policy. |
| voltage-problem | Specifies a voltage problem policy. |
| name | Policy name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Flow control (/eth-uplink/flow-control)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a policy:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # scope flow-control switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control # delete policy policy1 switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show policy |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
delete pooling-policy
To delete a pooling policy, use the delete pooling-policy command.
delete pooling-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Pooling policy name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a pooling policy:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # delete pooling-policy pp110 switch-A /org/pooling-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/pooling-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show mac-pool |
|
show pooling-policy |
|
delete port-channel
To delete a port channel, use the delete port-channel command.
delete port-channel port-id
Syntax Description
| port-id | Port identification number. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric interconnect (/eth-uplink/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a port channel:
switch-A#scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # scope fabric b switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric # delete port-channel 10 switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fabric |
|
show port-channel |
|
delete port-profile (profile-set)
To delete a port profile, use the delete port-profile command in profile-set mode.
delete port-profile profile-name
Syntax Description
| profile-name | The name of the profile. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Profile set (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Port profiles
Examples
This example shows how to create a port profile:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # delete port-profile pp100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show |
|
show port profile |
|
delete processor
To delete a processor qualifier for a server pool policy, use the delete processor command.
delete processor
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.3(1) | This command was removed. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to delete a processor qualifier for a server pool policy.
Note |
In later releases, this command is replaced by the delete cpu command. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a processor qualifier:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10 switch-A /org/server-qual # delete processor switch-A /org/server-qual* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show processor |
|
delete qos-policy
To delete a QoS policy, use the delete qos-policy command in org mode.
delete qos-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| name | The name of the QoS policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a QoS policy:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # delete qp10 switch-A /org* # commit-buffer switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show egress-policy |
|
show qos-policy |
|
delete role
To delete a role, use the delete role command.
delete role name
Syntax Description
| name | Role name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local user (/security/local-user)
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a role:
switch-A#scope security switch-A /security # scope local-user appsUser switch-A /security/local-user # delete role appsUser switch-A /security/local-user* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/local-user #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show local-user |
|
show role |
|
delete scrub-policy
To delete a scrub policy, use the delete scrub-policy command.
delete scrub-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Scrub policy name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a scrub policy:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # delete scrub-policy scrub101 switch-A /org* # commit-buffer switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show qos-policy |
|
show scrub-policy |
|
delete server
To delete a server, use the delete server command.
delete server chassis-id blade-id
Syntax Description
| chassis-id | Server identification number. |
| blade-id | Server identification number. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server pool (/org/server-pool)
RADIUS (/security/radius)
TACACS (/security/tacacs)
LDAP (/security/ldap)
VMware management (/system/vm-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a server:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope server-pool spGroup10 switch-A /org/server-pool # delete server 1 1 switch-A /org/server-pool* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-pool #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show server |
|
show server-pool |
|
delete server-disc-policy
To delete a server discovery policy, use the delete server-disc-policy command.
delete server-disc-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Server discovery policy name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a server discovery policy:
switch-A# scope org org100
switch-A /org # delete server-disc-policy sdp100
switch-A /org* # commit-buffer
switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis-disc-policy |
|
show server-disc-policy |
|
delete server-pool
To delete a server pool, use the delete server-pool command.
delete server-pool name
Syntax Description
| name | Server pool name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a server pool:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # delete server-pool serverpool101 switch-A /org* # commit-buffer switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show mac-pool |
|
show server-pool |
|
delete server-qual
To delete a server qualifier, use the delete server-qual command.
delete server-qual name
Syntax Description
| name | Server qualifier name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a server qualifier:
switch-A#scope org org3 switch-A /org # delete server-qual sql10 switch-A /org/server-qual* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show server-pool |
|
show server-qual |
|
delete storage
To delete storage, use the delete storage command.
delete storage
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Boot policy (/org/boot-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete storage:
switch-A# scope org org200 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sQual220 switch-A /org/server-qual # delete storage switch-A /org/server-qual* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show storage |
|
delete target
To delete a target, use the delete target command.
delete target { a | b | dual }
Syntax Description
| a | Specifies switch A. |
| b | Specifies switch B. |
| dual | Specifies both switch A and B. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Pin group under Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/pin-group)
Pin group under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/pin-group)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a target:
switch-A# scope fc-uplink switch-A /fc-uplink # scope pin-group pGroup10 switch-A /fc-uplink/pin-group # delete target a switch-A /fc-uplink/pin-group* # commit-buffer switch-A /fc-uplink/pin-group #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show pin-group |
|
show target |
|
delete threshold-value
To delete a threshold value for a property, use the delete threshold-value command.
delete threshold-value { above-normal | | below-normal } { cleared | | condition | | critical | | info | | major | | minor | | warning }
Syntax Description
| above-normal | Sets the value to above normal. |
| below-normal | Sets the value to below normal. |
| cleared | Sets the threshold value to cleared. |
| condition | Sets the threshold value to condition. |
| critical | Sets the threshold value to critical. |
| info | Sets the threshold value to info. |
| major | Sets the threshold value to major. |
| minor | Sets the threshold value to minor. |
| warning | Sets the threshold value to warning. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Fibre channel (/fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Organization (/org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0.1 |
This command was introduced. |
Examples
The following example shows how to delete the threshold value for the bytes-rx-delta property in vnic-stats class:
switch-A#scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy stp100 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class vnic-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class # scope property bytes-rx-delta switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property # delete threshold-value above-normal critical switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show property |
|
show threshold-value |
|
delete trustpoint
To delete a trustpoint, use the delete trustpoint command.
delete trustpoint name
Syntax Description
| name | Trustpoint name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a trustpoint:
switch# scope security switch /security # delete trustpoint tp10 switch /security* # commit-buffer switch /security #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show authentication |
|
show trustpoint |
|
delete uuid-suffix-pool
To delete a UUID suffix pool, use the delete uuid-suffix-pool command.
delete uuid-suffix-pool name
Syntax Description
| name | UUID suffix pool name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a UUID suffix pool:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # delete uuid-suffix-pool pool101 switch-A /org* # commit-buffer switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show mac-pool |
|
show uuid-suffix-pool |
|
delete vcenter
To delete a VCenter, use the delete vcenter command in vmware mode.
delete vcenter vcenter-name
Syntax Description
| vcenter-name | The name of the VCenter. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VMware (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a VCenter:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # delete vcenter VC10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vcenter |
|
show virtual-machine |
|
delete vcon
To delete a vCon (virtual network interface connection), use the delete vcon command.
delete vcon { 1 | | 2 }
Syntax Description
| 1 | Specifies virtual network interface connection 1. |
| 2 | Specifies virtual network interface connection 2. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a vCon:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp100 switch-A /org/service-profile # delete vcon vc100 switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show service-profile |
|
show vcon |
|
delete vcon-policy
To delete a vCon policy (vNIC/vHBA placement profile), use the delete vcon-policy command.
delete vcon-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a vCon policy:
switch-A# scope org / switch-A /org # delete vcon-policy vcp100 switch-A /org* # commit-buffer switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vcon |
|
show vcon-policy |
|
delete vhba
To delete a virtual HBA, use the delete vhba command.
delete vhba name
Syntax Description
| name | Virtual HBA name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a virtual HBA:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # delete vhba vHBA10 switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vhba |
|
show vnic |
|
delete vlan
To delete a VLAN, use the delete vlan command.
delete vlan name
Syntax Description
| name | VLAN name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)
Fabric (/eth-uplink/fabric)
Port profile (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.1(1) | Added port profile mode. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a VLAN:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # delete vlan vlan1 switch-A /eth-uplink* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show interface |
|
show vlan |
|
delete vnic
To delete a virtual NIC, use the delete vnic command.
delete vnic name
Syntax Description
| name | Virtual NIC name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a virtual NIC:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # delete vnic vNIC10 switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vhba |
|
show vnic |
|
delete vnic-templ
To delete a virtual NIC template, use the delete vnic-templ command.
delete vnic-templ name
Syntax Description
| name | Virtual NIC template name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a virtual NIC template:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # delete vnic-templ vnicT10 switch-A /org* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/wwn-pool #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vhba-templ |
|
show vnic-templ |
|
delete vsan
To delete a VSAN, use the delete vsan command.
delete vsan name
Syntax Description
| name | VSAN name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a VSAN:
switch-A# scope fc-uplink
switch-A /fc-uplink # delete vsan vs110
switch-A /fc-uplink* # commit-buffer
switch-A /fc-uplink #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show pin-group |
|
show vsan |
|
delete wwn-pool
To delete a WWN pool, use the delete wwn-pool command.
delete wwn-pool name
Syntax Description
| name | WWN pool name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to delete a WWN pool:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # delete wwn-pool wwnP10 switch-A /org* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/wwn-pool #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show org |
|
show wwn-pool |
|
dir
To list the contents of a directory, use the dir command in local management command mode.
dir [path]
Syntax Description
| path | Absolute or relative path of the directory. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to list the contents of a directory in local management command mode. If no path is specified, the current working directory is listed.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
This command operates on either the workspace (FLASH) or volatile (RAM) file system. To specify the file system, include the workspace: or volatile: keyword in the path. If the file system is not specified, the current working file system is assumed.
You can use the ls command as an alias for this command.
Examples
This example shows how to list the contents of a directory named temp in the volatile file system:
switch-A # connect local-mgmt a
Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect
TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac
Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by
other third parties and are used and distributed under license.
Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public
License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of
each such license is available at
http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and
http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html
switch-A(local-mgmt)# dir volatile:/temp
40 Dec 29 15:28:58 2009 src/
Usage for volatile://sup-local
0 bytes used
62914560 bytes free
62914560 bytes total
switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
disable (distributed-virtual-switch)
To disable the DVS (Distributed Virtual Switch) administrative state, use the disable command, in distributed-virtual-switch mode.
disable
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VMware (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder/distributed-virtual-switch)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Distributed Virtual Switch administrative state
Examples
This example shows how to disable the DVS administrative state:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter vc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # scope data-center dc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center # scope folder f10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder # scope distributed-virtual-switch dvs10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder/distributed-virtual-switch # disable switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show distributed-virtual-switch |
|
show folder |
|
disable cdp
To disable Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP), use the disable cdp command.
disable cdp
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Network control policy (/org/nwctrl-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to disable CDP:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope nwctrl-policy nCP10 switch-A /org/nwctrl-policy # disable cdp switch-A /org/nwctrl-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/nwctrl-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show nwctrl-policy |
|
show org |
|
disable cimxml
To disable CIM XML services, use the disable cimxml command.
disable cimxml
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
CIM XML services are enabled.
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to disable CIM XML services:
switch-A#scope system switch-A /system # scope services switch-A /system/services # disable cimxml switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cimxml |
|
show dns |
|
disable core-export-target
To disable a core export target, use the disable core-export-target command.
disable core-export-target
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
System debug (/monitoring/sysdebug)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to disable a core export target.
Examples
This example shows how to disable a core export target:
switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # disable core-export-target switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show core-export-target |
|
disable http
To disable HTTP services, use the disable http command.
disable http
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
HTTP services are enabled.
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to disable HTTP services:
switch-A#scope system switch-A /system # scope services switch-A /system/services # disable http switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show http |
|
show https |
|
disable https
To disable HTTPS services, use the disable https command.
disable https
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
HTTPS services are enabled.
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to disable HTTPS services:
switch-A#scope system switch-A /system # scope services switch-A /system/services # disable https switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show https |
|
show ntp |
|
disable locator-led
To deactivate a chassis or server locator LED, use the disable locator-led command.
disable locator-led
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Chassis (/chassis)
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to deactivate a chassis or server locator LED.
To activate a chassis or server locator LED, use the enable locator-led command.
Examples
This example shows how to deactivate the locator LED for server 4 in chassis 2:
switch-A# scope server 2/4 switch-A /chassis/server # disable locator-led switch-A /chassis/server* # commit-buffer switch-A /chassis/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enable locator-led |
|
disable snmp
To disable SNMP services, use the disable snmp command.
disable snmp
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
SNMP services are enabled.
Command Modes
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to disable SNMP services:
switch-A#scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # disable snmp switch-A /monitoring* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show snmp-trap |
|
show stats-collection-policy |
|
disable syslog
To disable syslog services, use the disable syslog command.
disable syslog { console | file | monitor | remote-destination { server-1 | server-2 | server-3 } }
Syntax Description
| console | Disables the sending of syslog messages to the console. |
| file | Disables the writing of syslog messages to a file. |
| monitor | Disables the monitoring of syslog messages by the operating system. |
| remote-destination | Disables the sending of syslog messages to a remote server. |
| server- n | Specifies one of three remote servers. |
Command Default
Syslog services are disabled.
Command Modes
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to disable monitoring of system log (syslog) messages by the operating system, or to disable the sending of syslog messages to the console, to a file, or to a remote syslog server.
Examples
This example shows how to disable the sending of syslog messages to a syslog remote destination:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # disable syslog remote-destination server-1 switch-A /monitoring* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enable syslog |
|
show syslog |
|
disable telnet-server
To disable TELNET server services, use the disable telnet-server command.
disable telnet-server
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
TELNET server services are enabled.
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to disable TELNET server services:
switch-A#scope system switch-A /system # scope services switch-A /system/services # disable telnet-server switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ssh-server |
|
show telnet-server |
|
disassociate
To disassociate servers, use the disassociate command.
disassociate
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to disassociate servers:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # disassociate switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show server |
|
show service-profile |
|
discard-buffer
To cancel pending configuration changes, use the discard-buffer command.
discard-buffer
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to cancel and discard all uncommitted configuration changes. While any configuration commands are pending, an asterisk (*) appears before the command prompt. When you enter the discard-buffer command, the commands are discarded and the asterisk disappears.
Examples
This example shows how to discard pending configuration changes:
switch-1# scope chassis 1 switch-1 /chassis # enable locator-led switch-1 /chassis* # show configuration pending scope chassis 1 + enable locator-led exit switch-1 /chassis* # discard-buffer switch-1 /chassis #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
commit-buffer |
|
show configuration pending |
|
download image
To download an image, use the download image command.
download image { ftp: | scp: | sftp: | tftp: }
Syntax Description
| ftp: | Specifies FTP. |
| scp: | Specifies SCP. |
| sftp: | Specifies SFTP. |
| tftp: | Specifies TFTP. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Firmware (/firmware)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to download an image:
switch-A# scope firmware switch-A /firmware # download image scp://user1@192.168.10.10/images/ucs-k9-bundle.1.0.0.988.gbin switch-A /firmware* # commit-buffer switch-A /firmware #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show image |
|
show package |
|
enable (distributed-virtual-switch)
To enable the DVS (Distributed Virtual Switch) administrative state, use the enable command, in distributed-virtual-switch mode.
enable
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VMware (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder/distributed-virtual-switch)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Distributed Virtual Switch administrative state
Examples
This example shows how to enable the DVS administrative state:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter vc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # scope data-center dc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center # scope folder f10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder # scope distributed-virtual-switch dvs10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder/distributed-virtual-switch # enable switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show distributed-virtual-switch |
|
show folder |
|
enable cdp
To enable Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP), use the enable cdp command.
enable cdp
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Network control policy (/org/nwctrl-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
When you enable CDP, you can use it to obtain addresses of other devices in your network. You can also use it to discover the platforms of those devices.
Examples
This example shows how to enable CDP:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope nwctrl-policy nCP10 switch-A /org/nwctrl-policy # enable cdp switch-A /org/nwctrl-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/nwctrl-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show nwctrl-policy |
|
show snmp |
|
enable cimxml
To CIM (Common Information Model) XML services, use the enable cimxml command.
enable cimxml
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
CIM XML services are disabled.
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Cisco recommends that you enable only the communication services that are required to interface with other network applications.
Examples
This example shows how to enable CIM XML services:
switch-A#scope system switch-A /system # scope services switch-A /system/services # enable cimxml switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cimxml |
|
show dns |
|
enable cluster
To enable a standalone fabric interconnect for cluster operation, use the enable cluster command.
enable cluster clusterip
Syntax Description
| clusterip | Specifies the IP address of the standalone fabric interconnect. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable a standalone fabric interconnect for cluster operation. After enabling cluster operation, you can add a second fabric interconnect to the cluster.
Examples
This example enables a standalone fabric interconnect for cluster operation:
switch-A# connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# enable cluster 192.168.1.101 This command will enable cluster mode on this setup. You cannot change it back to stand-alone. Are you sure you want to continue? (yes/no): yes switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
enable core-export-target
To enable a core export target, use the enable core-export-target command.
enable core-export-target
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
Core export target services are disabled.
Command Modes
System debug (/monitoring/sysdebug)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enable a core export target:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # enable core-export-target switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cores |
|
show core-export-target |
|
enable http
To enable HTTP services, use the enable http command.
enable http
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
HTTP services are disabled.
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Cisco recommends that you enable only the communication services that are required to interface with other network applications.
Examples
This example shows how to enable HTTP services:
switch-A#scope system switch-A /system # scope services switch-A /system/services # enable http switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cimxml |
|
show http |
|
enable https
To enable HTTPS services, use the enable https command.
enable https
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
HTTPS services are disabled.
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Cisco recommends that you enable only the communication services that are required to interface with other network applications.
Examples
This example shows how to enable HTTPS services:
switch-A#scope system switch-A /system # scope services switch-A /system/services # enable https switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cimxml |
|
show https |
|
enable locator-led
To activate a chassis or server locator LED, use the enable locator-led command.
enable locator-led
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Chassis (/chassis)
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to activate a chassis or server locator LED.
To deactivate a chassis or server locator LED, use the disable locator-led command.
Examples
This example shows how to activate the locator LED for server 4 in chassis 2:
switch-A# scope server 2/4 switch-A /chassis/server # enable locator-led switch-A /chassis/server* # commit-buffer switch-A /chassis/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
disable locator-led |
|
enable snmp
To enable SNMP services, use the enable snmp command.
enable snmp
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
SNMP services are disabled.
Command Modes
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Cisco recommends that you enable only the communication services that are required to interface with other network applications.
Examples
This example shows how to enable SNMP services:
switch-A#scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # enable snmp switch-A /monitoring* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cimxml |
|
show snmp-trap |
|
enable syslog
To enable syslog services, use the enable syslog command.
enable syslog { console | file | monitor | remote-destination { server-1 | server-2 | server-3 } }
Syntax Description
| console | Enables the sending of syslog messages to the console. |
| file | Enables the writing of syslog messages to a file. |
| monitor | Enables the monitoring of syslog messages by the operating system. |
| remote-destination | Enables the sending of syslog messages to a remote server. |
| server- n | Specifies one of three remote syslog servers. |
Command Default
Syslog services are disabled.
Command Modes
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable monitoring of system log (syslog) messages by the operating system, or to enable the sending of syslog messages to the console, to a file, or to a remote syslog server.
To send syslog messages to a file or a remote syslog server, you must configure additional parameters using the set syslog file or the set syslog remote-destination command.
Examples
This example shows how to enable and configure a syslog remote destination:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # enable syslog remote-destination server-1 switch-A /monitoring* # set syslog remote-destination server-1 hostname ITEast1 level alerts switch-A /monitoring* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
disable syslog |
|
set syslog file |
|
set syslog remote-destination |
|
show syslog |
|
enable telnet-server
To enable TELNET server services, use the enable telnet-server command.
enable telnet-server
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
TELNET server services are disabled.
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Cisco recommends that you enable only the communication services that are required to interface with other network applications.
Examples
This example shows how to enable TELNET server services:
switch-A#scope system switch-A /system # scope services switch-A /system/services # enable telnet-server switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ssh-server |
|
show telnet-server |
|
enter adapter
To enter the adapter, use the enter adapter command.
enter adapter
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter adapter capacity qualification. In this qualification, you can create and delete capacity qualifications. Use the exit command to exit adapter.
If you are entering an adapter for the first time, once you have entered you will need to execute the commit-buffer command.
Examples
This example shows how to enter the adapter:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq10 switch-A /org/server-qual # enter adapter switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show adapter |
|
show cap-qual |
|
enter chassis
To enter a chassis, use the enter chassis command.
enter chassis min-chassis-id max-chassis-id
Syntax Description
| min-chassis-id | Minimum chassis identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 255. |
| max-chassis-id | Maximum chassis identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 255. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter slot capacity qualification. In this qualification, you can create and delete capacity qualifications. Use the exit command to exit the chassis.
If you are entering a chassis for the first time, once you have entered you will need to execute the commit-buffer command.
Examples
This example shows how to enter a chassis:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq10 switch-A /org/server-qual # enter chassis 1 1 switch-A /org/server-qual/chassis* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/chassis #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cap-qual |
|
show chassis |
|
enter class cpu-env-stats
To enter the CPU environment statistics class, use the enter class cpu-env-stats command.
enter class cpu-env-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter the CPU environment statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy stp100 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class cpu-env-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
enter class ethernet-port-err-stats
To create, if necessary, and enter an Ethernet port error statistics class, use the enter class ethernet-port-err-stats command.
enter class ethernet-port-err-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create, if necessary, and enter an Ethernet port error statistics class.
Examples
This example shows how to create and enter an Ethernet port error statistics class that does not already exist:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ethernet-port-err-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class * # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
enter class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
To create, if necessary, and enter an Ethernet port multicast statistics class, use the enter class ethernet-port-multicast-stats command.
enter class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create, if necessary, and enter an Ethernet port multicast statistics class.
Examples
This example shows how to enter an Ethernet port multicast statistics class that already exists:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ethernet-port-multicast-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class ethernet-port-multicast-stats |
|
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
enter class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
To create, if necessary, and enter an Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics class, use the enter class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats command.
enter class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create, if necessary, and enter an Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics class.
Examples
This example shows how to create and enter an Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics class that does not already exist:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class * # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats |
|
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
enter class ethernet-port-stats
To create, if necessary, and enter an Ethernet port statistics class, use the enter class ethernet-port-stats command.
enter class ethernet-port-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create, if necessary, and enter an Ethernet port statistics class.
Examples
This example shows how to create and enter an Ethernet port statistics class that does not already exist:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ethernet-port-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class * # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
enter class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
To create, if necessary, and enter an Ethernet port large packet statistics class, use the enter class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets command.
enter class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create, if necessary, and enter an Ethernet port large packet statistics class.
Examples
This example shows how to create and enter an Ethernet port large packet statistics class that does not already exist:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class * # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
enter class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
To create, if necessary, and enter an Ethernet port small packet statistics class, use the enter class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets command.
enter class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create, if necessary, and enter an Ethernet port small packet statistics class.
Examples
This example shows how to create and enter an Ethernet port small packet statistics class that does not already exist:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class * # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
enter client
To enter a specific client mode, use the enter client command in port-profile mode.
enter client client-name
Syntax Description
| client-name | The name of the client. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Profile set (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter a specific client mode:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope profile-set switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # scope port-profile pp100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile # enter client c100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show port profile |
|
show profile-set |
|
enter data-center
To enter a data center, use the enter data command in vcenter mode.
enter data-center datacenter-name
Syntax Description
| datacenter-name | The name of the data center. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VCenter (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use data-center mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter a data center:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter vc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # enter data-center dc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show folder |
|
enter default-behavior
To enter default-behavior mode, use the enter default-behavior command.
enter default-behavior { vhba | | vnic }
Syntax Description
| vhba | Specifies vHBA default behavior mode. |
| vnic | Specifies vNIC default behavior mode. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a default behavior, and enter organization default-behavior mode.
Examples
This example shows how to enter vNIC default behavior mode:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp100 switch-A /org/service-profile # enter default-behavior vnic switch-A /org/service-profile/default-behavior* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/default-behavior #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show default-behavior |
|
show vnic |
|
enter distributed-virtual-switch
To enter a distributed virtual switch, use the enter distributed-virtual-switch command in folder mode.
enter distributed-virtual-switch dvs-name
Syntax Description
| dvs-name | The name of the switch. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VMware (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use distributed-virtual-switch mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter a distributed virtual switch:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter vc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # scope data-center dc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center # scope folder f10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder # enter distributed-virtual-switch dvs10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder/distributed-virtual-switch #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show distributed-virtual-switch |
|
show port-profile |
|
enter dynamic-vnic-conn
To enter dynamic-vnic-conn mode, use the enter dynamic-vnic-conn command.
create dynamic-vnic-conn
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use dynamic-vnic-conn mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter dynamic-vnic-conn mode:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # enter dynamic-vnic-conn switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show dynamic-vnic-con |
|
show dynamic-vnic-con-policy |
|
enter dynamic-vnic-conn-policy
To enter dynamic-vnic-conn-policy mode, use the enter dynamic-vnic-conn-policy command.
enter dynamic-vnic-conn-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the vNIC connection policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use dynamic-vnic-conn-policy mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
The following example shows how to enter dynamic-vnic-conn-policy mode:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # enter dynamic-vnic-conn-policy dvcp100 switch-A /org/dynamic-vnic-conn-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show dynamic-vnic-connection-policy |
|
show vnic-templ |
|
enter eth-policy
To enter eth-policy mode, use the enter eth-policy command.
enter eth-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the Ethernet policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0 |
This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter eth-policy mode using Ethernet policy ep100:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # enter eth-policy ep100 switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-policy |
|
show trans-queue |
|
enter fc-policy
To enter fc-policy mode, use the enter fc-policy command.
enter fc-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the Fibre Channel policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use fc-policy mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
The following example shows how to enter fc-policy mode:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope fc-policy fp100 switch-A /org # scope fc-policy fcp100 switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fc-policy |
|
show trans-queue |
|
enter folder
To enter a folder, use the enter folder command in vcenter mode.
enter folder folder-name
Syntax Description
| folder-name | The name of the folder. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VCenter (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use data-center mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter a folder:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter vc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # enter folder f10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/folder #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show folder |
|
enter memory
To enter memory, use the enter memory command.
enter memory
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter memory and set memory property values. Use the exit command to exit memory.
If you are entering memory for the first time, once you have entered you will need to execute the commit-buffer command.
Examples
This example shows how to enter memory:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq10 switch-A /org/server-qual # enter memory switch-A /org/server-qual/memory* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/memory #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show detail |
|
show memory |
|
enter nwctrl-policy
To enter a network control policy, use the enter nwctrl-policy command.
enter nwctrl-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | Policy name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Network control policy (/org/nwctrl-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
When you enter a network control policy, you can perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter a network control policy:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # enter nwctrl-policy nCP10 switch-A /org/nwctrl-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show nwctrl-policy |
|
show qos-policy |
|
enter policy
To create, if necessary, and enter a policy, use the enter policy command.
callhome mode enter policy event
flow-control mode enter policy name
Syntax Description
| event | Select a predefined fault or system event type. See Usage Guidelines for event options. |
| name | Policy name. The name can be from 1 to 16 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Flow control (/eth-uplink/flow-control)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.1(1) | This command was modified to add additional event types for Call Home. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter a policy in either organization callhome or organization flow control mode. If the policy does not exist, it will first be created.
In Call Home configuration, use this command to enter an instance of a policy for a predefined type of fault or system event. The following list shows the available keywords for Call Home event types:
- association-failed
- chassis-seeprom-error
- configuration-failure
- connectivity-problem
- election-failure
- equipment-inaccessible
- equipment-inoperable
- equipment-problem
- fru-problem
- identity-unestablishable
- link-down
- management-services-failure
- management-services-unresponsive
- power-problem
- thermal-problem
- unspecified
- version-incompatible
- voltage-problem
In Flow Control configuration, use this command to enter a named policy.
Examples
This example shows how to enter and enable a Call Home policy instance for link-down events:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # enter policy link-down switch-A /monitoring/callhome/policy # set admin-state enabled switch-A /monitoring/callhome/policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome/policy #
This example shows how to enter a named policy for flow control:
switch-A # scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # scope flow-control switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control # enter policy policy1 switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create policy |
|
show policy |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
enter processor
To enter the processor, use the enter processor command.
enter processor
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter the processor and set processor property values. Use the exit command to exit the processor.
If you are entering memory for the first time, once you have entered you will need to execute the commit-buffer command.
Examples
This example shows how to enter the processor:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq10 switch-A /org/server-qual # enter processor switch-A /org/server-qual/processor* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/processor #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show processor |
|
enter qos-policy
To enter qos-policy mode, use the enter qos-policy command.
enter qos-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the QoS policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
QoS policy (/org/qos-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use qos-policy mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter qos-policy mode:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope qos-policy qp10 switch-A /org/qos-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show egress-policy |
|
show qos-policy |
|
enter storage
To enter storage, use the enter storage command.
enter storage
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Boot policy (/org/boot-policy)
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Boot definition (/org/service-profile/boot-def)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter storage and set storage property values. Use the exit command to exit storage.
If you are entering storage for the first time, once you have entered you will need to execute the commit-buffer command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enter storage:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq10 switch-A /org/server-qual # enter storage switch-A /org/server-qual/storage* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/storage #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show detail |
|
show storage |
|
enter threshold-value
To enter a threshold value for a property, use the enter threshold-value command.
enter threshold-value { above-normal | | below-normal } { cleared | | condition | | critical | | info | | major | | minor | | warning }
Syntax Description
| above-normal | Sets the value to above normal. |
| below-normal | Sets the value to below normal. |
| cleared | Sets the threshold value to cleared. |
| condition | Sets the threshold value to condition. |
| critical | Sets the threshold value to critical. |
| info | Sets the threshold value to info. |
| major | Sets the threshold value to major. |
| minor | Sets the threshold value to minor. |
| warning | Sets the threshold value to warning. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Fibre channel (/fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Organization (/org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0.1 |
This command was introduced. |
Examples
The following example shows how to enter the threshold value above-normal critical in property packets-rx-delta mode:
switch-A#scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy stp100 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class vnic-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class # scope property packets-rx-delta switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property # enter threshold-value above-normal critical switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property/threshold-value* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property/threshold-value #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show property |
|
show threshold-value |
|
enter vcenter
To enter a VCenter, use the enter vcenter command in vmware mode.
enter vcenter vcenter-name
Syntax Description
| vcenter-name | The name of the VCenter. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VCenter (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use vcenter mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter a VCenter:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # enter vcenter vc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show vcenter |
|
enter vcon
To enter a vCon (virtual network interface connection), use the enter vcon command.
enter vcon { 1 | | 2 }
Syntax Description
| 1 | Specifies virtual network interface connection 1. |
| 2 | Specifies virtual network interface connection 2. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter a vCon:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp100 switch-A /org/service-profile # enter vcon 1 switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show service-profile |
|
show vcon |
|
enter vcon-policy
To enter vcon-policy mode, use the enter vcon-policy command.
enter vcon-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use vcon-policy mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter vcon-policy mode:
switch-A # scope org org100 switch-A /org # enter vcon-policy vcp100 switch-A /org/vcon-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vcon |
|
show vcon-policy |
|
enter vlan
To create a VLAN, if necessary, and enter VLAN configuration mode, use the enter vlan command.
enter vlan name id
Syntax Description
| name | VLAN name. The name can contain up to 16 characters. |
| id | VLAN identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 3967 and 4048 to 4093. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)
Fabric (/eth-uplink/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter configuration mode for a VLAN with the specified name and identifier number. If the VLAN does not exist, it will be created.
Examples
This example shows how to enter a VLAN:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # enter vlan vlan1 10 switch-A /eth-uplink/vlan* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink/vlan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show interface |
|
show vlan |
|
enter vlan (port-profile)
To create a VLAN, if necessary, and enter VLAN configuration mode, use the enter vlan command.
enter vlan name
Syntax Description
| name | VLAN name. The name can contain up to 16 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Port profile (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter configuration mode for a VLAN with the specified name and identifier number. If the VLAN does not exist, it will be created.
Examples
This example shows how to enter a VLAN for a port profile:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope profile-set switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # scope port-profile pp100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile # enter vlan v100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile/vlan* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile/vlan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show port-profile |
|
erase configuration
To erase the UCS configuration, use the erase configuration command.
erase configuration
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to erase the UCS configuration.
Examples
This example shows how to erase the UCS configuration:
switch-A# connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# erase configuration All UCS configurations will be erased and system will reboot. Are you sure? (yes/no): no switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
erase-log-config
To erase the UCS management logging configuration file, use the erase-log-config command.
erase-log-config
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to erase the UCS management logging configuration file.
Examples
This example shows how to erase the UCS management logging configuration file:
switch-A# connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# erase-log-config switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
install-license
To install a license, use the install-license command in local management command mode.
install-license license-file-name
Syntax Description
| license-file-name | The name of a license file. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to install a license in local management command mode.
This command can be executed only on local fabric interconnect and only by the user admin.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
Examples
This example shows how to install a license:
switch-A# connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# install-license bootflash:FibreChannel.lic switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
show license brief |
|
ls
To list the contents of a directory, use the ls command in local management command mode.
ls [path]
Syntax Description
| path | Absolute or relative path of the directory. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to list the contents of a directory in local management command mode. If no path is specified, the current working directory is listed.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
This command operates on either the workspace (FLASH) or volatile (RAM) file system. To specify the file system, include the workspace: or volatile: keyword in the path. If the file system is not specified, the current working file system is assumed.
Examples
This example shows how to list the contents of a directory named temp in the volatile file system:
switch-A # connect local-mgmt a
Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect
TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac
Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by
other third parties and are used and distributed under license.
Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public
License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of
each such license is available at
http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and
http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html
switch-A(local-mgmt)# ls volatile:/temp
40 Dec 29 15:28:58 2009 src/
Usage for volatile://sup-local
0 bytes used
62914560 bytes free
62914560 bytes total
switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
mkdir
To create a directory, use the mkdir command in local management command mode.
mkdir path
Syntax Description
| path | Absolute or relative path, including the name of the new directory. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create a directory in local management command mode.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
This command operates on either the workspace (FLASH) or volatile (RAM) file system. To specify the file system, include the workspace: or volatile: keyword in the path. If the file system is not specified, the current working file system is assumed.
Examples
This example shows how to create a directory named temp in the volatile file system:
switch-A # connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# mkdir volatile:/temp switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
move
To move a file from one directory to another, use the move command in local management command mode.
move [from-filesystem:] [from-path] filename [to-filesystem:] to-path [dest-filename]
Syntax Description
| from-filesystem: | File system containing the file to be moved. See the Usage Guidelines for valid values. |
| from-path | Absolute or relative path of the file to be moved. |
| filename | The name of the source file to be moved. |
| to-filesystem: | File system to contain the moved file. See the Usage Guidelines for valid values. |
| to-path | Absolute or relative path to the moved file. |
| dest-filename | (Optional) The new name for the moved file. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command in local management command mode to copy a file to a new location and to delete the file in its original location.
If a dest-filename is specified, the moved file is renamed at the destination location.
If no file system is specified, the current working file system is assumed. If no path is specified, the current working directory is assumed.
To specify the file system location, use the appropriate syntax from the following table:
ftp: [ // [ username@ ] server ]
scp: [ // [ username@ ] server ]
sftp: [ // [ username@ ] server ]
tftp: [ //server [ :port ] ]
volatile: [ /path ]
workspace:
Either the source or destination file system must be local; you cannot move a file from one remote file system to another.
If a remote protocol is specified with no server name, you are prompted to enter the server name.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
This command operates on either the workspace (FLASH) or volatile (RAM) file system. To specify the file system, include the workspace: or volatile: keyword in the path. If the file system is not specified, the current working file system is assumed.
You can use the mv command as an alias for this command.
Examples
This example shows how to move a file from the current working directory to a directory in the volatile file system:
switch-A # connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# copy abcdef.bin volatile:/temp switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
ping
To diagnose basic network connectivity, use the ping command in local management command mode.
ping { host-ip-address | host-name } [ count count ] [ packet-size packet-size ] [ interval interval ] [ timeout timeout ]
Syntax Description
| host-ip-address | IP address of the target host. |
| host-name | Name of the target host. The name may include up to 512 characters. |
| count count | Specifies the number of ping packets that will be sent. The range is 1 to 2147483647 packets. |
| packet-size packet-size | Specifies the number of data bytes to be added to the ping packet. The range is 1 to 65468 bytes; the default is 56 bytes, resulting in a 64 byte packet when added to the 8 byte ICMP header. |
| interval interval | Specifies the time in seconds between sending ping packets. The range is 1 to 60 seconds; the default is 1 second. |
| timeout timeout | Specifies the maximum time to continue sending packets when no response packets are received. The range is 1 to 60 seconds. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to send ICMP echo request packets to a host.
The ping command is on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
Examples
This example shows how to send four ping packets of size 100 bytes at an interval of 10 seconds:
switch-A# connect local-mgmt Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# ping 192.0.20.12 count 4 packet-size 100 interval 10 PING 192.0.20.12 (192.0.20.12) 100(128) bytes of data. 108 bytes from 192.0.20.12: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.61 ms 108 bytes from 192.0.20.12: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.50 ms 108 bytes from 192.0.20.12: icmp_seq=3 ttl=64 time=0.58 ms 108 bytes from 192.0.20.12: icmp_seq=4 ttl=64 time=0.44 ms --- 192.0.20.12 ping statistics --- 4 packets transmitted, 4 received, 0% packet loss, time 30000ms rtt min/avg/max/mdev = 0.44/0.53/0.61/0.08 ms switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
power
To power up or down, use the power command.
power { up | down }
Syntax Description
| up | Specifies power up. |
| down | Specifies power down. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to power up:
switch-A# scope org org10a
switch-A /org # scope service-profile servProf10a
switch-A /org/service-profile # power down
pwd
To view the current working directory, use the pwd command in local management command mode.
pwd
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to view the current working directory in local management command mode.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
Examples
This example shows how to view the current working directory:
switch-A # connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# cd temp switch-A(local-mgmt)# pwd workspace:temp switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
reboot
To reboot, use the reboot command.
reboot
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to reboot:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # reboot
recommission chassis
To recommission a chassis, use the recommission chassis command.
recommission chassis vendor model serial-num
Syntax Description
| vendor | Vendor. |
| model | Model. |
| serial-num | Serial number. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to recommission a chassis:
switch-A# recommission chassis "Cisco Systems Inc" "Cisco UCS 5108" FOX1252GNNN switch-A* # commit-buffer switch-A #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show slot |
|
recover-bios
To recover a corrupt BIOS, use the recover-bios command.
recover-bios version [ignorecompcheck]
Syntax Description
| version | Specifies the BIOS version. Enter up to 512 characters with no spaces. |
||
| ignorecompcheck | Specifies that the compatibility check will not be performed.
|
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to recover a corrupt BIOS image. This procedure is not part of the normal maintenance of a server. After you recover the BIOS, the server boots with the running version of the firmware for that server.
Note |
Remove all attached or mapped USB storage from a server before you attempt to recover the corrupt BIOS on that server. If an external USB drive is attached or mapped from vMedia to the server, BIOS recovery fails. |
Examples
This example shows how to recover a corrupt BIOS image:
switch-A# scope server 1/2 switch-A /chassis/server # recover-bios S5500.86B.01.00.0036-191.061320091126 switch-A /chassis/server* # commit-buffer switch-A /chassis/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show bios |
|
remove alertgroups
To remove specific alert groups from a Call Home profile, use the remove alertgroups command.
remove alertgroups [ ciscotac ] [ diagnostic ] [ environmental ] [ inventory ] [ license ] [ lifecycle ] [ linecard ] [ supervisor ] [ syslogport ] [ system ] [ test ] +
Syntax Description
| ciscotac | Specifies the Cisco Technical Assistance Center (TAC) alert group. |
| diagnostic | Specifies the diagnostic alert group. |
| environmental | Specifies the environmental alert group. |
| inventory | Specifies the inventory alert group. |
| license | Specifies the license alert group. |
| lifecycle | Specifies the lifecycle alert group. |
| linecard | Specifies the line card alert group. |
| supervisor | Specifies the supervisor alert group. |
| syslogport | Specifies the syslog port alert group. |
| system | Specifies the system alert group. |
| test | Specifies the test alert group. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Call Home profile (/monitoring/callhome/profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to remove specific predefined Call Home alert groups from an existing alert group list within a Call Home profile.
Examples
This example shows how to remove diagnostic and license alert groups from an existing Call Home profile:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # scope profile profileOne switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile # remove alertgroups diagnostic license switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
add alertgroups |
|
set alertgroups |
|
remove backup action
To remove an action or actions that will trigger a backup of the system event log, use the remove backup actioncommand.
remove backup action [log-full] [none] [on-change-of-association] [on-clear] [timer]
Syntax Description
| log-full | Specifies that the log is backed up when it is full. |
| none | Specifies no action. |
| on-change-of-association | Specifies that the log is backed up when the server changes associations. |
| on-clear | Specifies that the log is backed up when it is cleared. |
| timer | Specifies that the log is backed up at an interval. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Endpoint log policy (/org/ep-log-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to remove an action or actions that will trigger a backup of the system event log. Other previously configured actions are retained.
Examples
This example shows how to remove the action to trigger a backup of the system event log when the log is full:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope ep-log-policy sel switch-A /org/ep-log-policy # remove backup action log-full switch-A /org/ep-log-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ep-log-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
add backup action |
|
set backup action |
|
show backup |
|
remove privilege
To remove privileges, use the remove privilege command.
remove privilege { aaa | admin | ext-lan-config | ext-lan-policy | ext-lan-qos | ext-lan-security | ext-san-config | ext-san-policy | ext-san-qos | ext-san-security | fault | service-profile-config | service-profile-config-policy | service-profile-network | service-profile-network-policy | service-profile-qos | service-profile-qos-policy | service-profile-security | service-profile-security-policy | service-profile-server | service-profile-server-policy | service-profile-storage | service-profile-storage-policy | operations | server-equipment | server-maintenance | server-policy | server-security | pod-config | pod-policy | pod-qos | pod-security | read-only } +
Syntax Description
| aaa | Specifies AAA privileges. |
| admin | Specifies admin privileges. |
| ext-lan-config | Specifies external LAN configuration priveleges. |
| ext-lan-policy | Specifies external LAN policy privileges. |
| ext-lan-qos | Specifies external LAN QoS privileges. |
| ext-lan-security | Specifies external LAN security privileges. |
| ext-san-config | Specifies external SAN configuration privileges. |
| ext-san-policy | Specifies external SAN policy privileges. |
| ext-san-qos | Specifies external SAN QoS privileges. |
| ext-san-security | Specifies external SAN security privileges. |
| fault | Specifies fault privileges. |
| service-profile-config | Specifies service profile configuration privileges. |
| service-profile-config-policy | Specifies service profile configuration policy privileges. |
| service-profile-network | Specifies service profile network privileges. |
| service-profile-network-policy | Specifies service profile network policy privileges. |
| service-profile-qos | Specifies service profile QoS privileges. |
| service-profile-qos-policy | Specifies service profile QoS policy privileges. |
| service-profile-security | Specifies service profile security privileges. |
| service-profile-security-policy | Specifies service profile security policy privileges. |
| service-profile-server | Specifies service profile server privileges. |
| service-profile-server-policy | Specifies service profile server policy privileges. |
| service-profile-storage | Specifies service profile storage privileges. |
| service-profile-storage-policy | Specifies service profile storage policy privileges. |
| operations | Specifies operations privileges. |
| server-equipment | Specifies server equipment privileges. |
| server-maintenance | Specifies server maintenance privileges. |
| server-policy | Specifies server policy privileges. |
| server-security | Specifies server security privileges. |
| pod-config | Specifies pod configuration privileges. |
| pod-policy | Specifies pod policy privileges. |
| pod-qos | Specifies pod QoS privileges. |
| pod-security | Specifies pod security privileges. |
| read-only | Specifies read-only privileges. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Role (/security/role)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to remove privileges:
switch-A#scope security switch-A /security # scope role serverAdmin switch-A /security/role # remove privilege server-policy switch-A /security/role* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/role #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show local-user |
|
show role |
|
remove server
To remove a server, use the remove server command.
remove server slot
Syntax Description
| slot | Slot number. The range of valid values is 1 to 255. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to remove a server:
switch-A# remove server 1/1 switch-A* # commit-buffer switch-A #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show iom |
|
show server |
|
reset
To reset a managed object, use the reset command.
mgmt-logging, bmc, iom mode reset
server, service profile mode reset { hard-reset-immediate | | hard-reset-wait }
Syntax Description
| hard-reset-immediate | Specifies that the server be hard reset immediately. |
| hard-reset-wait | Specifies that a hard reset be scheduled after all pending management operations have completed. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Logcontrol (/monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging)
BMC (/chassis/server/cimc)
Server (/chassis/server)
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
IO module (/chassis/iom)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
The following example shows how to reset an I/O module A in iom mode:
switch-A# scope chassis 1 switch-A /chassis # scope iom a switch-A /chassis/iom # reset switch-A /chassis/iom* # commit-buffer switch-A /chassis/iom #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cimc |
|
show server |
|
reset pers-bind
To reset persistent binding, use the reset pers-bind command.
reset pers-bind
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to reset persistent binding of fibre channel targets.
Examples
This example shows how to reset persistent binding:
switch-A# scope org org30a switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp101 switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vhba vhba17 switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba # reset pers-bind switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vhba |
|
show vnic |
|
reset-cmos
To reset the CMOS, use the reset-cmos command.
reset-cmos
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to reset CMOS:
switch-A# scope chassis 1 switch-A /chassis # scope server 1 switch-A /chassis/server # reset cmos switch-A /chassis/server* # commit-buffer switch-A /chassis/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cpu |
|
show firmware |
|
rmdir
To remove a directory, use the rmdir command in local management command mode.
rmdir path
Syntax Description
| path | Absolute or relative path, including the name of the directory to be removed. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to remove a directory in local management command mode.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
This command operates on either the workspace (FLASH) or volatile (RAM) file system. To specify the file system, include the workspace: or volatile: keyword in the path. If the file system is not specified, the current working file system is assumed.
Examples
This example shows how to remove a directory named temp from the volatile file system:
switch-A # connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# rmdir volatile:/temp switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
run-script
To run a script, use the run-script command in local management command mode.
run-script script-name
Syntax Description
| script-name | The path and file name of the script file to be executed. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to run a shell script in the local management command mode. The script file must exist in the workspace: file system.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
Examples
This example shows how to run a shell script:
switch-A# connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# run-script workspace:///sup-1/scripts/testScript.sh switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
save
To save the management logging files, use the save command.
save
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Management logging (/monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to save the management logging files.
Examples
This example shows how to save the management logging files:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # scope mgmt-logging switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging # save switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show (mgmt-logging) |
|
scope adapter
To enter adapter mode, use the scope adapter command.
scope adapter chassis/slot/adapter
Syntax Description
| chassis/slot/id | Adapter location. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter adapter mode:
scope adapter 1/1/1
switch /chassis/server/adapter #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show iom |
|
scope backup
To enter backup mode, use the scope backup command.
scope backup name
Syntax Description
| name | Host name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
System (/system)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter backup mode:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope backup backUpFDrive switch-A /system #* commit-buffer switch-A /system #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
show import-config |
|
scope block
To enter block mode, use the scope block command.
scope block from to
Syntax Description
| from | From value. |
| to | To value. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
IP pool (/org/ip-pool)
WWN pool (/org/wwn-pool)
UUID suffix pool (/org/uuid-suffix-pool)
MAC pool (/org/mac-pool)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter block mode:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope ip-pool ipp10 switch-A /org/ip-pool # scope block 209.165.200.225 209.165.200.235 switch-A /org/ip-pool #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ip-pool |
|
show mac-pool |
|
scope bmc
To enter BMC mode, use the scope bmc command.
scope bmc
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.3(1) | This command was deprecated. |
Usage Guidelines
Note |
This command is deprecated in later releases. Use the scope cimc command instead. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter BMC mode:
switch-A# scope chassis 1 switch-A /chassis # scope server 1/1 switch-A /chassis/server # scope bmc switch-A /chassis/server/bmc #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show bmc |
|
scope boardcontroller
To enter board controller mode, use the scope boardcontroller command.
scope boardcontroller
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Only certain servers, such as the Cisco UCS B440 High Performance blade server, have board controller firmware.
Examples
This example shows how to enter board controller mode:
switch-A# scope chassis 1 switch-A /chassis # scope server 1/1 switch-A /chassis/server # scope boardcontroller switch-A /chassis/server/boardcontroller #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show boardcontroller |
|
scope boot-definition
To enter boot definition mode, use the scope boot-definition command.
scope boot-definition
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter boot definition mode:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp3a switch-A /org/service-profile # scope boot-definition switch-A /org/service-profile/boot-definition #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show boot-definition |
|
show lan |
|
scope boot-policy
To enter boot-policy mode, use the scope boot-policy command.
scope boot-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Boot policy name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter boot-policy mode:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope boot-policy
switch-A /org/boot-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show boot-policy |
|
show qos-policy |
|
scope capability
To enter capability mode, use the scope capability command.
scope capability
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
System (/system)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter capability mode:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope capability switch-A /system/capability #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show version |
|
scope cap-qual
To enter capacity qualification mode, use the scope cap-qual command.
scope cap-qual { fcoe | non-virtualized-eth-if | non-virtualized-fc-if | path-encap-consolidated | path-encap-virtual | protected-eth-if | protected-fc-if | protected-fcoe | virtualized-eth-if | virtualized-fc-if | virtualized-scsi-if }
Syntax Description
| fcoe | Specifies Fibre Channel over Ethernet. |
| non-virtualized-eth-if | Specifies a non-virtualized Ethernet interface. |
| non-virtualized-fc-if | Specifies a non-virtualized Fibre Channel interface. |
| path-encap-consolidated | Specifies a consolidated encapsulated path. |
| path-encap-virtual | Specifies a virtual encapsulated path. |
| protected-eth-if | Specifies a protected Ethernet interface. |
| protected-fc-if | Specifies a protected Fibre Channel interface. |
| protected-fcoe | Specifies a protected Fibre Channel over Ethernet interface. |
| virtualized-eth-if | Specifies a virtualized Ethernet interface. |
| virtualized-fc-if | Specifies a virtualized Fibre Channel interface. |
| virtualized-scsi-if | Specifies a virtualized SCSI interface. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Adapter (/org/server-qual/adapter)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter capacity qualification mode:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq10 switch-A /org/server-qual # scope adapter switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter # scope cap-qual fcoe
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show adapter |
|
show cap-qual |
|
scope cat-updater
To enter the capability catalog file updater mode, use the scope cat-updater command.
scope cat-updater filename
Syntax Description
| filename | Enter the name of the capability catalog update file used in the previous update operation. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Capability (/system/capability)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter the capability catalog file updater mode for a previous update operation. In the cat-updater mode, you can change parameters of the operation, such as remote server location, login information, and protocol.
Examples
The following example shows how to change a parameter from a failed previous capability catalog update and restart the update:
UCS-A# scope system
UCS-A /system # scope capability
UCS-A /system/capability # show cat-updater
Catalog Updater:
File Name Protocol Server Userid Status
--------- -------- --------------- --------------- ------
ucs-catalog.1.0.0.4.bin
Scp 192.0.2.111 user1 Failed
UCS-A /system/capability # scope cat-updater ucs-catalog.1.0.0.4.bin
UCS-A /system/capability/cat-updater # set server 192.0.2.112
UCS-A /system/capability/cat-updater # restart
UCS-A /system/capability/cat-updater #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cat-updater |
|
|
scope cert-store
To enter cert-store mode, use the scope cert-store command.
scope cert-store
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Certificate store (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/cert-store)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use cert-store mode to create, enter, delete, and show certificates.
Examples
This example shows how to enter cert-store mode:
switch-A # scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope cert-store switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/cert-store #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show |
|
show vcon-policy |
|
scope chassis
To enter chassis mode, use the scope chassis command.
scope chassis chassis-id
Syntax Description
| id | Chassis identification number. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter chassis mode:
switch-A# scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show slot |
|
scope chassis-disc-policy
To enter chassis discovery policy mode, use the scope chassis-disc-policy command.
scope chassis-disc-policy
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter chassis discovery policy mode:
switch-A# scope org org30 switch-A /org # scope chassis-disc-policy switch-A /org/chassis-disc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis-disc-policy |
|
show org |
|
scope cimc
To enter CIMC mode, use the scope cimc command.
scope cimc
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter CIMC mode:
switch-A# scope server 1/1 switch-A /chassis/server # scope cimc switch-A /chassis/server/cimc #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cimc |
|
show raid-controller |
|
scope class cpu-env-stats
To enter the CPU environment statistics class, use the scope class cpu-stats command.
scope class cpu-env-stats
Command Default
None
Command Modes
/org/stats-threshold-policy
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter the CPU environment statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy stp100 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class cpu-env-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
scope class ethernet-port-err-stats
To enter an Ethernet port error statistics class, use the scope class ethernet-port-err-stats command.
scope class ethernet-port-err-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter an Ethernet port error statistics class.
Examples
This example shows how to enter an Ethernet port error statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ethernet-port-err-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
scope class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
To enter an Ethernet port multicast statistics class, use the scope class ethernet-port-multicast-stats command.
scope class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter an Ethernet port multicast statistics class.
Examples
This example shows how to enter an Ethernet port multicast statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class ethernet-port-multicast-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create class ethernet-port-multicast-stats |
|
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
scope class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
To enter an Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics class, use the scope class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats command.
scope class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter an Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics class.
Examples
This example shows how to enter an Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
scope class ethernet-port-stats
To enter an Ethernet port statistics class, use the scope class ethernet-port-stats command.
scope class ethernet-port-stats
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter an Ethernet port statistics class.
Examples
This example shows how to enter an Ethernet port statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ethernet-port-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
scope class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
To enter an Ethernet port large packet statistics class, use the scope class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets command.
scope class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter an Ethernet port large packet statistics class.
Examples
This example shows how to enter an Ethernet port large packet statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
scope class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
To enter an Ethernet port small packet statistics class, use the scope class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets command.
scope class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter an Ethernet port small packet statistics class.
Examples
This example shows how to enter an Ethernet port small packet statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # enter class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
scope client
To enter a specific client mode, use the scope client command in port-profile mode.
scope client client-name
Syntax Description
| client-name | The name of the client. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Port profile (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use client mode to create the following managed objects:
Examples
This example shows how to enter client mode:
switch-A # scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope profile-set switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # scope port-profile pp100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile # scope client c100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile/client #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show client |
|
show port-profile |
|
scope data-center
To enter data-center mode, use the scope data-center command in vcenter mode.
scope data-center datacenter-name
Syntax Description
| datacenter-name | The name of the data center. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Data center (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use data-center mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter data-center mode:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter vc1 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # scope data-center dc1 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show vcenter |
|
scope default-behavior
To enter default-behavior mode, use the scope default-behavior command.
scope default-behavior { vhba | | vnic }
Syntax Description
| vhba | Specifies vHBA default behavior mode. |
| vnic | Specifies vNIC default behavior mode. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter vNIC default behavior mode:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp100 switch-A /org/service-profile # scope default-behavior vnic switch-A /org/service-profile/default-behavior #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show default-behavior |
|
show vnic |
|
scope distributed-virtual-switch
To enter distributed-virtual-switch mode, use the enter distributed-virtual-switch command in folder mode.
scope distributed-virtual-switch dvs-name
Syntax Description
| dvs-name | The name of the switch. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VMware (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use distributed-virtual-switch mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter distributed-virtual-switch mode:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter vc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # scope data-center dc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center # scope folder f10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder # scope distributed-virtual-switch dvs10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder/distributed-virtual-switch #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show distributed-virtual-switch |
|
show port-profile |
|
scope dynamic-vnic-conn
To enter dynamic-vnic-conn mode, use the scope dynamic-vnic-conn command.
scope dynamic-vnic-conn
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use dynamic-vnic-conn mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter dynamic-vnic-conn mode:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # scope dynamic-vnic-conn switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show dynamic-vnic-con |
|
show dynamic-vnic-con-policy |
|
scope egress-policy
To enter egress-policy mode, use the scope egress-policy command in qos-policy mode.
scope egress-policy
This command has no argument or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Egress policy (/org/qos-policy/egress-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must create an egress policy before you scope to egress-policy mode.
Use egress-policy mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter egress-policy mode:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /system # scope qos-policy qp10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope egress-policy switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/server/container #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show egress-policy |
|
show qos-policy |
|
scope eth-best-effort
To enter eth-best-effort mode, use the scope eth-best-effort command in qos mode.
scope eth-best-effort
This command has no argument or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet best effort (/eth-server/qos/eth-best-effort)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use eth-best-effort mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter eth-best-effort mode:
switch-A # scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope qos switch-A /eth-server/qos # scope eth-best-effort switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-best-effort #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-best-effort |
|
show |
|
scope eth-classified
To enter eth-classified mode, use the scope eth-classified command.
scope eth-classified { best-effort | bronze | gold | platinum | silver }
Syntax Description
| best-effort | Specifies best effort mode. |
| bronze | Specifies bronze classified mode. |
| gold | Specifies gold classified mode. |
| platinum | Specifies platinum classified mode. |
| silver | Specifies silver classified mode. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
QoS (/eth-server/qos)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
The following example shows how to enter eth-classified mode:
switch-A# eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope qos switch-A /eth-server/qos # scope eth-classified switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-best-effort |
|
show eth-classified |
|
scope eth-policy
To enter eth-policy mode, use the scope eth-policy command.
scope eth-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the Ethernet policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter eth-policy mode using Ethernet policy ep100:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope eth-policy ep100 switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-policy |
|
show trans-queue |
|
scope eth-server
To enter eth-server mode, use the scope eth-server command.
scope eth-server
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.
Examples
This example shows how to enter eth-server mode:
switch-A#scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show interface |
|
show server |
|
scope eth-uplink
To enter eth-uplink mode, use the scope eth-uplink command.
scope eth-uplink
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.
Examples
This example shows how to enter eth-uplink mode:
switch-A#scope eth-uplink
switch-A /eth-uplink #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-uplink |
|
show port-profile |
|
scope extension-key
To enter extension-key mode, use the scope extension-key command in vm-mgmt mode.
scope extension-key
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Extension key (/system/vm-mgmt/extension-key)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You use extension key mode to :
Examples
This example shows how to enter extension-key mode:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope extension-key switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/extension-key #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show extension-key |
|
show fsm |
|
scope fabric
To enter fabric mode, use the scope fabric command.
scope fabric { a | b }
Syntax Description
| a | Specifies switch A. |
| b | Specifies switch B. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet server (eth-server)
Ethernet uplink (eth-uplink)
Fibre Channel uplink (fc-uplink)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter fabric mode.
Examples
This example shows how to enter Ethernet server fabric mode for fabric B:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server# scope fabric b switch-A /eth-server/fabric #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fabric |
|
show interface |
|
scope fabric-interconnect
To enter fabric interconnect mode, use the scope fabric-interconnect command.
scope fabric-interconnect { a | b }
Syntax Description
| a | Specifies switch A. |
| b | Specifies switch B. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter fabric interconnect mode.
Examples
This example shows how to enter fabric interconnect mode for fabric B:
switch-A# scope fabric-interconnect b switch-A /fabric-interconnect #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fabric |
|
scope fc-policy
To enter fc-policy mode, use the scope fc-policy command.
scope fc-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the Fibre Channel policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use fc-policy mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
The following example shows how to enter fc-policy mode:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope fc-policy fp100 switch-A /org # scope fc-policy fcp100 switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fc-policy |
|
show trans-queue |
|
scope fc-uplink
To enter fc-uplink mode, use the scope fc-uplink command.
scope fc-uplink
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.
Examples
This example shows how to enter fc-uplink mode:
switch-A# scope fc-uplink
switch-A /fc-uplink #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show interface |
|
show vlan |
|
scope firmware
To enter firmware mode, use the scope firmware command.
scope firmware
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.
Examples
This example shows how to enter firmware mode:
switch-A# scope firmware
switch-A /firmware #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show firmware |
|
show version |
|
scope flow-control
To enter flow control mode, use the scope flow-control command.
scope flow-control
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.
Examples
This example shows how to enter flow control mode:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # scope flow-control switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show policy |
|
show port-profile |
|
scope folder
To enter folder mode, use the scope folder command in vcenter mode.
scope folder folder-name
Syntax Description
| folder-name | The name of the folder. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Data center (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/folder)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use folder mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter data center mode:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter vc1 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # scope folder f1 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/folder #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show folder |
|
show vcenter |
|
scope import-config
To enter import configuration mode, use the scope import-config command.
scope import-config name
Syntax Description
| name | Import configuration name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
System (/system)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter import configuration mode:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope import-config ic10 switch-A /system/import-config #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show import-config |
|
show managed-entity |
|
scope iom
To enter iom mode, use the scope iom command.
chassis mode scope iom { id | a | b } id
capability mode scope iom vendor model hw-rev
Syntax Description
| id | Module identification number. |
| a | Specifies switch A. |
| b | Specifies switch B. |
| vendor | Vendor name. |
| model | Model number. |
| hw-rev | Hardware revision. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Chassis (/chassis)
Capability (/system/capability)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter iom mode:
switch-A# scope chassis switch-A /chassis # scope iom 1 switch-A /chassis/iom #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show iom |
|
show slot |
|
scope ipmi-access-profile
To enter IPMI access profile mode, use the scope ipmi-access-profile command.
scope ipmi-access-profile name
Syntax Description
| name | Access profile name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
The following example shows how to enter IPMI access profile mode:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope ipmi-access-profile ipmiAP10 switch-A /org/ipmi-access-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show epuser |
|
show ipmi-access-profile |
|
scope ldap
To enter LDAP mode, use the scope ldap command.
scope ldap
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
LDAP (/security/ldap)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.
Examples
This example shows how to enter LDAP mode:
switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # scope ldap
switch-A /security/ldap #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ldap |
|
show tacacs |
|
scope locale
To enter locale mode, use the scope locale command.
scope locale name
Syntax Description
| name | Locale name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter locale mode:
switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # scope locale
switch-A /security/locale #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show locale |
|
show remote-user |
|
scope monitoring
To enter monitoring mode, use the scope monitoring command.
scope monitoring
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.
Examples
This example shows how to enter monitoring mode:
switch-A#scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
show syslog |
|
scope nwctrl-policy
To enter network control policy mode, use the scope nwctrl-policy command.
scope nwctrl-policy
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Network control policy (/org/nwctrl-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter network control policy mode:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org/ # scope nwctrl-policy nCP10 switch-A /org/nwctrl-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show nwctrl-policy |
|
show qos-policy |
|
scope org
To enter org mode, use the scope org command.
scope org [ org-name ]
Syntax Description
| name | (Optional) Organization name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter org mode:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show mac-pool |
|
show org |
|
scope policy
To enter policy mode for various types of faults and system events, use the scope policy command.
scope policy event
Syntax Description
| event | Select a predefined fault or system event type. See Usage Guidelines for event options. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.1(1) | This command was modified to add additional event types. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter the policy mode for various types of faults and system events. In the specific policy mode, you can enable or disable Call Home messages for the type of fault or system event. The following list shows the available keywords:
- association-failed
- chassis-seeprom-error
- configuration-failure
- connectivity-problem
- election-failure
- equipment-inaccessible
- equipment-inoperable
- equipment-problem
- fru-problem
- identity-unestablishable
- link-down
- management-services-failure
- management-services-unresponsive
- power-problem
- thermal-problem
- unspecified
- version-incompatible
- voltage-problem
Examples
This example shows how to enter an existing policy mode for link-down events and how to enable Call Home messages for those events:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # scope policy link-down switch-A /monitoring/callhome/policy # set admin-state enabled switch-A /monitoring/callhome/policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome/policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create policy |
|
enter policy |
|
show policy |
|
scope port-channel
To enter port channel mode, use the scope port-channel command.
scope port-channel id
Syntax Description
| id | Port identification number. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric interconnect (/eth-uplink/fabric)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter port channel mode:
switch-A#scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # scope fabric b switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric # scope port-channel 10 switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/port-channel #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show switch |
|
show port-channel |
|
scope port-profile
To enter port-profile mode, use the scope port-profile command in profile-set mode.
scope port-profile port-profile-name
Syntax Description
| port-profile-name | The name of the port profile. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Port profile (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use port-profile mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter port-profile mode:
switch-A # scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope profile-set switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # scope port-profile pp100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show port-profile |
|
show profile-set |
|
scope profile-set
To enter profile-set mode, use the scope profile-set command in vmware mode.
scope profile-set
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Profile set (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You use profile-set mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter profile-set mode:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope profile-set switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show port-profile |
|
show profile-set |
|
scope psu-policy
To enter psu-policy mode, use the scope psu-policy command.
scope psu-policy
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Power supply unit policy (/org/psu-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use psu-policy mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter psu-policy mode:
switch-A # scope org switch-A /org # scope psu-policy switch-A /org/psu-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show psu |
|
show psu-policy |
|
scope qos
To enter QoS mode, use the scope qos command.
scope qos
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet server (/eth-server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.
Examples
This example shows how to enter QoS mode:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope qos switch-A /eth-server/qos #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-best-effort |
|
show eth-classified |
|
scope qos-policy
To enter qos-policy mode, use the scope qos-policy command in org mode.
scope qos-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the QoS policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
QoS policy (/org/qos-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use qos-policy mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter qos-policy mode:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope qos-policy qp10 switch-A /org/qos-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show egress-policy |
|
show qos-policy |
|
scope radius
To enter radius mode, use the scope radius command.
scope radius
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.
Examples
This example shows how to enter radius mode:
switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # scope radius
switch-A /security /radius #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ldap |
|
show radius |
|
scope role
To enter role mode, use the scope role command.
scope role name
Syntax Description
| name | Role name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter role mode:
switch-A#scope security switch-A /security # scope role admin switch-A /security #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show local-user |
|
show role |
|
scope security
To enter security mode, use the scope security command.
scope security
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.
Examples
This example shows how to enter security mode:
switch-A# scope security
switch-A /security #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ldap |
|
show tacacs |
|
scope server
To enter server mode, use the scope server command.
scope server { name | dynamic-uuid }
Syntax Description
| name | Server name. |
| dynamic-uuid | Specifies the unique server identity. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter server mode:
switch-A# scope server 1/1
switch-A /chassis/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show server adapter |
|
show server identity |
|
scope server-qual
To enter server-qual mode, use the scope server-qual command.
scope server-qual name
Syntax Description
| name | Server qualifier name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter server-qual mode:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal1 switch-A /org/server-qual #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show server-pool |
|
show server-qual |
|
scope services
To enter services mode, use the scope services command.
scope services
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.
Examples
This example shows how to enter services mode:
switch-A#scope system switch-A /system # scope services switch-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cimxml |
|
show dns |
|
scope snmp-user
To enter SNMP user mode, use the scope snmp-user command.
scope snmp-user
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
SNMP user (/monitoring/snmp-user)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter SNMP user mode:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch /monitoring # scope snmp-user SU10 switch /monitoring/snmp-user #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show snmp |
|
show snmp-user |
|
scope system
To enter system mode, use the scope system command.
scope system
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.
Examples
This example shows how to enter system mode:
switch-A# scope system
switch-A /system #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fabric |
|
show version |
|
scope tacacs
To enter TACACS mode, use the scope tacacs command.
scope tacacs
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You do not have to enter this mode with a managed object.
Examples
This example shows how to enter TACACS mode:
switch-A#scope security switch-A /security # scope tacacs switch-A /security/tacacs #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show radius |
|
show ttacacs |
|
scope threshold-value
To enter a threshold value for a property, use the enter threshold-value command.
enter threshold-value { above-normal | | below-normal } { cleared | | condition | | critical | | info | | major | | minor | | warning }
Syntax Description
| above-normal | Sets the value to above normal. |
| below-normal | Sets the value to below normal. |
| cleared | Sets the threshold value to cleared. |
| condition | Sets the threshold value to condition. |
| critical | Sets the threshold value to critical. |
| info | Sets the threshold value to info. |
| major | Sets the threshold value to major. |
| minor | Sets the threshold value to minor. |
| warning | Sets the threshold value to warning. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Fibre channel (/fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Organization (/org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0.1 |
This command was introduced. |
Examples
The following example shows how to enter the threshold value above-normal critical in property packets-rx-delta mode:
switch-A#scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy stp100 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # scope class vnic-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class # scope property packets-rx-delta switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property # scope threshold-value above-normal critical switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property/threshold-value #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show property |
|
show threshold-value |
|
scope vcenter
To enter vcenter (VCenter) mode, use the scope vcenter command in vmware mode.
scope vcenter vcenter-name
Syntax Description
| vcenter-name | The name of the VCenter. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VCenter (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use vm-mgmt mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter vcenter mode:
switch-A # scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter vc10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show folder |
|
scope vcon-policy
To enter vcon-policy mode, use the scope vcon-policy command.
scope vcon-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use vcon-policy mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter vcon-policy mode:
switch-A # scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope vcon-policy vcp100 switch-A /org/vcon-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vcon |
|
show vcon-policy |
|
scope vhba
To enter virtual HBA mode, use the scope vhba command.
scope vhba name
Syntax Description
| name | Virtual HBA name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter virtual HBA mode:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org # scope vhba vHBA10 switch-A /org/vhba #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show service-profile |
|
show vhba |
|
scope vhba-templ
To enter virtual HBA template mode, use the scope vhba-templ command.
scope vhba-templ name
Syntax Description
| name | Virtual HBA template name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter virtual HBA template mode:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope vhba-templ vhbaT10 switch-A /org/vhba-templ #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fc-if |
|
show vhba-templ |
|
scope virtual-machine
To enter virtual-machine mode, use the scope virtual-machine command in vmware mode.
scope virtual-machine
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VMware (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/virtual-machine)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter virtual-machine mode:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope virtual-machine 4125a5e0-e2c3-11de-8a39-0800200c9a66 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/virtual-machine #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vcenter |
|
show virtual-machine |
|
scope vlan
To enter VLAN mode, use the scope vlan command.
scope vlan name
Syntax Description
| name | VLAN name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)
Fabric (/eth-uplink/fabric)
Port profile (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.1(1) | The port profile mode was added. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter VLAN mode:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # scope vlan vlan1 switch-A /eth-uplink/vlan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show interface |
|
show vlan |
|
scope vm-mgmt
To enter vm-mgmt (virtual machine management) mode, use the scope vm-mgmt command in system mode.
scope vm-mgmt
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Virtual machine management (/system/vm-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use vm-mgmt mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter vm-mgmt mode:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt #
scope vmware
To enter vmware (VMware) mode, use the scope vmware command in vm-mgmt mode.
scope vmware
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VMware (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use vmware mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter vmware mode:
switch-A # scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vcenter |
|
show virtual-machine |
|
scope vnic
To enter virtual NIC mode, use the scope vnic command.
scope vnic name
Syntax Description
| name | Virtual NIC name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter virtual NIC mode:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org # scope vnic vNIC10 switch-A /org/vnic #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show service-profile |
|
show vnic |
|
scope vnic-templ
To enter virtual NIC template mode, use the scope vnic-templ command.
scope vnic-templ name
Syntax Description
| name | Virtual NIC template name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter virtual NIC template mode:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope vnic-templ vnicT10 switch-A /org/vnic-templ #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-if |
|
show vnic-templ |
|
scope wwn-pool
To enter WWN pool mode, use the scope wwn-pool command.
scope wwn-pool name
Syntax Description
| name | WWN pool name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter WWN pool mode:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope wwn-pool wwnP10 switch-A /org/wwn-pool #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show initiator |
|
show org |
|
send
To send the current system inventory message to the Smart Call Home database, use the send command.
send
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Inventory (/monitoring/callhome/inventory)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to immediately send the current system inventory message to the Smart Call Home database.
Examples
This example shows how to send the current system inventory message:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # scope inventory switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory # send switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set send-periodically |
|
show inventory |
|
send-syslog
To create and send a syslog message, use the send-syslog command.
send-syslog { emergencies | alerts | critical | errors | warnings | notifications | information | debugging } text
Syntax Description
| alerts | Specifies alerts. |
| critical | Specifies critical messages. |
| debugging | Specifies debug messages. |
| emergencies | Specifies emergency messages. |
| errors | Specifies error messages. |
| information | Specifies informational messages. |
| notifications | Specifies notifications. |
| warnings | Specifies warnings. |
| text | Enter text of syslog message. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create and send a syslog message. Specify the urgency level of the message and enter up to 512 characters of text. If the text includes spaces, it must be enclosed in quotes (" ").
The following table shows the urgency level options in order of decreasing urgency.
| emergencies | Emergency level (0) |
| alerts | Alert level (1) |
| critical | Critical level (2) |
| errors | Error level (3) |
| warnings | Warning level (4) |
| notifications | Notification level (5) |
| information | Information level (6) |
| debugging | Debug level (7) |
Examples
This example shows how to create and send a syslog message:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # send-syslog alerts "This is a test message" switch-A /monitoring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show snmp-trap |
|
show syslog |
|
send-test-alert
To send a Callhome test alert message, use the send-test-alert command.
send-test-alert { [ alert-description description ] [ alert-group { diagnostic | | environmental } ] [ alert-level { critical | | debug | | fatal | | major-1 | | minor-1 | | normal | | notify | | warning } ] [ alert-message-type { conf | | diag | | env | | inventory | | syslog | | test-1 } ] [ alert-message-subtype { delta | | full | | goldmajor | | goldminor | | goldnormal | | major-2 | | minor-2 | | nosubtype | | test-2 } ] }
Syntax Description
| alert-description alert-description | Specifies the alert description. |
| alert-group | Specifies the alert group type. |
| diagnostic | Specifies the diagnostic alert group. |
| environmental | Specifies the environmental alert group. |
| alert-level | Specifies the alert level. |
| critical | Specifies critical alert level. |
| debug | Specifies debug alert level. |
| fatal | Specifies fatal alert level. |
| major-1 | Specifies major alert level. |
| minor-1 | Specifies minor alert level. |
| normal | Specifies minor alert level. |
| notify | Specifies notify alert level. |
| warning | Specifies warning alert level. |
| alert-message-type | Specifies the alert message type. |
| conf | Specifies the |
| diag | Specifies the diagnostic alert message type. |
| env | Specifies the |
| inventory | Specifies the inventory alert messag type. |
| syslog | Specifies the system log alert message type. |
| test-1 | Specifies the test alert message type. |
| alert-message-subtype | Specifies the alert message subtype. |
| delta | Specifies the delta alert messge subtype. |
| full | Specifies the full alert messge subtype. |
| goldmajor | Specifies the gold major alert messge subtype. |
| goldminor | Specifies the gold minor alert messge subtype. |
| goldnormal | Specifies the gold normal alert messge subtype. |
| major-2 | Specifies the major alert messge subtype. |
| minor-2 | Specifies the minor alert messge subtype. |
| nosubtype | Specifies no subtype. |
| test-2 | Specifies the test alert messge subtype. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to send a Callhome test alert message:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # send-test-alert alert-message-type diag switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
show policy |
|
set action
To set action, use the set action command.
chassis-disc-policy mode set action { 1-link | 2-link | 4-link }
import-config mode set action { merge | replace }
server-disc-policy mode set action { diag | immediate | user-acknowledged }
Syntax Description
| 1-link | Specifies one uplink. |
| 2-link | Specifies two uplinks. |
| 4-link | Specifies four uplinks. |
| merge | Specifies merge. |
| replace | Specifies replace. |
| diag | Specifies diagnostic. |
| immediate | Specifies immediate. |
| user-acknowledged | Specifies user acknowledged. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Chassis discovery policy (/org/chassis-disc-policy)
Import configuration (/system/import-config)
Server discovery policy /org/server-disc-policy
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command in chassis-disc-policy mode to specify the number of links to the switch that the chassis must have to be discovered.
Examples
This example shows how to set action:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org/chassis-disc-policy # scope chassis-disc-policy cdp10 switch-A /org/chassis-disc-policy # set action 4-link switch-A /org/chassis-disc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/chassis-dis-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show chassis-disc-policy |
|
set adaptor-profile
To set an adaptor profile, use the set adaptor-profile command.
set adaptor-profile name
Syntax Description
| name | Adapter profile name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Hypervisor connection (/org/service-profile/hv-conn)
Dynamic connection policy (/org/dynamic-conn-policy)
Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)
Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to associate the specified profile with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode.
Examples
This example shows how to set an adapter profile:
switch-A# scope org org30a switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic # set adaptor-profile 20a switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vhba |
|
show vnic |
|
set adminstate
To reset the connectivity of an adapter, use the set adminstate command.
set adminstate { enabled | reset-connectivity | reset-connectivity-active | reset-connectivity-passive }
Syntax Description
| enabled | The adapter is enabled. |
| reset-connectivity | The adapter connectivity is reset on both fabrics. |
| reset-connectivity-active | The adapter connectivity is reset on only the active fabric. |
| reset-connectivity-passive | The adapter connectivity is reset on only the passive fabric. |
Command Default
The adapter state is enabled.
Command Modes
External host Ethernet (/chassis/server/adapter/ext-host-eth)
Host Ethernet (/chassis/server/adapter/host-eth)
Host Fibre Channel (/chassis/server/adapter/host-fc)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to reset connectivity on the vNIC or vHBA. A shutdown and enable sequence is performed on the port.
The active and passive options are not available on external host ports.
Examples
This example shows how to reset connectivity on a vHBA:
switch-A# scope server 1/1 switch-A /chassis/server # scope adapter 1 switch-A /chassis/server/adapter # scope host-fc-if 2 switch-A /chassis/server/adapter/host-fc-if # set adminstate reset-connectivity switch-A /chassis/server/adapter/host-fc-if* # commit-buffer switch-A /chassis/server/adapter/host-fc-if #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ext-eth-if |
|
show host-eth-if |
|
show host-fc-if |
|
set admin-state
To set the administration state of a policy, use the set admin-state command.
set admin-state { disabled | enabled }
Syntax Description
| disabled | Specifies administration state disabled. |
| enabled | Specifies administration state enabled. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Policy (/monitoring/callhome/policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable or disable the context policy when a fault or system event matching the associated cause is encountered.
Examples
This example shows how to enable the administration state for link-down system events:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # scope policy link-down switch-A /monitoring/callhome/policy # set admin-state enabled switch-A /monitoring/callhome/policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome/policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope policy |
|
show policy |
|
set admin-vcon
To set up an administrative vCon (administrative virtual network interface connection) for the vHBA, use the set admin-vcon command in vhba or vnic mode.
set admin-vcon { 1 | | 2 | | any }
Syntax Description
| 1 | Assigns the vHBA to virtual network interface connection 1. |
| 2 | Assigns the vHBA to virtual network interface connection 2. |
| any | Assigns the vHBA to all virtual network interface connections. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
vHBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)
vNIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to set up an administrative vCon in vhba mode:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp100 switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vhba vhba100 switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba # set admin-vcon any switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vcon |
|
show vhba |
|
set aes-128
To set up AES (Advanced Encryption Standard) 128-bit encryption, use the set aes-128 command.
set aes-128 { no | yes }
Syntax Description
| no | Specifies no AES 128-bit encryption. |
| yes | Specifies AES 128-bit encryption. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
SNMP user (/monitoring/snmp-user)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
SNMPv3, enabled on a UCS system by using the create snmp-user command, provides important security features. One is authentication of packets, to prevent snooping by an unauthorized source. Use AES 128-bit encryption to fully utilize the extended features of SNMPv3 on your UCS system.
Examples
This example shows how to set up AES 128-bit encryption:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch /monitoring # scope snmp-user SU10 switch /monitoring/snmp-user # set aes-128 yes switch /monitoring/snmp-user* # commit-buffer switch /monitoring/snmp-user #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show snmp |
|
show snmp-user |
|
set agent-policy
To set up an agent policy, use the set agent-policy command.
set agent-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The policy name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to associate the specified agent policy with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode.
policy-name should be a unique set of numbers and letters that identifies the policy. The range of valid values is 1 to 16.
Examples
This example shows how to set up an agent policy:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile servProf10 switch-A /org/service-profile # set agent-policy agentP10 switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show association |
|
show service-profile |
|
set alertgroups
To enable alerts from predefined Call Home alert groups, use the set alertgroups command.
set alertgroups [ ciscotac ] [ diagnostic ] [ environmental ] [ inventory ] [ license ] [ lifecycle ] [ linecard ] [ supervisor ] [ syslogport ] [ system ] [ test ] +
Syntax Description
| ciscotac | Specifies the Cisco Technical Assistance Center (TAC) alert group. |
| diagnostic | Specifies the diagnostic alert group. |
| environmental | Specifies the environmental alert group. |
| inventory | Specifies the inventory alert group. |
| license | Specifies the license alert group. |
| lifecycle | Specifies the lifecycle alert group. |
| linecard | Specifies the line card alert group. |
| supervisor | Specifies the supervisor alert group. |
| syslogport | Specifies the syslog port alert group. |
| system | Specifies the system alert group. |
| test | Specifies the test alert group. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Call Home profile (/monitoring/callhome/profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to select and enable a set of alert groups for a Call Home profile. An alert group is a predefined subset of Call Home alerts. Different types of Call Home alerts are grouped into different alert groups depending on their type.
Note |
When you enter the set alertgroups command, any previously configured alert group list within the Call Home profile is replaced. To add more alert groups to an existing alert group list, use the add alertgroups command. To remove alert groups from an existing alert group list, use the remove alertgroups command. |
Examples
This example shows how to configure the sending of Call Home alerts from the environmental and diagnostic alert groups.
UCS-A /monitoring # scope callhome UCS-A /monitoring/callhome # enter profile ProfileOne UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/profile # set alertgroups environmental diagnostic UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/profile* # create destination admin@example.com UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/profile/destination* # commit-buffer UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/profile/destination #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
add alertgroups |
|
remove alertgroups |
|
set all
To specify the management logging threshold for all modules, use the set all command.
set all { crit | major | minor | warn | info | debug4 | debug3 | debug2 | debug1 | debug0 }
Syntax Description
| crit | Critical (highest) level |
| major | Major level |
| minor | Minor level |
| warn | Warning level |
| info | Informational level |
| debug4 | Debug 4 level |
| debug3 | Debug 3 level |
| debug2 | Debug 2 level |
| debug1 | Debug 1 level |
| debug0 | Debug 0 (lowest) level |
Command Default
The default management logging threshold is info.
Command Modes
Management logging (/monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the management logging threshold for all modules. The threshold options are listed in order of decreasing urgency in the Syntax Description.
Examples
This example shows how to set the management logging threshold to major for all modules:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # scope mgmt-logging switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging # set all major switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show (mgmt-logging) |
|
set arch
To set processor architecture (arch), use the set arch command.
set arch { dual-core-opteron | intel-p4-c | opteron | pentium-4 | turion-64 | xeon | xeon-mp | any }
Syntax Description
| dual-core-opteron | Specifies the dual-core Opteron processor. |
| intel-p4-c | Specifies the Intel P4 C processor. |
| opteron | Specifies the Opteron processor. |
| pentium-4 | Specifies the Pentium 4 processor. |
| turion-64 | Specifies the Turion 4 processor. |
| xeon | Specifies the Xeon processor. |
| xeon-mp | Specifies the Xeon MP processor. |
| any | Specifies any processor. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Processor (/org/server-qual/processor)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to set processor architecture:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10 switch-A /org/server-qual # scope processor switch-A /org/server-qual/processor # set arch xeon-mp switch-A /org/server-qual/processor* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/processor #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show processor |
|
set attribute
To set an attribute, use the set attribute command.
set attribute attribute
Syntax Description
| attribute | Attribute name. The range of valid values is 1 to 63. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
LDAP (/security/ldap)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to restrict database searches to records that contain the specified attribute.
Examples
This example shows how to set an attribute:
switch-A#scope security switch-A /security # scope ldap switch-A /security/ldap # set attribute name switch-A /security/ldap* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/ldap #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ldap |
|
show tacacs |
|
set auth
To set the authentication type for an SNMP user, use the set auth command.
set auth { md5 | sha }
Syntax Description
| md5 | Specifies MD5 (Message Digest Algorithm 5) authentication. |
| sha | Specifies SHA (Secure Hash Algorithm) authentication. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
SNMP user (/monitoring/snmp-user)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
SNMPv3, enabled on a UCS system by using the create snmp-user command, provides important security features. One is authentication, to verify that a message is from a valid source. Use MD5 or SHA authentication to fully utilize the extended features of SNMPv3 on your UCS system.
Examples
This example shows how to set the SNMP user authentication type:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch /monitoring # scope snmp-user SU10 switch /monitoring/snmp-user # set auth sha switch /monitoring/snmp-user* # commit-buffer switch /monitoring/snmp-user #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show snmp |
|
show snmp-user |
|
set authentication console
To set up the authentication console, use the set authentication console command.
set authentication console { ldap | local | radius | tacacs }
Syntax Description
| ldap | Specifies an LDAP authentication console. |
| local | Specifies a local authentication console. |
| radius | Specifies a RADIUS authentication console. |
| tacacs | Specifies a TACACS authentication console. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to set up the authentication console:
switch-A#scope security switch-A /security # set authentication console ldap switch-A /security* # commit-buffer switch-A /security #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show authentication |
|
show ldap |
|
set authentication default
To set an authentication default, use the set authentication default command.
set authentication default { ldap | local | radius | tacacs }
Syntax Description
| ldap | Specifies an LDAP authentication console. |
| local | Specifies a local authentication console. |
| radius | Specifies a RADIUS authentication console. |
| tacacs | Specifies a TACACS authentication console. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to set an authentication default:
switch-A#scope security switch-A /security # set authentication default ldap switch-A /security* # commit-buffer switch-A /security #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show authentication |
|
show ldap |
|
set authport
To set up an authentication port, use the set authport command.
set authport id
Syntax Description
| id | Authentication port identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 65535. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server (/security/radius/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the port used to communicate with a RADIUS server.
Examples
This example shows how to set up an authentication port:
switch-A#scope security switch-A /security # scope radius switch-A /security/radius # scope server s100 switch-A /security/radius/server # set authport 100 switch-A /security/radius/server* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/radius/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ldap |
|
show radius |
|
set backup action
To specify an action or actions that will trigger a backup of the system event log, use the set backup action command.
set backup action [log-full] [none] [on-change-of-association] [on-clear] [timer]
Syntax Description
| log-full | Specifies that the log is backed up when it is full. |
| none | Specifies no action. |
| on-change-of-association | Specifies that the log is backed up when the server changes associations. |
| on-clear | Specifies that the log is backed up when it is cleared. |
| timer | Specifies that the log is backed up at an interval. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Endpoint log policy (/org/ep-log-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify an action or actions that will trigger a backup of the system event log.
Note |
When you enter the set backup action command, any previously configured list of actions is replaced. To add more actions to an existing list, use the add backup action command. To remove actions from an existing list, use the remove backup action command. |
Examples
This example shows how to back up the log when the log is full, when the log is cleared, and on an interval:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope ep-log-policy sel switch-A /org/ep-log-policy # set backup action log-full on-clear timer switch-A /org/ep-log-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ep-log-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
add backup action |
|
remove backup action |
|
set backup interval |
|
show backup |
|
set backup clear-on-backup
To specify whether to clear the system event log after a backup operation, use the set backup clear-on-backup command in organization endpoint log policy mode.
set backup clear-n-backup { no | | yes }
Syntax Description
| no | The system event log is not cleared after a backup operation. |
| yes | The system event log is cleared after a backup operation. |
Command Default
The system event log is not cleared after a backup operation.
Command Modes
Endpoint log policy (/org/ep-log-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify whether to clear the system event log after a backup operation.
Examples
This example shows how configure clearing of the system event log after a backup operation:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope ep-log-policy sel switch-A /org/ep-log-policy # set backup clear-on-backup yes switch-A /org/ep-log-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ep-log-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
set backup destination
To specify the destination for the system event log backup operation, use the set backup destination command in organization endpoint log policy mode.
set backup destination url
Syntax Description
| url | Specifies the URL where the system event log backup file will be stored. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Endpoint log policy (/org/ep-log-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
If the destination requires a username and password, use the URL format for the specific protocol, such as ftp://user:password@ hostname/path for FTP.
Note |
You can also configure the backup destination by using the set backup hostname, set backup password, set backup protocol, set backup remote-path, set backup user commands. |
Examples
This example shows how configure an ftp destination with login for system event log backups:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope ep-log-policy sel switch-A /org/ep-log-policy # set backup destination ftp://joe:password1@ftp.example.com/backups switch-A /org/ep-log-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ep-log-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
set backup format
To specify the format for the system event log backup file, use the set backup format command in organization endpoint log policy mode.
set backup format { ascii | binary }
Syntax Description
| ascii | Specifies that the backup file will be in ASCII format. |
| binary | Specifies that the backup file will be in binary format. |
Command Default
ASCII
Command Modes
Endpoint log policy (/org/ep-log-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the format for the system event log backup file.
Examples
This example shows how to specify a binary format for the system event log backup file:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope ep-log-policy sel switch-A /org/ep-log-policy # set backup format binary switch-A /org/ep-log-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ep-log-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
set backup hostname
To specify the host name or IP address of the system event log backup destination server, use the set backup hostname command in organization endpoint log policy mode.
set backup hostname { hostname | ip-address }
Syntax Description
| hostname | The host name of the backup destination server. |
| ip-address | The IP address of the backup destination server. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Endpoint log policy (/org/ep-log-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the host name or IP address of the backup destination server.
Examples
This example shows how to specify the host name of the backup destination server:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope ep-log-policy sel switch-A /org/ep-log-policy # set backup hostname ftp.example.com switch-A /org/ep-log-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ep-log-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
set backup interval
To specify the time interval between automatic backups of the system event log, use the set backup interval command in organization endpoint log policy mode.
set backup interval { 1-hour | 2-hours | 4-hours | 8-hours | 24-hours | never }
Syntax Description
| 1-hour | Backups will occur at 1 hour intervals. |
| 2-hour | Backups will occur at 2 hour intervals. |
| 4-hour | Backups will occur at 4 hour intervals. |
| 8-hour | Backups will occur at 8 hour intervals. |
| 24-hour | Backups will occur at 24 hour intervals. |
| never | Automatic backups are disabled. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Endpoint log policy (/org/ep-log-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable or disable the automatic backup operation and to specify the time interval for automatic backups. To disable automatic backups, specify the never keyword.
Examples
This example shows how to specify automatic backups at 8 hour intervals:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope ep-log-policy sel switch-A /org/ep-log-policy # set backup interval 8-hours switch-A /org/ep-log-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ep-log-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
set backup password
To specify the password for the system event log backup destination server, use the set backup passwordcommand in organization endpoint log policy mode.
set backup password password
Syntax Description
| password | The login password for the backup destination server. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Endpoint log policy (/org/ep-log-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the password for connecting to the system event log backup destination server. The password is not used when TFTP is the backup protocol.
Examples
This example shows how to specify the password for connecting to the backup destination server:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope ep-log-policy sel switch-A /org/ep-log-policy # set backup password Password: switch-A /org/ep-log-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ep-log-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set backup user |
|
show backup |
|
set backup protocol
To specify the file transfer protocol for the system event log backup, use the set backup protocol command in organization endpoint log policy mode.
set backup protocol { ftp | scp | sftp | tftp }
Syntax Description
| ftp | Specifies the FTP protocol for backup file transfer. |
| scp | Specifies the SCP protocol for backup file transfer. |
| sftp | Specifies the SFTP protocol for backup file transfer. |
| tftp | Specifies the TFTP protocol for backup file transfer. |
Command Default
FTP
Command Modes
Endpoint log policy (/org/ep-log-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the file transfer protocol for the system event log backup.
Examples
This example shows how to specify SFTP as the backup file transfer protocol:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope ep-log-policy sel switch-A /org/ep-log-policy # set backup protocol sftp switch-A /org/ep-log-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ep-log-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
set backup remote-path
To specify the remote server path for system log file backups, use the set backup remote-path command in organization endpoint log policy mode.
set backup remote-path remote-path
Syntax Description
| remote-path | The remote path for backups. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Endpoint log policy (/org/ep-log-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the remote server path for system log file backups. The remote-path is a unique set of up to 128 characters that identifies a path on the remote server. Do not use characters that are not allowed in a URL.
Examples
This example shows how to set the remote path for backups:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope ep-log-policy sel switch-A /org/ep-log-policy # set backup remote-path /test/sel/backups switch-A /org/ep-log-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ep-log-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
set backup user
To specify a user name for the system event log backup destination server, use the set backup user command in organization endpoint log policy mode.
set backup user user-name
Syntax Description
| user-name | The login user name for the backup destination server. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Endpoint log policy (/org/ep-log-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify a user name for connecting to the system event log backup destination server. The user name can be up to 128 characters.
Examples
This example shows how to specify a user name for connecting to the backup destination server:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope ep-log-policy sel switch-A /org/ep-log-policy # set backup user superUser switch-A /org/ep-log-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/ep-log-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set backup password |
|
show backup |
|
show ep-log-policy |
|
set basedn
To set up a distinguished name, use the set basedn command.
set basedn name
Syntax Description
| name | Distinguished name. The range of valid values is 1 to 127. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
LDAP (/security/ldap)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to restrict database searches to records that contain the specified distinguished name.
Examples
This example shows how to set up a distinguished name:
switch-A#scope security switch-A /security # scope ldap switch-A /security/ldap # set basedn ldap switch-A /security/ldap* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/ldap #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ldap |
|
show tacacs |
|
set binddn
To configure the distinguished name for the LDAP database superuser account, use the set binddn command.
set bindn bind-dist-name
Syntax Description
| bind-dist-name | Distinguished name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
LDAP Server (/security/ldap/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the distinguished name for the LDAP database superuser account. Enter a name of up to 127 characters. If the name includes spaces, you must enclose the name in quotes (" ").
Examples
This example shows how to configure the distinguished name:
switch-A# scope security switch-A /security # scope ldap switch-A /security/ldap # scope server MyServer switch-A /security/ldap/server # set binddn "CN=John Smith,OU=Sales,DC=Example,DC=COM" switch-A /security/ldap/server* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/ldap/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ldap |
|
show server |
|
set bios-settings-scrub
To specify whether the BIOS settings are cleared when the server is disassociated from a service profile, use the set bios-settings-scrub command.
set bios-settings-scrub { no | yes }
Syntax Description
| no | Disables BIOS settings scrub. The BIOS settings are preserved. |
| yes | Enables BIOS settings scrub. The BIOS settings are reset to default. |
Command Default
BIOS settings scrub is disabled.
Command Modes
Scrub policy (/org/scrub-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.1(1) | This command was deprecated. |
| 1.3(1) | This command was restored. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command in a scrub policy to specify whether the BIOS settings in CMOS memory are cleared or preserved when the server is disassociated from a service profile. The action taken is as follows:
-
If enabled, erases all BIOS settings for the server and and resets them to the BIOS defaults for that server type and vendor
-
If disabled, preserves the existing BIOS settings on the server
Note |
This command is deprecated in some releases. With those releases, you can use the reset-cmos command to manually reset the BIOS settings. |
Examples
This example shows how to specify in a scrub policy that the BIOS settings will be erased when the server is disassociated:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope scrub-policy scrub100 switch-A /org/scrub-policy # set bios-settings-scrub yes switch-A /org/scrub-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/scrub-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
reset-cmos |
|
show scrub-policy |
|
set blocksize
To set the block size, use the set blocksize command.
set blocksize { blocksize | unspecified }
Syntax Description
| blocksize | Storage block size. The range of valid values is 0 to 4294967295. |
| unspecified | Specifies an unspecified block size. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Storage (/org/server-qual/storage)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to set the block size:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10 switch-A /org/server-qual # scope storage switch-A /org/server-qual/storage # set blocksize 1000 switch-A /org/server-qual/storage* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/storage #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show processor |
|
set boot-policy
To set the boot policy, use the set boot-policy command.
set boot-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Boot policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to associate the specified boot policy with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode.
Examples
This example shows how to set the boot policy:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile servProf10 switch-A /org/service-profile # set boot-policy bootP10 switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show association |
|
show boot-definition |
|
set cert
To enter a certificate in a keyring, use the set cert command.
set cert
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Keyring (/security/keyring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter a certificate into a keyring. When prompted, paste the text of the certificate at the prompt, then type ENDOFBUF to finish.
Examples
This example shows how to enter a certificate into a keyring:
switch-A# scope security switch-A /security # scope keyring MyKR05 switch-A /security/keyring # set cert Enter lines one at a time. Enter ENDOFBUF to finish. Press ^C to abort. Keyring certificate: >
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show keyring |
|
set certchain
To enter a list (or chain) of trustpoints, use the set certchain command.
set certchain [certchain]
Syntax Description
| certchain | The name of a trustpoint. If this variable is omitted, you are prompted to enter a name or names. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Trustpoint (/security/trustpoint)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter a list of one or more trustpoints defining a certification path to the root certificate authority (CA). You can the enter up to 512 characters in the command line. If you do not specify trustpoints in the command line, you are prompted to type or paste the information at the prompt, then type ENDOFBUF to finish.
Examples
This example shows how to enter a trustpoint certificate chain:
switch-A# scope security switch-A /security # scope trustpoint MyTrust05 switch-A /security/trustpoint # set certchain Enter lines one at a time. Enter ENDOFBUF to finish. Press ^C to abort. Trustpoint Certificate Chain: >
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show trustpoint |
|
set certificate
To set up a certificate, use the set certificate command.
set certificate certificate-name
Syntax Description
| certificate-name | The name of the certificate. The range of valid values is 1 to 512. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Pending deletion (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/pending-deletion)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to set the URL of the certificate:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # set certificate workspace: switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware #
set cimxml port
To set up a CIM (Common Information Model) XML port, use the set cimxml port command.
set cimxml port port
Syntax Description
| port | Port number. The range of valid values is 1 to 65535. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to set up a CIM XML port:
switch-A#scope system switch-A /system # scope services switch-A /system/services # set cimxml port 10 switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cimxml |
|
show dns |
|
set clear-action
To specify whether all cleared fault messages will be retained or deleted, use the set clear-action command.
set clear-action { delete | retain }
Syntax Description
| delete | Specifies that fault messages are deleted when cleared. |
| retain | Specifies that fault messages are retained when cleared. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fault-policy (/monitoring/fault-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify whether all cleared fault messages will be retained or deleted
Examples
This example shows how to configure retention of cleared fault messages for 30 days:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope fault policy switch-A /monitoring/fault-policy # set clear-action retain switch-A /monitoring/fault-policy* # set retention-interval 30 0 0 0 switch-A /monitoring/fault-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/fault-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set retention-interval |
|
show fault policy |
|
set cli suppress-field-spillover
To select whether command output lines will wrap or truncate, use the set cli suppress-field-spillover command.
set cli suppress-field-spillover { off | on }
Syntax Description
| off | Command output lines wrap in the terminal window. |
| on | Command output lines truncate at the end of the terminal window. |
Command Default
Command output lines wrap in the terminal window.
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to select whether command output lines will wrap or truncate to fit the width of the terminal window.
Examples
This example shows how to select whether command output lines will wrap or truncate:
Switch-A# scope monitoring Switch-A /monitoring # set cli suppress-field-spillover on Switch-A /monitoring # show fault Severity Code Last Transition Time ID Description --------- -------- ------------------------ -------- ----------- Warning F16520 2010-01-21T18:33:22.065 5785755 [FSM:STAGE:RETRY:]: detect mezz cards in 1/6(FSM-STAGE:sam:dme:ComputeBladeDiscover:NicPresence) Condition F77960 2010-01-21T18:32:31.255 1089623 [FSM:STAGE:REMOTE-ERROR]: R esult: end-point-unavailable Code: unspecified Message: sendSamDmeAdapterInfo: i dentify failed Switch-A /monitoring # set cli suppress-field-spillover off Switch-A /monitoring # show fault Severity Code Last Transition Time ID Description --------- -------- ------------------------ -------- ----------- Warning F16520 2010-01-21T18:33:22.065 5785755 [FSM:STAGE:RETRY:]: detect Condition F77960 2010-01-21T18:32:31.255 1089623 [FSM:STAGE:REMOTE-ERROR]: R Switch-A /monitoring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
|
|
|
|
set cli suppress-headers
To display or suppress headers in command output tables, use the set cli suppress-headers command.
set cli suppress-headers { off | on }
Syntax Description
| off | Table headers are displayed. |
| on | Table headers are not displayed. |
Command Default
Table headers are displayed.
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display or suppress headers in command output tables.
Examples
This example shows how to suppress headers in command output tables:
Switch-A# scope monitoring
Switch-A /monitoring # show fsm task
FSM Task:
Item ID Completion FSM Flags
---------------- -------- ------------ ---------
Powercycle 1154858 Scheduled
BiosRecovery 1154860 Scheduled
Switch-A /monitoring # set cli suppress-headers on
Switch-A /monitoring # show fsm task
FSM Task:
Powercycle 1154858 Scheduled
BiosRecovery 1154860 Scheduled
Switch-A /monitoring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
|
|
|
|
set cli table-field-delimiter
To select the delimeter between fields in command output tables, use the set cli table-field-delimiter command.
set cli table-field-delimiter { comma | none }
Syntax Description
| comma | Add commas to separate fields in command output tables. |
| none | Use spaces to separate fields in command output tables. |
Command Default
Spaces are used to separate fields in command output tables.
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to select the delimeter between fields in command output tables.
Examples
This example shows how to select commas to separate fields in command output tables:
Switch-A# scope monitoring
Switch-A /monitoring # show fsm task
FSM Task:
Item ID Completion FSM Flags
---------------- -------- ------------ ---------
Powercycle 1154858 Scheduled
BiosRecovery 1154860 Scheduled
Switch-A /monitoring # set cli table-field-delimiter comma
Switch-A /monitoring # show fsm task
FSM Task:
,Item,ID,Completion,FSM Flags
----------------,--------,------------,---------
Powercycle,1154858,Scheduled,
BiosRecovery,1154860,Scheduled,
Switch-A /monitoring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
|
|
|
|
set clock (memory)
To set the memory clock speed, use the set clock command.
set clock { number | unspec }
Syntax Description
| number | Memory clock speed, in seconds. The range of valid values is 1 to 65535. |
| unspec | Specifies unspecified speed. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Memory (/org/server-qual/memory)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to set the memory clock speed:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq10 switch-A /org/server-qual # scope memory switch-A /org/server-qual/memory # set clock 10 switch-A /org/server-qual/memory* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/memory #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show processor |
|
set clock (system)
To manually configure the system clock, use the set clock command.
set clock month date year hour minute second
Syntax Description
| month | Enter the three-letter abbreviation for the month. |
| date | Enter a date from 1 to 31. |
| year | Enter the full year. |
| hour | Enter the hour from 0 to 23. |
| minute | Enter the minute from 0 to 59. |
| second | Enter the seconds from 0 to 59. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to manually set the system clock:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope services switch-A /system/services # set clock apr 14 2010 15 27 00 switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set timezone |
|
show clock |
|
set collection-interval
To specify the interval at which statistics are collected from the system, use the set collection-interval command.
set collection-interval { 1minute | 2minutes | 30seconds | 5minutes }
Syntax Description
| 1minute | Statistics are collected at an interval of one minute. |
| 2minutes | Statistics are collected at an interval of two minutes. |
| 30seconds | Statistics are collected at an interval of thirty seconds. |
| 5minutes | Statistics are collected at an interval of five minutes. |
Command Default
Statistics are collected at an interval of one minute.
Command Modes
Statistics collection policy (/monitoring/stats-collection-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the interval at which statistics are collected from the system. You can specify the collection interval separately for chassis, port, host, adapter, and server statistics.
Examples
This example shows how to set the port statistics collection interval to five minutes:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope stats-collection-policy port switch-A /monitoring/stats-collection-policy # set collection-interval 5minutes switch-A /monitoring/stats-collection-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/stats-collection-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set reporting-interval |
|
show stats-collection-policy |
|
set community
To specify the SNMP community access string for the SNMP trap destination, use the set community command.
set community community
Syntax Description
| community | Specifies the SNMPv1/v2c community string or the SNMPv3 username for the trap destination. Enter up to 32 characters with no spaces. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
SNMP trap (/monitoring/snmp-trap)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the community access string to permit access to the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) trap destination. If SNMPv1/v2c is configured, the community argument is used as the community string. If SNMPv3 is configured, it is used as the msgUserName value.
Examples
This example shows how to set the SNMP community access string for the SNMP trap destination:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # create snmp-trap 192.20.1.28 switch-A /monitoring/snmp-trap* # set community Community28 switch-A /monitoring/snmp-trap* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/snmp-trap #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show snmp-trap |
|
set comp-queue count
To configure the number of completion queue resources to allocate, use the set comp-queue count command.
set comp-queue count count
Syntax Description
| count | Number of queue resources. |
Command Default
The completion queue count is 2.
Command Modes
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the number of completion queue resources to allocate. Configure a count between 1 and 521. In general, the number of completion queues equals the number of transmit queues plus the number of receive queues.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the number of completion queue resources for an Ethernet policy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set recv-queue count 100 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # set trans-queue count 100 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # set comp-queue count 200 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set recv-queue count |
|
set trans-queue count |
|
show eth-policy |
|
set console-redir-config baud-rate
To set the serial port transmission speed of a serial port used for server management tasks, use the set console-redir-config baud-rate command.
set console-redir-config baud-rate { 115200 | 57600 | 38400 | 19200 | 9600 | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| 115200 | 57600 | 38400 | 19200 | 9600 | Specifies the serial port baud rate. |
| platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Platform BIOS defaults (/system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
If a serial port can be used for management tasks, use this command to set the serial port transmission speed so that it matches the rate of the remote terminal application.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy specifying that serial port A is configured for management tasks and operates at 19200 baud:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set console-redir-config console-redir serial-port-a switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set console-redir-config baud-rate 19200 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
set console-redir-config console-redir
To specify whether a serial port can be used for server management tasks, use the set console-redir-config console-redir command.
set console-redir-config console-redir { disabled | serial-port-a | serial-port-b | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| disabled | Serial ports cannot be used for management tasks. |
| serial-port-a | Serial port A is configured for management tasks. |
| serial-port-b | Serial port B is configured for management tasks. |
| platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Platform BIOS defaults (/system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify whether a serial port can be used for server management tasks.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy specifying that serial port A is configured for management tasks:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set console-redir-config console-redir serial-port-a switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
set contact
To configure a primary Call Home contact person for the customer organization, use the set contact command.
set contact contact
Syntax Description
| contact | The name of the primary contact person. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure a primary Call Home contact person for the customer organization. The contact name will be included in Call Home messages. Enter up to 255 characters. If the name includes spaces, you must enclose your entry in quotes (" ").
Examples
This example shows how to configure a primary contact name:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # set contact "Jane Doe" switch-A /monitoring/callhome* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
set contract-id
To configure the customer contract ID for the monitored equipment, use the set contract-id command.
set contract-id contract-id
Syntax Description
| contract-id | Customer contract identifier. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the customer contract ID to be included in Call Home messages for the monitored equipment. The ID can contain up to 512 characters.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the customer contract ID:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # set contract-id ExampleCorp1234 switch-A /monitoring/callhome* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
set core-export-target path
To specify the path to use when exporting the core file to the remote server, use the set core-export-target path command.
set core-export-target path path
Syntax Description
| path | Specifies a path on the remote server. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
System debug (/monitoring/sysdebug)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the path to use when exporting the core file to the remote server. The path can be up to 512 characters.
Examples
This example shows how to specify the remote server path for exporting the core file:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # set core-export-target path /root/CoreFiles/core switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show core-export-target |
|
set core-export-target port
To specify the port number to use when exporting the core file by TFTP, use the set core-export-target port command.
set core-export-target port port
Syntax Description
| port | Specifies the port number to be used for the TFTP transfer. |
Command Default
The standard TFTP port number (69) is used.
Command Modes
System debug (/monitoring/sysdebug)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the port number to use when exporting the core file by TFTP. The range of valid values is 1 to 65535; the default is 69, the standard TFTP port number.
Examples
This example shows how to specify the port number on the remote server for exporting the core file:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # set core-export-target port 45000 switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show core-export-target |
|
set core-export-target server-description
To provide a description of the remote server that stores the core file, use the set core-export-target server-description command.
set core-export-target server-description description
Syntax Description
| description | A description of the remote server that stores the core file. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
System debug (/monitoring/sysdebug)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to provide a description of the remote server that stores the core file. The description can be up to 256 characters. If your description includes spaces, special characters, or punctuation, you must begin and end your description with quotation marks (" "). The quotation marks will not appear in the description field of any show command output.
Examples
This example shows how to provide a description of the remote server for exporting the core file:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # set core-export-target server-description CoreFile102.168.10.10 switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show core-export-target |
|
set core-export-target server-name
To specify the name or IP address of the remote server that stores the core file, use the set core-export-target server-name command.
set core-export-target server-name server-name
Syntax Description
| server-name | The name or IP address of the remote server. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
System debug (/monitoring/sysdebug)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the name or IP address of the remote server that stores the core file. The server name can be up to 255 characters.
Examples
This example shows how to specify the remote server name for exporting the core file:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # set core-export-target server-name 192.168.10.10 switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show core-export-target |
|
set cos
To set up CoS (Class of Service), use the set cos command.
set cos { cos | any }
Syntax Description
| cos | Class of Service. The range of valid values is 0 to 6. |
| any | Specifies any level of CoS. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet classified (/eth-server/cos/eth-classified)
Fibre Channel default (/eth-server/cos/fc-default)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to restrict the passage of traffic. A higher value indicates more important traffic. Setting CoS at 6 specifies the most important traffic.
Examples
This example shows how to set up CoS:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope cos switch-A /eth-server/qos # scope eth-classified switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified # set cos 6 switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-best-effort |
|
show eth-classified |
|
set customer-id
To configure customer identifier (ID) information for Call Home messages, use the set customer-id command.
set customer-id customer-id
Syntax Description
| customer-id | Customer identifier text information. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure customer identifier information to be included in Call Home messages for the monitored equipment. Enter up to 512 characters.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the customer ID:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # set customer-id ExampleCorp switch-A /monitoring/callhome* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
set data-center
To set up a data center, use the set data-center command.
set data-center datacenter-name
Syntax Description
| datacenter-name | The name of the data center. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Pending deletion (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/pending-deletion)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to set up a data center:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope pending-deletion switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/pending-deletion # set data-center dc1 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/pending-deletion #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show pending-deletion |
|
set data-center-folder
To set up a data center folder, use the set data-center-folder command.
set data-center-folder datacenter-folder-name
Syntax Description
| datacenter-folder-name | The name of the data center. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Pending deletion (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/pending-deletion)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to set up a data center folder:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope pending-deletion switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/pending-deletion # set data-center-folder dcf1 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/pending-deletion #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show data-center-folder |
|
show pending-deletion |
|
set deescalating
To specify the class property threshold value for de-escalating an event, use the set escalating command.
set deescalating value
Syntax Description
| value | The property value at which the event will be de-escalated. See the Usage Guidelines for the required format. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics class property threshold value (/org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property/threshold-value)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Note |
You can specify both de-escalating and escalating class property threshold values. |
Examples
This example creates an above normal warning threshold of 50° C, de-escalating the warning at 49° C:
switch-A /org* # scope stats-threshold-policy ServStatsPolicy switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy* # create class cpu-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # create property cpu-temp switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property* # set normal-value 48.5 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property* # create threshold-value above-normal warning switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property/threshold-value* # set escalating 50.0 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property/threshold-value* # set deescalating 49.0 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property/threshold-value* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property/threshold-value #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set escalating |
|
set default-net
To set the current interface or VLAN as the default network, use the set default-net command.
set default-net { no | yes }
Syntax Description
| no | Specifies that the current interface or VLAN is not the default network. |
| yes | Specifies that the current interface or VLAN is the default network. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic/eth-if)
Virtual NIC template (/org/vnic-templ/eth-if)
VMware port profile VLAN (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/port-profiles/port-profile/vlan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the current interface or VLAN as the default network.
Examples
This example shows how to create an Ethernet interface and make the interface the default network:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic vn10 switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic # create eth-if if10 switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic/eth-if* # set default-net yes switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic/eth-if* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic/eth-if #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-if |
|
show vlan |
|
set descr
To set a description, use the set descr command.
set descr description
Syntax Description
| description | Description. The range of valid values is 1 to 256. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Backup (/system/backup)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy)
Virtual NIC template (/org/vnic-templ)
Statistics threshold policy under organization (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
MAC pool (/org/mac-pool)
Partition (/org/local-disk-config/partition)
Import configuration (/system/import-config)
Pooling policy (/org/pooling-policy)
VMM provider (/system/vm-mgmt/vmm-provider)
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
UUID suffix pool (/org/uuid-suffix-pool)
Pin group under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/pin-group)
Fibre Channel profile (/org/fc-profile)
SoL (/org/service-profile/sol)
IP pool (/org/ip-pool)
Ethernet profile (/org/eth-profile)
Statistics threshold policy under Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Server discovery policy (/org/server-disc-policy)
Pin group under Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/pin-group)
PSU policy (/org/psu-policy)
Boot policy (/org/boot-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Local disk configuration under organization (/org/local-disk-config)
Virtual HBA template (/org/vhba-templ)
Firmware management pack (/org/fw-mgmt-pack)
Initiator (/org/wwn-pool/initiator)
Boot definition (/org/service-profile/boot-def)
Chassis discovery policy under organization (/org/chassis-disc-policy)
Automatic configuration policy (/org/autoconfig-policy)
SoL policy (/org/sol-policy)
Scrub policy (/org/scrub-policy)
Local disk configuration under service profile (/org/service-profile/local-disk-config)
Firmware host pack under organization (/org/fw-host-pack)
Port profile (/eth-uplink/port-profile)
WWN pool (/org/wwn-pool)
Server inherit policy under organization (/org/server-inherit-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
If your description includes spaces, special characters, or punctuation, you must begin and end your description with quotation marks. The quotation marks will not appear in the description field of any show command output
Examples
This example shows how to set a description:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope boot-policy boot100 switch-A /org/boot-policy # set descr bootOnce switch-A /org/boot-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/boot-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show boot-policy |
|
show detail |
|
set description
To set the description of the VCenter server, use the set description command.
set description server-description
Syntax Description
| server-description | The description of the server. |
Command Default
The description field is left empty.
Command Modes
VCenter (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The description of the VCenter server should be a unique set of numbers, letters, or a combination of numbers and letters that identifies the server. The range of valid values is 1 to 256. If your description includes spaces, special characters, or punctuation, you must begin and end your description with quotation marks. The quotation marks will not appear in the description field of any show command output.
Examples
This example shows how to set the description of the VCenter server:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter marComm switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # set description marketingVCenter switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show vcenter |
|
set descr (vcon-policy)
To set up a description for a vCon policy (vNIC/vHBA placement profile), use the set descr command.
set descr policy-description
Syntax Description
| policy-description | The description of the policy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
vCon policy (/org/vcon-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Provides a description for the vNIC/vHBA placement profile. vCon policies determine the placement and distribution of vNICs and vHBAs between the adapters for a server that has more than one adapter.
If your description includes spaces, special characters, or punctuation, you must begin and end your description with quotation marks. The quotation marks will not appear in the description field of any show command output.
Examples
This example shows how to set up a description for a vCon policy:
switch-A# scope org / switch-A /org # scope vcon-policy vcp100 switch-A /org # set descr "Control policy for vNIC 1 and 2" switch-A /org* # commit-buffer switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vcon |
|
show vcon-policy |
|
set destination org
To specify the organization for which the server is to be used, use the set destination org command.
used
set destination org destination
Syntax Description
| destination | Organization name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server automatic configuration policy (/org/server-autoconfig-policy)
Server inherit policy (/org/server-inherit-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the organization for which the server is to be used.
Examples
This example shows how to specify the organization for which the server is to be used:
server-A# scope org / server-A /org* # create server-autoconfig-policy AutoConfigFinance server-A /org/server-autoconfig-policy* # set destination org finance server-A /org/server-autoconfig-policy* # commit-buffer server-A /org/server-autoconfig-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show server-autoconfig-policy |
|
show server-inherit-policy |
|
set disk-scrub
To specify whether the local disks are erased when the server is disassociated from a service profile, use the set disk-scrub command.
set disk-scrub { no | yes }
Syntax Description
| no | Disables disk scrub. The disk contents are preserved. |
| yes | Enables disk scrub. The disk contents are erased. |
Command Default
Disk scrub is disabled.
Command Modes
Scrub policy (/org/scrub-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command in a scrub policy to specify whether the local disk contents are erased or preserved when the server is disassociated from a service profile. The action taken is as follows:
Examples
This example shows how to set disk scrub:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope scrub-policy scrub101 switch-A /org/scrub-policy # set disk-scrub yes switch-A /org/scrub-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/scrub-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show server-inherit-policy |
|
show scrub-policy |
|
set domain-name
To specify a domain name, use the set domain-name command.
set domain-name domain-name
Syntax Description
| domain-name | The name of the domain. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify a domain name. Enter up to 255 characters.
Examples
This example shows how to specify a domain name:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope services switch-A /system/services # set domain-name example.com switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show domain-name |
|
set drop
To specify whether the channel can drop packets, use the set drop command.
set drop { drop | no-drop }
Syntax Description
| drop | The channel can drop packets. |
| no-drop | The channel cannot drop packets. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet classified (/eth-server/qos/eth-classified)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Note |
Only one system class can use the no-drop option. |
Examples
This example shows how to specify that the QoS bronze class channel can drop packets:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope qos switch-A /eth-server/qos # scope eth-classified bronze switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified # set drop drop switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-classified |
|
set dvs
To specify which port profile a DVS is applied to, use the set dvs command.
set dvs folder-name
Syntax Description
| folder-name | The name of the folder. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Client (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile/client)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to specify which port profile a DVS is applied to:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope profile-set switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # scope port-profile switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile # scope client cl100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile/client # set dvs dvs100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile/client* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile/client #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show client |
|
show port-profile |
|
set dynamic-eth
To configure the number of dynamic vNICs, use the set dynamic-eth command.
set dynamic-eth { dynamic-eth | off }
Syntax Description
| dynamic-eth | Specifies the number of dynamic vNICs. Enter a value from 0 to 88. |
| off | Dynamic vNICs are not available. |
Command Default
54 dynamic vNICs are available.
Command Modes
Dynamic vNIC connectivity policy (/org/dynamic-vnic-conn-policy)
Hypervisor connection (/org/service-profile/hv-conn)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the number of dynamic vNICs.
Examples
This example shows how to configure 30 dynamic vNICs:
switch-A# scope org org30a switch-A /org/ # scope dynamic-vnic-conn-policy test30a switch-A /org/dynamic-vnic-conn-policy # set dynamic-eth 30 switch-A /org/dynamic-vnic-conn-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/dynamic-vnic-conn-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show dynamic-vnic-conn-policy |
|
show hv-conn |
|
set email
To configure a primary contact email address, use the set email command.
set email email
Syntax Description
| Email address. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Local user (/security/local-user)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure a primary contact email address to be included in Call Home messages. Specify the email address in the format <name>@<domain name>.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a primary contact email address:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # set email admin@example.com switch-A /monitoring/callhome* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
show event |
|
set enforce-vnic-name
To select whether the vNIC name is enforced, use the set enforce-vnic-name command.
set enforce-vnic-name { no | yes }
Syntax Description
| no | The vNIC name is not enforced. |
| yes | The vNIC name is enforced. |
Command Default
The vNIC name is not enforced.
Command Modes
Boot policy (/org/boot-policy)
Boot definition (/org/service-profile/boot-def)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enforce the vNIC name:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope boot-policy bp112 switch-A /org/boot-policy # set enforce-vnic-name yes switch-A /org/boot-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/boot-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show boot-policy |
|
set enhanced-intel-speedstep-config
To specify whether Enhanced Intel SpeedStep Technology is enabled, use the set enhanced-intel-speedstep-config command.
set enhanced-intel-speedstep-config speed-step { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| disabled | The processor never dynamically adjusts its voltage or frequency. |
| enabled | The processor utilizes Enhanced Intel SpeedStep Technology and enables all supported processor sleep states to further conserve power. |
| platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Platform BIOS defaults (/system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify whether the processor uses Enhanced Intel SpeedStep Technology that allows the system to dynamically adjust processor voltage and core frequency, which can result in decreased average power consumption and decreased average heat production. Contact your operating system vendor to make sure the operating system supports this feature.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy specifying that Enhanced Intel SpeedStep Technology is enabled:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set enhanced-intel-speedstep-config speed-step enabled switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
set error-recovery error-detect-timeout
To configure the Fibre Channel error detection timeout, use the set error-recovery error-detect-timeout command.
set error-recovery error-detect-timeout error-detect-timeout
Syntax Description
| error-detect-timeout | Timeout in milliseconds (msec). |
Command Default
Command Modes
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
| 1.1(1) |
This command was deprecated. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the Fibre Channel error detection timeout.
Examples
This example shows how to configure an error detection timeout of 2 seconds:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter fc-policy FcPolicy19 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set error-recovery error-detect-timeout 2000 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show error-recovery |
|
set error-recovery fcp-error-recovery
To enable or disable Fibre Channel Protocol (FCP) error recovery, use the set error-recovery fcp-error-recovery command.
set error-recovery fcp-error-recovery { disabled | enabled }
Syntax Description
| disabled | FCP error recovery is disabled. |
| enabled | FCP error recovery is enabled. |
Command Default
Disabled
Command Modes
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable or disable Fibre Channel Protocol (FCP) error recovery.
Examples
This example shows how to enable FCP error recovery:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter fc-policy FcPolicy19 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set error-recovery fcp-error-recovery enabled switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show error-recovery |
|
set error-recovery link-down-timeout
To configure a link down timeout, use the set error-recovery link-down-timeout command.
set error-recovery link-down-timeout link-down-timeout
Syntax Description
| link-down-timeout | The timeout in milliseconds (msec). |
Command Default
30000 msec (30 seconds)
Command Modes
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure a link down timeout. Enter a value between 0 and 240000 msec.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a link down timeout of 60 seconds:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter fc-policy FcPolicy19 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set error-recovery link-down-timeout 60000 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show error-recovery |
|
set error-recovery port-down-io-retry-count
To configure the number of port down I/O retries, use the set error-recovery port-down-io-retry-count command.
set error-recovery port-down-io-retry-count port-down-io-retry-count
Syntax Description
| port-down-io-retry-count | The number of retries. |
Command Default
The number of retries is 8.
Command Modes
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the number of port down I/O retries. Enter a value between 0 and 255.
Examples
This example shows how to configure 100 port down I/O retries:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter fc-policy FcPolicy19 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set error-recovery port-down-io-retry-count 100 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show error-recovery |
|
set error-recovery port-down-timeout
To configure a port down timeout, use the set error-recovery port-down-timeout command.
set error-recovery port-down-timeout port-down-timeout
Syntax Description
| port-down-timeout | The timeout in milliseconds (msec). |
Command Default
30000 msec (30 seconds)
Command Modes
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure a port down timeout. Enter a value between 0 and 240000 msec.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a port down timeout of 60 seconds:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter fc-policy FcPolicy19 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set error-recovery port-down-timeout 60000 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show error-recovery |
|
set error-recovery resource-allocation-timeout
To configure the Fibre Channel resource allocation timeout, use the set error-recovery resource-allocation-timeout command.
set error-recovery resource-allocation-timeout resource-allocation-timeout
Syntax Description
| resource-allocation-timeout | Timeout in milliseconds (msec). |
Command Default
Command Modes
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
| 1.1(1) |
This command was deprecated. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the Fibre Channel resource allocation timeout.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a resource allocation timeout of 2 seconds:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter fc-policy FcPolicy19 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set error-recovery resource-allocation-timeout 2000 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show error-recovery |
|
set escalating
To specify the class property threshold value for escalating an event, use the set escalating command.
set escalating value
Syntax Description
| value | The property value at which the event will be escalated. See the Usage Guidelines for the required format. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics class property threshold value (/org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property/threshold-value)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Note |
You can specify both de-escalating and escalating class property threshold values. |
Examples
This example creates an above normal warning threshold of 50° C:
switch-A /org* # scope stats-threshold-policy ServStatsPolicy switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy* # create class cpu-stats switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class* # create property cpu-temp switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property* # set normal-value 48.5 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property* # create threshold-value above-normal warning switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property/threshold-value* # set escalating 50.0 switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property/threshold-value* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property/threshold-value #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set deescalating |
|
set expiration
To set the expiration date, use the set expiration command.
set expiration { never | { apr | aug | dec | feb | jan | jul | jun | mar | may | nov | oct | sep } day year }
Syntax Description
| never | Specifies |
| apr | Specifies April. |
| aug | Specifies August. |
| dec | Specifies December. |
| feb | Specifies February. |
| jan | Specifies January. |
| jul | Specifies July. |
| jun | Specifies June. |
| mar | Specifies March. |
| may | Specifies May. |
| nov | Specifies November. |
| oct | Specifies October. |
| sep | Specifies September. |
| day | Day. |
| year | Year. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local user (/security/local-user)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the date the user account expires.
Examples
This example shows how to set the expiration date:
switch-A#scope security switch-A /security # scope local-user lu1 switch-A /security/local-user # set expiration 30 nov switch-A /security* # commit-buffer switch-A /security #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show local-user |
|
show remote-user |
|
set fabric
To specify the fabric connection for a vHBA or vNIC template, use the set fabric command.
set fabric { a | a-b | b | b-a }
Syntax Description
| a | Specifies fabric A. |
| a-b | Specifies redundant operation with fabric A as primary. |
| b | Specifies fabric A. |
| b-a | Specifies redundant operation with fabric B as primary. |
Command Default
The interface connects to Fabric A.
Command Modes
Virtual HBA template (/org/vhba-templ)
Virtual NIC template (/org/vnic-templ)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the fabric connection for a vHBA (virtual host bus adapter) or vNIC (virtual network interface card) template. The redundant options are available only for vNICs.
Examples
This example shows how to specify a fabric B connection for a vNIC template.
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope vnic-templ sp10 switch-A /org/vnic-templ # set fabric b switch-A /org/vnic-templ* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/vnic-templ #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vhba-templ |
|
show vnic-templ |
|
set failover timeout
To configure the availability time before the system resumes use of a recovered primary interface, use the set failover timeout command.
set failover timeout timeout
Syntax Description
| timeout | Number of seconds that the recovered interface must be available before it can be used. |
Command Default
The failover timeout is 5 seconds.
Command Modes
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
After the primary interface of a vNIC has recovered from a failure, the system waits the duration of the failover timeout before switching back from the secondary interface to the primary interface. Use this command to set the failover timeout, specifying how long the primary interface must be available before the system resumes using the primary interface. Enter a number of seconds between 0 and 600.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a 60 second failover timeout for an Ethernet policy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set failover timeout 60 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-policy |
|
set fc-if name
To configure a name for the Fibre Channel interface, use the set fc-if name command.
set fc-if name name
Syntax Description
| name | Interface name. The name can contain up to 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)
Virtual HBA template (/org/vhba-templ)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure a name for the Fibre Channel interface in a vHBA (virtual host bus adapter).
Examples
This example shows how to configure a name for the Fibre Channel interface in a vHBA template:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope vhba-templ sp10 switch-A /org/vhba-templ # set fc-if name if10 switch-A /org/vhba-templ* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/vhba-templ #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vhba-templ |
|
set fcoe-vlan
To enable FCoE for the specified VLAN, use the set fcoe-vlan command.
set fcoe-vlan { fcoe-vlan | default }
Syntax Description
| fcoe-vlan | Specifies the VLAN number for enabling FCoE. |
| default | FCoE is enabled on the default VLAN. |
Command Default
FCoE is enabled on the default VLAN.
Command Modes
VSAN (/fc-uplink/vsan)
VSAN (/fc-uplink/fabric/vsan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) for the specified VLAN or the default VLAN. Valid ranges for the VLAN are 1 to 3967 and 4048 to 4093.
Examples
This example enables FCoE for VLAN 1000:
switch-A# scope fc-uplink fc1000 switch-A /fc-uplink # scope vsan vsTest 1000 1000 switch-A /fc-uplink/vsan # set fcoe-vlan 1000 switch-A /fc-uplink/vsan* # commit-buffer switch-A /fc-uplink/vsan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vsan |
|
set file size
To specify the size limit of the management logging file, use the set file size command.
set file size size
Syntax Description
| size | Specifies the file size limit. The range is 1000000 (1M) to 10000000 (10M) bytes; the default is 5242880 bytes. |
Command Default
The file size limit is 5242880 bytes.
Command Modes
Management logging (/monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the size limit of the management logging file.
Examples
This example shows how to specify the size limit of the management logging file:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # scope mgmt-logging switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging # set file size 10000000 switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show (mgmt-logging) |
|
set filter
To set up a filter, use the set filter command.
set filter name
Syntax Description
| name | Filter name. The range of valid values is 1 to 63. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
LDAP (/security/ldap)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to restrict database searches to records that contain the specified filter.
Examples
This example shows how to set up a filter:
switch-A#scope security switch-A /security # scope ldap switch-A /security/ldap # set filter domainNames switch-A /security/ldap* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/ldap #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ldap |
|
show tacacs |
|
set firstname
To set the first name, use the set firstname command.
set firstname name
Syntax Description
| name | First name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local user (/security/local-user)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to set the first name:
switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # scope local-user lu1
switch-A /security/local-user # set firstname bob
switch-A /security/local-user* # commit-buffer
switch-A /security/local-user #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show local-user |
|
show remote-user |
|
set flap-interval
To configure the length of time the system waits before changing a fault state, use the set flap-interval command.
set retention-interval seconds
Syntax Description
| seconds | Specifies the interval during which the fault state is not allowed to change again after a state change. The range is 5 to 3600 seconds; the default is 10 seconds. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fault-policy (/monitoring/fault-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Flapping occurs when a fault is raised and cleared several times in rapid succession. To prevent flapping, use the set flap-interval command to freeze the fault state until the flapping interval has elapsed after the last state change. If the fault is raised again during the flapping interval, it returns to the active state; otherwise, the fault is cleared.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the fault state flap interval to 10 seconds:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope fault policy switch-A /monitoring/fault-policy* # set flap-interval 10 switch-A /monitoring/fault-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/fault-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fault policy |
|
set flow-control-policy
To set up a flow control policy, use the set flow-control-policy command.
set flow-control-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Flow control policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Port channel (/eth-uplink/fabric/port-channel)
Interface (/eth-uplink/fabric/interface)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to set up a flow control policy:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # scope fabric b switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric # scope interface 1 2 switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/interface # set flow-control-policy fcp110 switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/interface* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/interface #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show interface |
|
show port-channel |
|
set folder
To set up a folder, use the set folder command.
set folder folder-name
Syntax Description
| folder-name | The name of the folder. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Pending deletion (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/pending-deletion)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use data-center mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter data-center mode:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter vc1 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # scope data-center dc1 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show vcenter |
|
set forged-transmit
To allow or disallow the forging of MAC addresses, use the set forged-transmit command.
set forged-transmit { allow | | deny }
Syntax Description
| allow | Specifies that the server is allowed to forge MAC addresses. |
| deny | Specifies that the server is not allowed to forge MAC addresses. |
Command Default
Forged transmit is allowed.
Command Modes
MAC security (org/nwctrl/mac-security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to allow or disallow the forging of MAC addresses by the server when sending frames. When port security is enabled in the network, MAC address forging should be disabled for the vNICs. You can include the set forged-transmit command in a network control policy and then apply the policy in a vNIC service profile.
Examples
This example shows how to create a network control policy that disables the forging of MAC addresses:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # create nwctrl-policy testPolicy switch-A /org/nwctrl* # create mac-security switch-A /org/nwctrl/mac-security* # set forged-transmit deny switch-A /org/nwctrl/mac-security* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/nwctrl #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show mac-security |
|
show nwctrl-policy |
|
set format
To configure the format of Call Home messages, use the set format command.
set format { fulltxt | shorttxt | xml }
Syntax Description
| fulltxt | Specifies the long text format. |
| shorttxt | Specifies the short text format. |
| xml | Specifies the XML format. This is the default format. |
Command Default
Messages are sent in XML format.
Command Modes
Profile (/monitoring/callhome/profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
1.1(1) |
This command was modified to add the fulltxt keyword. |
Usage Guidelines
-
Full text— Provides a fully formatted message with detailed information that is suitable for human reading.
-
Short text—Provides a one or two line description of the fault that is suitable for printed reports or for communication with mobile devices.
-
XML— Provides the Adaptive Messaging Language (AML) XML data structure required for communication with the Cisco Technical Assistance Center. The AML XML schema definition (XSD) is published on the Cisco website. XML is the default format.
Examples
This example shows how to configure Call Home messages for XML format:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # enter profile TestProfile switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile* # set format xml switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
set from-email
To configure an email address that will appear in the From field in Call Home email messages, use the set from-email command.
set from-email from-email
Syntax Description
| from-email | Email address. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure an email address that will appear in the From field in Call Home email messages. Specify the email address in the format <name>@<domain name>. If no address is specified, the contact email address is used.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a From email address:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # set from-email admin@example.com switch-A /monitoring/callhome* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
set host
To set up a host, use the set host command.
set host host-name
Syntax Description
| host-name | The name of the host. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Pending deletion (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/pending-deletion)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use data-center mode to perform the following tasks:
Examples
This example shows how to enter data-center mode:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter vc1 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # scope data-center dc1 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show vcenter |
|
set host-fw-policy
To set the host firmware policy, use the set host-fw-policy command.
set host-fw-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Host firmware policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to associate the specified host firmware policy with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode.
Examples
This example shows how to set the host firmware policy:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile servProf10 switch-A /org/service-profile # set host-fw-policy hostFP10 switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show assoc |
|
show service-profile |
|
set hostname
To set the server hostname, use the set hostname command.
set hostname host-name
Syntax Description
| host-name | The host name fo the server. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
VCenter (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced for callhome mode. |
1.1(1) |
This command was introduced for vcenter mode. |
Usage Guidelines
For callhome mode, the fully qualified domain name or IP address of the SMTP server. For vcenter mode, the hostname or IP address of the VCenter server. Enter an IP address using the format X.X.X.X, or a host name of up to 512 characters.
Examples
This example shows how to set the SMTP server host name:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # set hostname smtp.example.com switch-A /monitoring/callhome* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set port |
|
show callhome |
|
set hostname
To create a host name, use the set hostname command in server mode.
set hostname host-name
Syntax Description
| host-name | The name of the server. The name can be a name or an IP address. The range of valid values for a name is 1 to 255. The format for an IP address is N.N.N.N. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VCenter (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to create a host name for the VCenter:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter marComm switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # set hostname marComm10 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show vcenter |
|
set http port
To set up an HTTP port, use the set http port command.
set http port port
Syntax Description
| port | Port identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 65535. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Cisco recommends that you enable only the communication services that are required to interface with other network applications.
Examples
This example shows how to set up an HTTP port:
switch-A#scope system switch-A /system # scope services switch-A /system/services # set http port 100 switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cimxml |
|
show http |
|
set https keyring
To set up an HTTPS keyring, use the set https keyring command.
set https keyring keyring
Syntax Description
| keyring | Keyring name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
When the HTTPS keyring is modified using the set https keyring command, all current HTTP and HTTPS sessions will be closed without any warning.
Examples
This example shows how to set up an HTTPS keyring:
switch-A#scope system switch-A /system # scope services switch-A /system/services # set https keyring kr100 switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show http |
|
show keyring |
|
set https port
To set up an HTTPS port, use the set https port command.
set https port port
Syntax Description
| port | Port identification number. The range of valid values is 1 to 65535. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Cisco recommends that you enable only the communication services that are required to interface with other network applications.
Examples
This example shows how to set up an HTTP port:
switch-A#scope system switch-A /system # scope services switch-A /system/services # set https port 200 switch-A /system/services* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cimxml |
|
show http |
|
set hyper-threading-config
To specify whether Intel Hyper-Threading Technology is enabled, use the set hyper-threading-config command.
set hyper-threading-config hyper-threading { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| disabled | The processor does not permit the parallel execution of multiple threads. |
| enabled | The processor allows the parallel execution of multiple threads. |
| platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify whether the processor uses Intel Hyper-Threading Technology, which allows multithreaded software applications to execute threads in parallel within each processor. Contact your operating system vendor to make sure the operating system supports this feature.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy specifying that Intel Hyper-Threading Technology is enabled:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set hyper-threading-config hyper-threading enabled switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
set identity dynamic-mac
To configure a dynamic MAC address for a vNIC, use the set identity dynamic-mac command.
set identity dynamic-mac { dynamic-mac | derived }
Syntax Description
| dynamic-mac | Specifies a unique MAC address in the form nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn. |
| derived | Derive the MAC address from a pool, if available, or from a MAC address burned into the hardware at manufacture. |
Command Default
The MAC address is derived.
Command Modes
Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure a dynamic MAC address for a virtual NIC (vNIC).
To specify a pool of MAC addresses for dynamic assignment, use the set identity mac-pool command.
Examples
This example shows how to specify a dynamic MAC address for a vNIC:
server-A# scope org /
server-A /org # scope service-profile ServInst90
server-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic dynamic-prot-001
server-A /org/service-profile/vnic # set identity dynamic-mac 01:23:45:67:89:ab
server-A /org/service-profile/vnic* # commit-buffer
server-A /org/service-profile/vnic #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set identity mac-pool |
|
show vnic |
|
set identity dynamic-uuid
To configure how the server acquires a dynamic UUID, use the set identity dynamic-uuid command.
set identity dynamic-uuid { dynamic-uuid | derived }
Syntax Description
| dynamic-uuid | Specifies a unique UUID in the form nnnnnnnn-nnnn-nnnn-nnnnnnnnnnnn. |
| derived | Derive the UUID from a pool, if available, or from the UUID burned into the hardware at manufacture. |
Command Default
The dynamic UUID is derived.
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure how the server acquires a dynamic universally unique identifier (UUID) in a service profile.
To specify a pool of UUID suffixes for dynamic assignment, use the set identity uuid-suffix-pool command.
Examples
This example shows how to specify a dynamic UUID for a service profile:
server-A# scope org /
server-A /org # scope service-profile ServInst90
server-A /org/service-profile # set identity dynamic-uuid 01234567-89ab-cdef-0123-456789abcdef
server-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer
server-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set identity uuid-suffix-pool |
|
show service-profile identity |
|
set identity dynamic-wwnn
To configure how the server acquires a dynamic WWNN, use the set identity dynamic-wwnn command.
set identity dynamic-wwnn { dynamic-wwnn | derived }
Syntax Description
| dynamic-wwnn | Create a unique WWNN in the form hh:hh:hh:hh:hh:hh:hh:hh. |
| derived | Derive the WWNN from a pool, if available, or from a WWNN burned into the hardware at manufacture. |
Command Default
The dynamic WWNN is derived.
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure how the server acquires a dynamic world wide node name (WWNN) for vHBAs in a service profile.
To specify a pool of WWN names for dynamic assignment, use the set identity wwnn-pool command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a dynamic WWNN for vHBAs in a service profile
server-A# scope org /
server-A /org # scope service-profile ServInst90
server-A /org/service-profile # set identity dynamic-wwnn 01:23:45:67:89:ab:cd:ef
server-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer
server-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set identity wwnn-pool |
|
show service-profile identity |
|
set identity dynamic-wwpn
To configure how the server acquires a dynamic WWPN, use the set identity dynamic-wwpn command.
set identity dynamic-wwpn { dynamic-wwpn | derived }
Syntax Description
| dynamic-wwpn | Create a unique WWPN in the form hh:hh:hh:hh:hh:hh:hh:hh. |
| derived | Derive the WWPN from a WWPN pool, if available, or from a WWPN burned into the hardware at manufacture. |
Command Default
The dynamic WWPN is derived.
Command Modes
Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure how the server acquires a dynamic world wide port name (WWPN) for a vHBA in a service profile.
To specify a pool of WWPNs for dynamic assignment, use the set identity wwpn-pool command.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a dynamic WWPN for a vHBA in a service profile:
server-A# scope org /
server-A /org # scope service-profile ServInst90
server-A /org/service-profile # scope vhba vhba3
server-A /org/service-profile/vhba # set identity dynamic-wwpn 01:23:45:67:89:ab:cd:ef
server-A /org/service-profile/vhba* # commit-buffer
server-A /org/service-profile/vhba #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set identity wwpn-pool |
|
show vhba |
|
set identity mac-pool
To specify a pool of MAC addresses for dynamic assignment, use the set identity mac-pool command.
set identity mac-pool mac-pool
Syntax Description
| mac-pool | Name of a MAC address pool. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify an existing pool of MAC addresses for dynamic assignment to a vNIC in a service profile.
Examples
This example shows how to specify a dynamic MAC address pool for a vNIC in a service profile:
server-A# scope org /
server-A /org # scope service-profile ServInst90
server-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic dynamic-prot-001
server-A /org/service-profile/vnic # set identity mac-pool MyMacPool3
server-A /org/service-profile/vnic* # commit-buffer
server-A /org/service-profile/vnic #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create mac-pool |
|
show vnic |
|
set identity uuid-suffix-pool
To specify a pool of UUID suffixes for dynamic assignment, use the set identity uuid-suffix-pool command.
set identity uuid-suffix-pool uuid-suffix-pool
Syntax Description
| uuid-suffix-pool | Name of a UUID suffix pool. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify an existing pool of universally unique identifier (UUID) suffixes for dynamic assignment to vHBAs in a service profile.
Examples
This example shows how to specify a UUID suffix pool for a service profile:
server-A# scope org /
server-A /org # scope service-profile ServInst90
server-A /org/service-profile # set identity uuid-suffix-pool MyUuidPool3
server-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer
server-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create uuid-suffix-pool |
|
show service-profile |
|
set identity wwnn-pool
To specify a pool of WWN names for dynamic assignment, use the set identity wwnn-pool command.
set identity wwnn-pool wwnn-pool
Syntax Description
| wwnn-pool | Name of a WWNN pool. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify an existing pool of world wide node names (WWNN) for dynamic assignment to vHBAs in a service profile.
Examples
This example shows how to specify a WWNN pool for a service profile:
server-A# scope org /
server-A /org # scope service-profile ServInst90
server-A /org/service-profile # set identity wwnn-pool MyWwnnPool3
server-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer
server-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create wwn-pool |
|
show service-profile identity |
|
set identity wwpn-pool
To specify a pool of world wide port names (WWPN) for dynamic assignment, use the set identity wwpn-pool command.
set identity wwpn-pool wwpn-pool
Syntax Description
| wwpn-pool | Name of a WWPN pool. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify an existing pool of world wide port names (WWPN) for dynamic assignment to a vHBA in a service profile.
Examples
This example shows how to specify a dynamic WWPN pool for a vHBA in a service profile:
server-A# scope org /
server-A /org # scope service-profile ServInst90
server-A /org/service-profile # scope vhba vhba3
server-A /org/service-profile/vhba # set identity wwpn-pool MyWwpnPool13
server-A /org/service-profile/vhba* # commit-buffer
server-A /org/service-profile/vhba #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create wwpn-pool |
|
show vhba |
|
set intel-turbo-boost-config
To specify whether Intel Turbo Boost Technology is enabled, use the set intel-turbo-boost-config command.
set intel-turbo-boost-config turbo-boost { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| disabled | The processor never increases its frequency automatically. |
| enabled | The processor utilizes Turbo Boost Technology if required. |
| platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Platform BIOS defaults (/system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify whether the processor uses Intel Turbo Boost Technology, which allows the processor to automatically increase its frequency if it is running below power, temperature, or voltage specifications.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy specifying that Intel Turbo Boost Technology is enabled:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set intel-turbo-boost-config turbo-boost enabled switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
set intel-vt-config
To specify whether Intel Virtualization Technology is enabled, use the set intel-vt-config command.
set intel-vt-config vt { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| disabled | The processor does not permit virtualization. |
| enabled | The processor allows multiple operating systems in independent partitions. |
| platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Platform BIOS defaults (/system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify whether the processor uses Intel Virtualization Technology, which allows a platform to run multiple operating systems and applications in independent partitions.
Note |
If you change this option, you must power cycle the server before the setting takes effect. |
Examples
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy specifying that Intel Virtualization Technology is enabled:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set intel-vt-config vt enabled switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
set intel-vt-directed-io-config
To specify whether Intel Virtualization Technology for Directed I/O is enabled, use the set intel-vt-directed-io-config command.
set intel-vt-directed-io-config { ats-support | coherency-support | interrupt-remapping | passthrough-dma | vtd } { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| ats-support | Specifies processor support for Intel VT-d Address Translation Services (ATS). |
| coherency-support | Specifies processor support for Intel VT-d Coherency. |
| interrupt-remapping | Specifies processor support for Intel VT-d Interrupt Remapping. |
| passthrough-dma | Specifies processor support for Intel VT-d Passthrough DMA. |
| vtd | Specifies processor support for Intel Virtualization Technology for Directed I/O. |
| disabled | Processor support for the feature is disabled. |
| enabled | Processor support for the feature is enabled. |
| platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Platform BIOS defaults (/system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure processor support for Intel Virtualization Technology for Directed I/O.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy specifying that Intel Virtualization Technology for Directed I/O is enabled with Intel VT-d Interrupt Remapping:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set intel-vt-directed-io-config vtd enabled switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set intel-vt-directed-io-config interrupt-remapping enabled switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
set interrupt coalescing-time
To configure the waiting time for interrupt coalescing, use the set interrupt coalescing-time command.
set interrupt coalescing-time coalescing-time
Syntax Description
| coalescing-time | Enter a value between 1 and 65535 µsec. To turn off coalescing, enter 0 (zero). |
Command Default
The interrupt coalescing time is 125 µsec.
Command Modes
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the time to wait between interrupts or the idle period that must be encountered before an interrupt is sent. The coalescing behavior is specified by the set interrupt coalescing-type command.
Examples
This example shows how to configure an Ethernet policy with interrupt coalescing:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set interrupt coalescing-time 1000 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # set interrupt coalescing-type min switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set interrupt coalescing-type |
|
show eth-policy |
|
set interrupt coalescing-type
To configure the interrupt coalescing behavior, use the set interrupt coalescing-type command.
set interrupt coalescing-type { idle | min }
Syntax Description
| idle | The system waits for a period of inactivity exceeding the coalescing time before sending another interrupt event. |
| min | The system waits for the coalescing time before sending another interrupt event. |
Command Default
The interrupt coalescing type is min.
Command Modes
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the interrupt coalescing behavior. The coalescing time period for waiting is specified by the set interrupt coalescing-time command.
Examples
This example shows how to configure an Ethernet policy with interrupt coalescing:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set interrupt coalescing-time 1000 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # set interrupt coalescing-type min switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set interrupt coalescing-time |
|
show eth-policy |
|
set interrupt count
To configure the number of interrupt resources to allocate, use the set interrupt count command.
set interrupt count count
Syntax Description
| count | Enter a value between 1 and 514. |
Command Default
The interrupt count is 4.
Command Modes
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the number of interrupt resources to allocate. In general, you should allocate one interrupt resource for each completion queue.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the interrupt resources of an Ethernet adapter policy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set interrupt count 32 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-policy |
|
set interrupt mode
To configure the interrupt mode, use the set interrupt mode command.
set interrupt mode { intx | msi | msi-x }
Syntax Description
| intx | Line interrupt |
| msi | Message-Signaled Interrupt (MSI ) |
| msi-x | Extended Message-Signaled Interrupt |
Command Default
The interrupt mode is msi-x.
Command Modes
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Fibre channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
This example shows how to configure the interrupt mode of an Ethernet adapter policy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # set interrupt mode msi switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-policy |
|
show fc-policy |
|
set interval-days
To configure the number of days between periodic Call Home inventory messages, use the set interval-days command.
set interval-days days
Syntax Description
| days | Number of days between inventory messages. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Inventory (/monitoring/callhome/inventory)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the number of days between periodic Call Home inventory messages. The range is 0 to 30 days; the default is 7 days.
Examples
This example shows how to enable the periodic sending of a Call Home inventory message at 17:30 hours every 14 days:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # scope inventory switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory # set send-periodically on switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # set interval-days 14 switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # set timeofday-hour 17 switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # set timeofday-minute 30 switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set send-periodically |
|
set timeofday-hour |
|
set timeofday-minute |
|
show inventory |
|
set ipmi-access-profile
To set the IPMI access profile, use the set ipmi-access-profile command.
set ipmi-access-profile name
Syntax Description
| name | IPMI access profile name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to associate the specified IPMI access profile with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode.
Examples
This example shows how to set the IPMI access profile:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile servProf10 switch-A /org/service-profile # set ipmi-access-profile iaP10 switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show association |
|
show service-profile |
|
set key (server)
To set the server key for connecting to an authentication server, use the set key command.
set key
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server under TACACS (/security/tacacs/server)
Server under LDAP (/security/ldap/server)
Server under RADIUS (/security/radius/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
When you enter this command, you are prompted to type a key value twice. When you type the key on the command line, it does not display.
The key can be up to 33 characters.
Examples
This example shows how to set a key in server under LDAP mode:
switch-A#scope security switch-A /security # scope ldap switch-A /security/ldap # scope server 192.0.20.246 switch-A /security/ldap/server # set key Enter the key: Confirm the key: switch-A /security/ldap/server* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/ldap/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ldap |
|
show server |
|
set key (extension-key)
To set up the master extension key, use the set key command in extension-key mode.
set key key-name
Syntax Description
| key-name | The name of the key. A unique set of numbers or letters that identifies the key. The range of valid values is 1 to 33. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Extension key (/system/vm-mgmt/extension-key)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to set up the master extension key:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope extension-key switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/extension-key # set key K1 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/extension-key* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/extension-key #
set lastname
To set the user name last name, use the set lastname command.
set lastname name
Syntax Description
| name | Last name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local user (/security/local-user)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to set the user name last name:
switch-A#scope security
switch-A /security # scope local-user lu1
switch-A /security/local-user # set lastname foo
switch-A /security/local-user* # commit-buffer
switch-A /security/local-user #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show local-user |
|
show remote-user |
|
set level
To filter Call Home messages based on their level of urgency, use the set level command.
set level { disaster | fatal | critical | major | minor | warning | notification | normal | debug }
Syntax Description
| disaster | Disaster level (8) |
| fatal | Fatal level (7) |
| critical | Critical level (6) |
| major | Major level (5) |
| minor | Minor level (4) |
| warning | Warning level (3) |
| notification | Notification level (2) |
| normal | Normal level (1) |
| debug | Debug level (0) |
Command Default
The default level is Normal.
Command Modes
Profile (/monitoring/callhome/profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to filter Call Home messages based on their level of urgency. Select the minimum urgency level for generating a Call Home message, with Disaster (8) being the highest urgency and Debug (0) being the lowest. Any message with a level value lower than the configured urgency level is not sent.
Examples
This example shows how to set a threshold urgency level of Critical for sending Call Home messages:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # enter profile TestProfile switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile* # set level critical switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
set local-disk-policy
To set the local disk policy, use the set local-disk-policy command.
set local-disk-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Local disk policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to associate the specified local disk policy with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode.
Examples
This example shows how to set the local disk policy:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile servProf10 switch-A /org/service-profile # set local-disk-policy ldiskP10 switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show association |
|
show service-profile |
|
set lun
To set a LUN name, use the set lun command.
set lun name
Syntax Description
| name | LUN name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
SAN image path (/org/boot-policy/storage/san-image/path)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to set a LUN name:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope boot-policy bp10a switch-A /org/boot-policy # scope storage switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage # scope san-image primary switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage/san-image # scope path primary switch-A /org/service-profile/storage/san-image/path # set lun lun100 switch-A /org/service-profile/path* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/path #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show path |
|
show storage |
|
set lv-dimm-support-config
To specify whether the system prioritizes low voltage or high frequency memory operations, use the set lv-dimm-support-config command.
set lv-dimm-support-config lv-ddr-mode { performance-mode | power-saving-mode | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| performance-mode | The system prioritizes high frequency operations over low voltage operations. |
| power-saving-mode | The system prioritizes low voltage memory operations over high frequency memory operations. |
| platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Platform BIOS defaults (/system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify whether the system prioritizes low voltage or high frequency memory operations. Selecting the power-saving-mode option may lower memory frequency in order to keep the voltage low.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy that prioritizes high frequency operations over low voltage operations:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set lv-dimm-support-config lv-ddr-mode performance-mode switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
set mac aging
To set up MAC aging, use the set mac aging command.
set mac-aging { number-of-days number-of-hours number -of-minutes number-of-seconds | | mode-default | | never }
Syntax Description
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Examples
This example shows how to set up MAC aging:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # set mac-aging 359 11 59 59 switch-A /eth-uplink* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set mode (eth-uplink) |
|
show eth-uplink |
|
show |
|
set mac-pool
To specify a pool of MAC addresses for a vNIC template, use the set mac-pool command.
set mac-pool mac-pool
Syntax Description
| mac-pool | Name of a MAC address pool. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Virtual NIC template (/org/vnic-templ)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify an existing pool of MAC addresses for dynamic assignment to a vNIC (virtual network interface card) template.
Examples
This example shows how to specify the MAC address pool for a vNIC:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope vnic-templ sp10 switch-A /org/vnic-templ # set mac-pool pool192 switch-A /org/vnic-templ* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/vnic-templ #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vnic-templ |
|
set maxcap
To set the maximum capacity, use the set maxcap command.
set maxcap { max-cap | unspecified }
Syntax Description
| max-cap | Maximum capacity. The range of valid values is 0 to 9223372036854775807. |
| unspecified | Specifies unspecified capacity. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Storage (/org/server-qual/storage)
Memory (/org/server-qual/memory)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the maximum capacity of the memory array.
Examples
This example shows how to set the maximum capacity:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq3 switch-A /org/server-qual # scope storage switch-A /org/service-qual/storage # set maxcap 10000000 switch-A /org/service-qual/storage* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-qual/storage #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show storage |
|
set maxcores
To set the maximum number of cores, use the set maxcores command.
set maxcores { max-cores | unspecified }
Syntax Description
| max-cores | Maximum number of cores. The range of valid values is 0 to 65535. |
| unspecified | Specifies an unspecified number of cores. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Processor (/org/server-qual/processor)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the maximum number of processor cores.
Examples
This example shows how to set the maximum number of cores:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10 switch-A /org/server-qual # scope processor switch-A /org/server-qual/processor # set maxcores 100 switch-A /org/server-qual/processor* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/processor #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show processor |
|
set max-field-size
To configure the maximum data field size for the Fibre Channel interface, use the set max-field-size command.
set max-field-size max-field-size
Syntax Description
| max-field-size | The maximum data field size. The range is 256 to 2112 bytes; the default is 2048. |
Command Default
The maximum data field size is 2048 bytes.
Command Modes
Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)
Virtual HBA template (/org/vhba-templ)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the maximum data field size for the Fibre Channel interface in a vHBA (virtual host bus adapter).
Examples
This example shows how to configure the maximum data field size for the Fibre Channel interface in a vHBA template:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope vhba-templ sp10 switch-A /org/vhba-templ # set max-field-size 512 switch-A /org/vhba-templ* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/vhba-templ #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vhba-templ |
|
set maximum
To set the maximum, use the set maximum command.
set maximum { maximum | unspecified }
Syntax Description
| maximum | Maximum |
| unspecified | Specifies unspecified maximum. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Capacity qualification (/org/server-qual/adapter/cap-qual)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the maximum capacity for the selected adapter type.
Examples
This example shows how to set the maximum:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq100 switch-A /org/server-qual # scope adapter switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter # scope cap-qual fcoe switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter/cap-qual # set maximum 100 switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter/cap-qual # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter/cap-qual #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show adapter |
|
show cap-qual |
|
set max-ports
To set the maximum number of ports a port profile can use, use the set max-ports command.
set max-ports maximun-number
Syntax Description
| maximun-number | The maximum number of ports. The range of valid values is 1 to 4096. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Port profile (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The maximum number of ports that can be associated with a single distributed virtual switch (DVS) is 4096. If the DVS has only one associated port profile, that port profile can be configured with up to 4096 ports. However, if the DVS has more than one associated port profile, the total number of ports associated with all of those port profiles combined cannot exceed 4096.
Examples
This example shows how to set the maximum number of ports a port profile can use:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope profile-set switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set # scope port-profile switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile # set max-ports 100 switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/profile-set/port-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show client |
|
show port-profile |
|
set maxprocs
To set the maximum number of processors, use the set maxprocs command.
set maxprocs { maxprocs | unspecified }
Syntax Description
| max-procs | Maximum number of processors. The range of valid values is 0 to 65535. |
| unspecified | Specifies an unspecified number of processors. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Processor (/org/server-qual/processor)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to set the maximum number of processors:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10 switch-A /org/server-qual # scope processor switch-A /org/server-qual/processor # set maxprocs 10 switch-A /org/server-qual/processor* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/processor #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show processor |
|
set maxsize
To configure a maximum destination message size for Call Home messages, use the set maxsize command.
set maxsize maxsize
Syntax Description
| maxsize | Maximum message size in bytes. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Profile (/monitoring/callhome/profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure a maximum destination message size for Call Home messages. The range is 0 to 5000000 bytes; the default is 1000000.
For full-text and xml messages, the maximum recommended size is 5000000. For short-text messages, the maximum recommended size is 100000. For messages sent to CiscoTAC-1, the maximum message size must be 5000000.
Examples
This example shows how to set a maximum Call Home message size of 10000 bytes:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # enter profile TestProfile switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile* # set maxsize 10000 switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set format |
|
show callhome |
|
set maxthreads
To set the maximum number of threads, use the set maxthreads command.
set maxthreads { maxthreads | unspecified }
Syntax Description
| max-threads | Maximum number of threads. The range of valid values is 0 to 65535. |
| unspecified | Specifies an unspecified number of threads. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Processor (/org/server-qual/processor)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to set the maximum number of threads:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10 switch-A /org/server-qual # scope processor switch-A /org/server-qual/processor # set maxthreads 10 switch-A /org/server-qual/processor* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/processor #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show processor |
|
set memory-mirroring-mode
To enable and configure memory mirroring, use the set memory-mirroring-mode command.
set memory-mirroring-mode mirroring-mode { intersocket | intrasocket | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| intersocket | Memory is mirrored between two Integrated Memory Controllers (IMCs) across CPU sockets. |
| intrasocket | One IMC is mirrored with another IMC in the same socket. |
| platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Platform BIOS defaults (/system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable and configure memory mirroring, which enhances system reliability by keeping two identical data images in memory.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable intersocket memory mirroring:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set memory-mirroring-mode mirroring-mode intersocket switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
set memory-ras-config
To specify the memory reliability, availability and serviceability (RAS) configuration, use the set memory-ras-config command.
set memory-ras-config ras-config { lockstep | maximum performance | mirroring | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| lockstep | Minimizes memory access latency for DIMM pairs. |
| maximum performance | System performance is optimized. |
| mirroring | System reliability is optimized by using half the system memory as backup. |
| platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Platform BIOS defaults (/system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the memory reliability, availability and serviceability (RAS) configuration.
If the DIMM pairs in the server have an identical type, size, and organization and are populated across the SMI channels, you can enable lockstep mode to minimize memory access latency and provide better performance. Lockstep is enabled by default for B400 servers.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure lockstep mode:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set memory-ras-config ras-config lockstep switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
set mgmt-fw-policy
To set the management firmware policy, use the set mgmt-fw-policy command.
set mgmt-fw-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Management firmware policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to associate the specified management firmware policy with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode.
Examples
This example shows how to set the management firmware policy:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile servProf10 switch-A /org/service-profile # set mgmt-fw-policy mfwP10 switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show association |
|
show service-profile |
|
set mincap
To set the minimum capacity, use the set mincap command.
set mincap { mincap | unspec }
Syntax Description
| min-cap | Maximum capacity. The range of valid values is 0 to 9223372036854775807. |
| unspecified | Specifies unspecified capacity. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Storage (/org/server-qual/storage)
Memory (/org/server-qual/memory)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the minimum capacity of the memory array.
Examples
This example shows how to set the minimum capacity:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq3 switch-A /org/server-qual # scope storage switch-A /org/service-qual/storage # set mincap 1000000 switch-A /org/service-qual/storage* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-qual/storage #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show storage |
|
set mincores
To set the minimum number of cores, use the set mincores command.
set mincores { mincores | unspecified }
Syntax Description
| min-cores | Minimum number of cores. The range of valid values is 0 to 65535. |
| unspecified | Specifies an unspecified number of cores. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Processor (/org/server-qual/processor)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the minimum number of processor cores.
Examples
This example shows how to set the minimum number of cores:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10 switch-A /org/server-qual # scope processor switch-A /org/server-qual/processor # set mincores 2 switch-A /org/server-qual/processor* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/processor #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show processor |
|
set minprocs
To set the minimum number of processors, use the set minprocs command.
set minprocs { min-procs | unspecified }
Syntax Description
| min-procs | Minimum number of processors. The range of valid values is 0 to 65535. |
| unspecified | Specifies an unspecified number of processors. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Processor (/org/server-qual/processor)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to set the maximum number of processors:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10 switch-A /org/server-qual # scope processor switch-A /org/server-qual/processor # set minprocs 1 switch-A /org/server-qual/processor* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/processor #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show processor |
|
set minthreads
To set the minimum number of threads, use the set minthreads command.
set minthreads { min-threads | unspecified }
Syntax Description
| min-threads | Minimum number of threads. The range of valid values is 0 to 65535. |
| unspecified | Specifies an unspecified number of threads. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Processor (/org/server-qual/processor)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to set the minimum number of threads:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10 switch-A /org/server-qual # scope processor switch-A /org/server-qual/processor # set minthreads 1 switch-A /org/server-qual/processor* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/processor #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show processor |
|
set mode (eth-uplink)
To set the Ethernet switching mode, use the set mode command.
set mode { end-host | switch }
Syntax Description
| end-host | Specifies end host Ethernet switching mode. |
| switch | Specifies switch Ethernet switching mode. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The Ethernet switching mode determines how the switch behaves as a switching device between the servers. End host mode allows the switch to act as an end host to the network, representing all server (hosts) connected to it through vNICs and the network. Switch mode is the traditional Ethernet switching mode.
Examples
This example shows how to set the Ethernet switching mode to end host mode:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # set mode end-host switch-A /eth-uplink* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink #
set mode (fw-pack)
To set the firmware pack mode, use the set mode command.
set mode { one-shot | staged }
Syntax Description
| one-shot | Specifies one shot. |
| staged | Specifies staged. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Firmware management pack (/org/fw-mgmt-pack)
Firmware host pack (/org/fw-host-pack)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.1(1) | This command was removed. |
Examples
This example shows how to set the firmware pack mode:
switch-A# scope org / switch-A /org # scope fw-host-pack Pack10 switch-A /org/fw-host-pack # set one-shot switch-A /org/fw-host-pack* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fw-host-pack #
set mode (local-disk)
To set the local disk policy mode, use the set mode command.
set mode { any-configuration | no-local-storage | no-raid | raid-0-striped | raid-1-mirrored | raid-5-striped-parity | raid-6-striped-dual-parity | raid10-mirrored-and-striped }
Syntax Description
| any-configuration | Specifies any configuration for the local disk. |
| no-local-storage | Specifies no local storage. |
| no-raid | Specifies no RAID configuration on the local disk. |
| raid-0-striped | Specifies RAID 0 striping on the local disk. |
| raid-1-mirrored | Specifies RAID 1 mirroring on the local disk. |
| raid-5-striped-parity | Specifies RAID 5 striping with parity on the local disk. |
| raid-6-striped-dual-parity | Specifies RAID 6 striping with dual parity on the local disk. |
| raid-10-mirrored-and-striped | Specifies RAID 1 mirroring and striping on the local disk. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local disk configuration policy under organization (/org/local-disk-config-policy)
Local disk configuration under service profile (/org/service-profile/local-disk-config)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.3(1) | The basic raid-mirrored and raid-striped keywords were removed and more specific keywords were added. |
Usage Guidelines
The disk policy configures any optional SAS local drives that have been installed on a server through the onboard RAID controller of the local drive. This policy enables you to set a local disk mode for all servers that are associated with a service profile that includes the local disk configuration policy. The general disk modes include the following:
-
Any Configuration—For a server configuration that carries forward the local disk configuration without any changes.
-
No Local Storage—For a diskless workstation or a SAN only configuration. If you select this option, you cannot associate any service profile which uses this policy with a server that has a local disk.
-
No RAID—For a server configuration that removes the RAID and leaves the disk MBR and payload unaltered.
-
RAID Mirrored—For a 2-disk RAID 1 server configuration.
-
RAID Striped—For a 2-disk RAID 0 server configuration.
You must include this policy in a service profile, and that service profile must be associated with a server for it to take effect.
Examples
This example shows how to set the local disk configuration mode:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # enter local-disk-config-policy DiskPolicy12 switch-A /org/local-disk-config-policy* # set mode raid-5-striped-parity switch-A /org/local-disk-config-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/local-disk-config-policy #
set model-regex
To filter model information with a regular expression, use the set model-regex command.
set model-regex regex
Syntax Description
| regex | A regular expression of up to 256 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Adapter capacity qualification (org/server-qual/adapter/cap-qual)
CPU qualification (/org/server-qual/cpu)
Processor qualification (/org/server-qual/processor)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.3(1) | The processor qualification mode was replaced by the CPU qualification mode. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to implement a server pool qualification filter. You can filter adapter or CPU model information with a regular expression that is compatible with the Perl language.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a server pool qualification filter to select only Intel 2.27GHz processors:
switch-A# scope org org120 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq20 switch-A /org/server-qual # create cpu switch-A /org/server-qual/cpu* # set model-regex Intel.*2.27GHz switch-A /org/server-qual/cpu* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/cpu #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cap-qual |
|
show cpu |
|
set module
To specify the management logging threshold for a specific module, use the set module command.
set module module-name { crit | major | minor | warn | info | debug4 | debug3 | debug2 | debug1 | debug0 }
Syntax Description
| module-name | Name of a specific module |
| crit | Critical (highest) level |
| major | Major level |
| minor | Minor level |
| warn | Warning level |
| info | Informational level |
| debug4 | Debug 4 level |
| debug3 | Debug 3 level |
| debug2 | Debug 2 level |
| debug1 | Debug 1 level |
| debug0 | Debug 0 (lowest) level |
Command Default
The default management logging threshold is info.
Command Modes
Management logging (/monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the management logging threshold for a specific module. The threshold options are listed in order of decreasing urgency in the Syntax Description.
Examples
This example shows how to specify the management logging threshold to major for a specific module:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # scope mgmt-logging switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging # set module test13 major switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show (mgmt-logging) |
|
set modulus
To select the key length in a keyring, use the set modulus command.
set modulus { mod1024 | mod1536 | mod2048 | mod512 }
Syntax Description
| mod1024 | The key size is 1024 bits. |
| mod1536 | The key size is 1536 bits. |
| mod2048 | The key size is 2048 bits. |
| mod512 | The key size is 512 bits. |
Command Default
The key size is 1024 bits.
Command Modes
Keyring (/security/keyring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to select a key length in a keyring.
Examples
This example shows how to select a key length of 1536 bits in a keyring:
switch-A# scope security switch-A /security # scope keyring MyKR05 switch-A /security/keyring # set modulus mod1536 switch-A /security/keyring* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/keyring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show keyring |
|
set mtu
To set an Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU), use the set mtu command.
set mtu { mtu | fc | normal }
Syntax Description
| mtu | MTU. The range of valid values is 1538 to 9216. |
| fc | Specifies Fibre Channel MTU. |
| normal | Specifies normal MTU. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet classified (/eth-server/qos/eth-classified)
Ethernet default (/eth-server/qos/eth-default)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to set an MTU:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope qos switch-A /eth-server/qos # scope eth-classified switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified # set mtu fc switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-best-effort |
|
show eth-classified |
|
set mtu (eth-best-effort)
To set the MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit), use the set mtu command in eth-best-effort mode.
set mtu { mtu | | fc | | normal }
Syntax Description
| mtu | The MTU. The range of valid values is 1538 to 9216. |
| fc | Specifies Fibre Channel MTU. |
| normal | Specifies normal MTU. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet best effort (/eth-server/qos/eth-best-effort
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Following are the MTU settings for fc and normal :
Examples
This example shows how to set the MTU:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope qos switch-A /eth-server/qos # scope eth-best-effort switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-eth-best-effort # set mtu fc switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-eth-best-effort* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-best-effort #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-best-effort |
|
show eth-classified |
|
set mtu (vnic)
To set the MTU of a vNIC, use the set mtu command.
set mtu mtu
Syntax Description
| mtu | The MTU. The range of valid values is 1500 to 9000. |
Command Default
The vNIC MTU is 1500.
Command Modes
Virtual NIC service profile (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Virtual NIC template (/org/vnic-templ)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) of a vNIC (virtual network interface card).
Examples
This example shows how to set the MTU for a vNIC:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope vnic-templ sp10 switch-A /org/vnic-templ # set mtu 9000 switch-A /org/vnic-templ* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/vnic-templ #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vnic |
|
show vnic-templ |
|
set multicast-optimize
To optimize the class for sending multicast packets, use the set multicast-optimize command.
set multicast-optimize { no | | yes }
Syntax Description
| no | The class is not optimized for sending multicast packets. |
| yes | The class is optimized for sending multicast packets. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet classified (/eth-server/qos/eth-classified)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to optimize the class for sending multicast packets.
Examples
This example shows how to optimize the QoS bronze class for sending multicast packets:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope qos switch-A /eth-server/qos # scope eth-classified bronze switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified # set multicast optimize yes switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-classified |
|
set multicastoptimize (eth-best-effort)
To set multicast optimize, use the set multicastoptimize command in eth-best-effort mode.
set multicastoptimize { no | | yes }
Syntax Description
| no | Sets multicast optimize to disabled. |
| yes | Sets multicast optimize to enabled. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet classified (/eth-server/qos/eth-best-effort)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enable multicast optimize:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope qos switch-A /eth-server/qos # scope eth-best-effort switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-eth-best-effort # set multicastoptimize yes switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-eth-best-effort* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-best-effort #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-best-effort |
|
show eth-classified |
|
set name
To set name, use the set name command.
set name name
Syntax Description
| name | Name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Port channel (/eth-uplink/fabric/port-channel)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to set a name:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # scope switch switch-A /eth-uplink/switch # scope port-channel 10 switch-A /eth-uplink/switch/port-channel # set name pc10 switch-A /eth-uplink/switch/port-channel* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink/switch/port-channel #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show member-port |
|
show port-channel |
|
set native
To set the VLAN as the native VLAN, use the set native command.
set native { no | yes }
Syntax Description
| no | Specifies that the current VLAN is not the native VLAN. |
| yes | Specifies that the current VLAN is the native VLAN. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet uplink fabric VLAN (/eth-uplink/fabric/vlan)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Note |
Only one VLAN can exist as the native VLAN. If you set multiple VLANs as the native VLAN, the last one to be set becomes the native VLAN. |
Examples
This example sets the current VLAN as the native VLAN:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # scope fabric a switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric # create vlan finance 3955 switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/vlan* # set native switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/vlan* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink/fabric/vlan #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vlan |
|
set normal-value
To set a value for a property, use the set normal-value command.
set normal-value value
Syntax Description
| value | The value of a property in a class. The range of valid values is 0 to 9223372036854775807. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Fibre channel (/fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Ethernet server (/eth-server/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Organization (/org/stats-threshold-policy/class/property)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You must have a class and a property created in order to execute the set normal-value command. The command is used to set the value of the property you created.
Examples
The following example shows how to set a value for the bytes-rx-delta property in fc-stats class:
switch-A#scope fc-uplink switch-A /fc-uplink # scope stats-threshold-policy stp100 switch-A /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy # scope class fc-stats switch-A /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class # scope property bytes-rx-delta switch-A /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class/property # set normal-value 100000 switch-A /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class/property* # commit-buffer switch-A /fc-uplink/stats-threshold-policy/class/property #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show property |
|
set numa-config
To specify whether the BIOS supports NUMA, use the set numa-config command.
set numa-config numa-optimization { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| disabled | The BIOS does not support NUMA. |
| enabled | The BIOS supports NUMA. |
| platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Platform BIOS defaults (/system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Use this command to specify whether the BIOS includes the ACPI tables that are required for operating systems that support Non-Uniform Memory Access (NUMA). If you enable this option, the system must disable Inter-Socket Memory interleaving on some platforms.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy specifying that NUMA is supported:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set numa-config numa-optimization enabled switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
set numberofblocks
To set the number of blocks, use the set numberofblocks command.
set numberofblocks { number | unspecified }
Syntax Description
| number | Number of storage blocks. The range of valid values is 0 to 9223372036854775807. |
| unspecified | Specifies an unspecified number of blocks. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Storage (/org/server-qual/storage)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
The following example shows how to set the number of blocks:
switch-A# scope org org120 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq20 switch-A /org/server-qual # scope storage switch-A /org/server-qual/storage # set numberofblocks 100000 switch-A /org/server-qual/storage* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/storage #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show storage |
|
set nw-control-policy
To set a network control policy name , use the set nw-control-policy command.
set nw-control-policy policy-name
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the policy. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
vNIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to set a network control policy name:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp3 switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic vnic3 switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic # set nw-control-policy ncp3 switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-if |
|
show service-profile |
|
set offload large-receive
To enable or disable offloading of large packet reassembly, use the set offload large-receive command.
set offload large-receive { disabled | enabled }
Syntax Description
| disabled | The CPU processes all large packets. |
| enabled | The hardware reassembles all segmented packets before sending them to the CPU. |
Command Default
Enabled
Command Modes
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable or disable offloading of large packet reassembly. Enabling this option may reduce CPU utilization and increase inbound throughput.
Examples
This example shows how to enable the offloading of large packet reassembly:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set offload large-receive enabled switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-policy |
|
set offload tcp-rx-checksum
To enable or disable the offloading of packet checksum validation, use the set offload tcp-rx-checksum command.
set offload tcp-rx-checksum { disabled | enabled }
Syntax Description
| disabled | The CPU validates all packet checksums. |
| enabled | The CPU sends all packet checksums to the hardware for validation. |
Command Default
Enabled
Command Modes
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable or disable the offloading of packet checksum validation. Enabling this option may reduce CPU utilization.
Examples
This example shows how to enable the offloading of packet checksum validation:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set offload tcp-rx-checksum enabled switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-policy |
|
set offload tcp-segment
To enable or disable the offloading of large TCP packet segmentation, use the set offload tcp-segment command.
set offload tcp-segment { disabled | enabled }
Syntax Description
| disabled | The CPU segments large TCP packets. |
| enabled | The CPU sends large TCP packets to the hardware to be segmented. |
Command Default
Enabled
Command Modes
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable or disable the offloading of large TCP packet segmentation. Enabling this option may reduce CPU overhead and increase throughput rate.
Examples
This example shows how to enable the offloading of large TCP packet segmentation:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set offload tcp-segment enabled switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-policy |
|
set offload tcp-tx-checksum
To enable or disable the offloading of transmit checksum calculations, use the set offload tcp-tx-checksum command.
set offload tcp-tx-checksum { disabled | enabled }
Syntax Description
| disabled | The CPU calculates all packet checksums. |
| enabled | The CPU sends all packets to the hardware so that the checksum can be calculated. |
Command Default
Enabled
Command Modes
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable or disable the offloading of transmit checksum calculations. Enabling this option may reduce CPU overhead.
Examples
This example shows how to enable the offloading of transmit checksum calculations:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set offload tcp-tx-checksum enabled switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-policy |
|
set order (device boot order)
To set the boot order for a device, use the set order command in lan, storage, and vmedia modes.
set order { 1 | | 2 | | 3 | | 4 }
Syntax Description
| 1 | Specifies first in the boot order. |
| 2 | Specifies second in the boot order. |
| 3 | Specifies third in the boot order. |
| 4 | Specifies fourth in the boot order. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
LAN (/org/boot-policy/lan)
Storage (/org/boot-policy/storage)
Virtual media (/org/boot-policy/virtual-media)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to set the LAN boot order:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope boot-policy bp3 switch-A /org/service-profile # scope lan switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba # set order 1 switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show lan |
|
show storage |
|
set order (vhba pci scan order)
To set the PCI scan order for a vHBA, use the set order command in vhba mode.
set order { order | | unspecified }
Syntax Description
| order | The order. The range of valid values is 0 to 99. |
| unspecified | Specifies that the order is unspecified. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to set the PCI scan order:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp2
switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vhba vhba1
switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba # set order 1
switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba* # commit-buffer
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show service-profile |
|
show vhba |
|
set order (vnic relative order)
To set the relative order for a vNIC, use the set order command.
set order { order | | unspecified }
Syntax Description
| order | The order. The range of valid values is 0 to 99. |
| unspecified | Specifies that the order is unspecified. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to set the relative order:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic vnic1 switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic # set order 1 switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show service-profile |
|
show vnic |
|
set out-of-band
To configure out-of-band access to a fabric interconnect, use the set out-of-band command.
set out-of-band { ip oob-ip | netmask oob-netmask | gw oob-gw } +
Syntax Description
| ip oob-ip | Specifies the IP address for out-of-band access. |
| netmask oob-netmask | Specifies the IP netmask for out-of-band access. |
| gw oob-gw | Specifies the IP gateway address for out-of-band access. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fabric interconnect (/fabric-interconnect)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure out-of-band access to a fabric interconnect.
Note |
Changing the out-of-band access configuration may disconnect the current CLI session. |
Examples
This example shows how to configure out-of-band access for fabric A:
switch-A# scope fabric-interconnect a switch-A /fabric-interconnect # set out-of-band ip 192.20.1.28 Warning: When committed, this change may disconnect the current CLI session switch-A /fabric-interconnect* # set out-of-band netmask 255.255.248.0 Warning: When committed, this change may disconnect the current CLI session switch-A /fabric-interconnect* # set out-of-band gw 192.20.1.1 Warning: When committed, this change may disconnect the current CLI session switch-A /fabric-interconnect* # commit-buffer switch-A /fabric-interconnect #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fabric-interconnect |
|
set password
To set up a password, use the set password command.
set password
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
End point user (/org/ipmi-access-profile/epuser)
Backup (/system/backup)
Import configuration (/system/import-config)
Local user (/security/local-user)
Security (/security)
Download task (/firmware/download-task)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The password must be a minimum of eight characters.
After entering the set password command, you are prompted to enter and confirm the password. For security purposes, the password that you type does not appear in the CLI.
Examples
This example shows how to set up a password:
switch-A#scope security switch-A /security # set password Enter the password: Confirm the password: switch-A /security* # commit-buffer switch-A /security #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show local-user |
|
show remote-user |
|
set password (snmp-user)
To set up a SNMPv3 password, use the set password command in snmp-user mode.
set password
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
SNMP user (/monitoring/snmp-user)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Password must be a minimum 8 characters.
No text appears when you enter your password at the Enter a password: prompt or the Confirm the password: prompt. This is default behavior and cannot be changed.
Examples
This example shows how to set up a SNMPv3 password:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch /monitoring # scope snmp-user SU10 switch /monitoring/snmp-user # set password Enter a password: Confirm the password: switch /monitoring/snmp-user* # commit-buffer switch /monitoring/snmp-user #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show snmp |
|
show snmp-user |
|
set path
To specify the absolute path to the file on the remote server, use the set path command.
set path path
Syntax Description
| path | Sspecifies the absolute path to the file on the remote server. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Firmware download task (/firmware/download-task)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the absolute path to the file on the remote server.
If you use SCP as the file transfer protocol, the absolute path is always required. If you use any other protocol, you may not need to specify a remote path if the file resides in the default download folder.
Examples
This example shows how to specify the remote server path in which the firmware download file resides:
switch-A# scope firmware switch-A /firmware # scope download-task ucs-k9-bundle.1.1.0.279.bin switch-A /firmware/download-task # set path /firmware/bin/1.1 switch-A /firmware/download-task #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show download-task |
|
set perdiskcap
To set per-disk capacity, use the set perdiskcap command.
set perdiskcap { number | unspecified }
Syntax Description
| number | Capacity number. The range of valid values is 0 to 9223372036854775807. |
| unspecified | Specifies an unspecified amount of capacity. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Storage (/org/server-qual/storage)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
The following example shows how to set the per-disk capacity:
switch-A# scope org org120 switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq20 switch-A /org/server-qual # scope storage switch-A /org/server-qual/storage # set perdiskcap 110000 switch-A /org/server-qual/storage* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/storage #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show storage |
|
set pers-bind
To disable or enable persistent binding, use the set pers-bind command.
set pers-bind { disabled | enabled }
Syntax Description
| disabled | Specifies binding disabled. |
| enabled | Specifies binding enabled. |
Command Default
Persistent binding is disabled.
Command Modes
Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to disable or enable persistent binding to Fibre Channel targets.
Examples
This example shows how to disable or enable persistent binding:
switch-A# scope org org30a switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp101 switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vhba vhba17 switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba # set pers-bind enabled switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vhba |
|
show vnic |
|
set phone
To set the phone user name, use the set phone command.
set phone name
Syntax Description
| name | Name of the user. The range of valid values is 1 to 512. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local user (/security/local-user)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to set the phone user name:
switch-A# scope security switch-A /security # scope local-user admin10 switch-A /security/local-user # set phone admin10 switch-A /security/local-user* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/local-user #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show local-user |
|
show user-sessions |
|
set phone-contact
To configure a primary contact phone number for the customer organization, use the set phone-contact command.
set phone-contact phone-contact
Syntax Description
| phone-contact | Phone number. |
Command Default
None.
Command Modes
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure a primary contact phone number to be included in Call Home messages. Enter up to 512 characters.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a primary contact phone number:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # set phone-contact +1-011-408-555-1212 switch-A /monitoring/callhome* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
set pin-group
To set the pin group, use the set pin-group command.
set pin-group name
Syntax Description
| name | Pin group name. The name can contain 1 to 16 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Dynamic connection policy (/org/dynamic-conn-policy)
Hypervisor connectivity (/org/service-profile/hv-conn)
Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)
Virtual HBA template (/org/vhba-templ)
Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Virtual NIC template (/org/vnic-templ)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the pin group to use for the vNIC.
Examples
This example shows how to set the pin group:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic vnic20 switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic # set pin-group pg1 switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-if |
|
show vnic |
|
set pool
To set a pool, use the set pool command.
set pool name
Syntax Description
| name | Pool name. The range of valid values is 1 to |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Pooling policy (/org/pooling-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to add a pool to your pooling policy. Only one pool can be set for each pooling policy.
Examples
This example shows how to set a pool:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope pooling-policy pp100 switch-A /org/pooling-policy # set pool pool100 switch-A /org/pooling-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/pooling-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show mac-pool |
|
show pooling-policy |
|
set port
To set the port number, use the set port command.
set port number
Syntax Description
| number | Port number. The range of valid values is 1 to 65535. |
Command Modes
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Server under LDAP (/security/ldap/server)
SNMP host (/monitoring/snmphost)
Server under TACACS (/security/tacacs/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
In Call Home configuration, use this command to specify the port used to communicate with the SMTP server. The default SMTP port number is 25.
In LDAP configuration, use this command to specify the port used to communicate with the LDAP server. The default LDAP server port number is 389.
Examples
This example shows how to set the SMTP server port number in the Call Home configuration:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # set port 25 switch-A /monitoring/callhome* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
This example shows how to set the LDAP server port number in the LDAP configuration:
switch-A#scope security switch-A /security # scope ldap switch-A /security/ldap # scope server s100 switch-A /security/ldap/server # set port 100 switch-A /security/ldap/server* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/ldap/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
show ldap |
|
show server |
|
set port io-throttle-count
To specify the number of IO operations that can be pending in the vHBA at one time, use the set port io-throttle-count command.
set port io-throttle-count io-throttle-count
Syntax Description
| io-throttle-count | The range is 256 to 4096; the default is 512; |
Command Default
Up to 16 pending IO operations are supported.
Command Modes
Fibre Channel policy (/org/fc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the number of IO operations that can be pending in the vHBA at one time.
Examples
This example shows how to specify a limit of 64 pending IO operations:
switch-A# scope org / switch-A /org # scope fc-policy fcPolicy13 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set port io-throttle-count 64 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show port (fc-policy) |
|
set port max-field-size
To specify the maximum Fibre Channel frame payload size, use the set port max-field-size command.
set port max-field-size max-field-size
Syntax Description
| max-field-size | Specifies the maximum Fibre Channel frame payload size. The range is 256 to 2112 bytes; the default is 2112. |
Command Default
The maximum frame payload size is 2112 bytes.
Command Modes
Fibre Channel policy (/org/fc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.1(1) | This command was deprecated. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the maximum Fibre Channel frame payload size supported by the vHBA.
Examples
This example shows how to specify a maximum frame payload size of 1024 bytes:
switch-A# scope org / switch-A /org # scope fc-policy fcPolicy13 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set port max-field-size 1024 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show port (fc-policy) |
|
set port max-luns
To specify the maximum number of LUNs supported per target, use the set port max-luns command.
set port max-luns max-luns
Syntax Description
| max-luns | Specifies the maximum number of LUNs. The range is 1 to 1024 LUNs; the default is 256. |
Command Default
A maximum of 256 LUNs is supported per target.
Command Modes
Fibre Channel policy (/org/fc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the maximum number of logical unit numbers (LUNs) supported per target.
Examples
This example shows how to specify a maximum of 512 LUNs per target:
switch-A# scope org / switch-A /org # scope fc-policy fcPolicy13 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set port max-luns 512 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show port (fc-policy) |
|
set port-f-logi retries
To configure the number of Fibre Channel port fabric login (FLOGI) retries, use the set port-f-logi retries command.
set port-f-logi retries { retries | infinite }
Syntax Description
| retries | Number of FLOGI retries. |
| infinite | Retry FLOGI until successful. |
Command Default
The number of retries is 1000.
Command Modes
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the number of Fibre Channel port fabric login (FLOGI) retries. You can configure a number between 0 and 4294967295, or you can use the infinite keyword to retry until successful.
Examples
This example shows how to configure 10000 FLOGI retries:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter fc-policy FcPolicy19 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set port-f-logi retries 10000 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set port-f-logi timeout |
|
show port-f-logi |
|
set port-f-logi timeout
To configure the Fibre Channel port fabric login (FLOGI) timeout, use the set port-f-logi timeout command.
set port-f-logi timeout timeout
Syntax Description
| timeout | The number of milliseconds (msec) to wait for the login to succeed. |
Command Default
The timeout is 2000 msec.
Command Modes
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the Fibre Channel port fabric login (FLOGI) timeout. You can configure a number between 1000 and 255000.milliseconds.
Examples
This example shows how to configure an FLOGI timeout of 20 seconds:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter fc-policy FcPolicy19 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set port-f-logi timeout 20000 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set port-f-logi retries |
|
show port-f-logi |
|
set port-p-logi retries
To configure the number of Fibre Channel port-to-port login (PLOGI) retries, use the set port-p-logi retries command.
set port-p-logi retries retries
Syntax Description
| retries | Number of PLOGI retries. |
Command Default
The number of retries is 3.
Command Modes
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the number of Fibre Channel port-to-port login (PLOGI) retries. You can configure a number between 0 and 255.
Examples
This example shows how to configure 100 PLOGI retries:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter fc-policy FcPolicy19 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set port-p-logi retries 100 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set port-p-logi timeout |
|
show port-p-logi |
|
set port-p-logi timeout
To configure the Fibre Channel port-to-port login (PLOGI) timeout, use the set port-p-logi timeout command.
set port-p-logi timeout timeout
Syntax Description
| timeout | The number of milliseconds (msec) to wait for the login to succeed. |
Command Default
The timeout is 2000 msec.
Command Modes
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the Fibre Channel port-to-port login (PLOGI) timeout. You can configure a number between 1000 and 255000.milliseconds.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a PLOGI timeout of 20 seconds:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter fc-policy FcPolicy19 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set port-p-logi timeout 20000 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set port-p-logi retries |
|
show port-p-logi |
|
set power-budget committed
To manage the committed power usage level of a server, use the set power-budget committed command.
set power-budget committed { disabled | watts }
Syntax Description
| disabled | No power usage limitations are imposed on the server. |
| watts | Specifies the maximum number of watts that the server can use. The range is between 100 and 1,100 watts. |
Command Default
No power usage limitations are imposed on the server (disabled).
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to manage the committed power usage level of a server.
Examples
The following example limits the power usage level of a server to 1000 watts and commits the transaction:
UCS-A# scope server 2/4 UCS-A /chassis/server # set power-budget committed 1000 UCS-A /chassis/server* # commit-buffer UCS-A /chassis/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set mb-power-stats |
|
show power-budget |
|
set preserve-pooled-values
To preserve pool-derived identities in a backup, use the set preserve-pooled-values command.
set preserve-pooled-values { no | yes }
Syntax Description
| no | Pool-derived identities are not preserved. |
| yes | Pool-derived identities are preserved. |
Command Default
Pool-derived identities are not preserved.
Command Modes
System backup (/system/backup)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to preserve pool-derived vHBA WWPN, vNIC MAC, WWNN and UUID identities in a backup.
Examples
This example specifies that pool-derived identities are preserved in a backup:
server-A# scope system server-A /system # create backup ftp: full-state enabled Password: server-A /system/backup* # set preserve-pooled-values yes server-A /system/backup* # commit-buffer server-A /system/backup #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
set prio
To set the QoS (Quality of Service) priority level, use the set priocommand.
policy mode set prio { auto | on }
egress-policy modeset prio { best-effort | | bronze | | fc | | gold | | platinum | | silver }
Syntax Description
| auto | Sets priority to automatic. |
| on | Enables priority. |
| best-effort | Sets priority to the best effort level. |
| bronze | Sets priority to the the bronze level. |
| fc | Sets priority to the Fibre Channel level. |
| gold | Sets priority to the gold level. |
| platinum | Sets priority to the platinum level. |
| silver | Sets priority to the silver level. |
Command Default
For policy mode, the default is Auto.
For egress-policy mode, the default is Best Effort.
Command Modes
Policy (/eth-uplink/flow-control/policy)
Egress policy (/org/qos-policy/egress-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced for policy mode. |
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced for egress-policy mode. |
Usage Guidelines
Following are the ratings of the different priorities:
Examples
This example shows how to set priority in policy mode:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # scope flow-control switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control # scope policy switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control/policy # set prio on switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control/policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control/policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show policy |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
set privilege
To configure administrative or read-only privileges for an endpoint user, use the set privilege command.
set privilege { admin | readonly }
Syntax Description
| admin | The user has administrative privileges. |
| readonly | The user has read-only privileges. |
Command Default
None.
Command Modes
IPMI endpoint user (/org/ipmi-access-profile/epuser)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure administrative or read-only privileges for an IPMI endpoint user.
Examples
This example shows how to configure read-only privileges for an endpoint user:
server-A# scope org / server-A /org # scope ipmi-access-profile ReadOnly server-A /org/ipmi-access-profile # scope epuser bob server-A /org/ipmi-access-profile/epuser # set privilege readonly server-A /org/ipmi-access-profile/epuser* # commit-buffer server-A /org/ipmi-access-profile/epuser #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show epuser |
|
set priv-password
To set up a privacy password, use the set priv-password command.
set priv-password
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
SNMP user (/monitoring/snmp-user)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Password must be a minimum 8 characters.
No text appears when you enter your password at the Enter a password: prompt or the Confirm the password: prompt. This is default behavior and cannot be changed.
Examples
This example shows how to set up a privacy password:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch /monitoring # scope snmp-user SU10 switch /monitoring/snmp-user # set priv-password Enter a password: Confirm the password: switch /monitoring/snmp-user* # commit-buffer switch /monitoring/snmp-user #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show snmp |
|
show snmp-user |
|
set processor-c3-report-config
To specify whether the processor sends a C3 report to the operating system, use the set processor-c3-report-config command.
set processor-c3-report-config processor-c3-report { acpi-c2 | acpi-c3 | disabled | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| acpi-c2 | The processor sends the C3 report using the ACPI C2 format. |
| acpi-c3 | The processor sends the C3 report using the ACPI C3 format. |
| disabled | The processor does not send a C3 report. |
| platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify whether the processor sends the C3 report to the operating system.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy that sends a C3 report to the operating system using the ACPI C3 format:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set processor-c3-report-config processor-c3-report acpi-c3 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
set processor-c6-report-config
To specify whether the processor sends a C6 report to the operating system, use the set processor-c6-report-config command.
set processor-c6-report-config processor-report { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| disabled | The processor does not send a C6 report. |
| enabled | The processor sends a C6 report. |
| platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify whether the processor sends the C6 report to the operating system.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy that sends a C6 report to the operating system:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set processor-c6-report-config processor-report enabled switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
set protocol
To specify a file transfer protocol, use the set protocol command.
set protocol { ftp | scp | sftp | tftp }
Syntax Description
| ftp | Specifies the File Transfer Protocol (FTP) for file transfer. |
| scp | Specifies the Secure Copy Protocol (SCP) for file transfer. |
| sftp | Specifies the Secure File Transfer Protocol (SFTP) for file transfer. |
| tftp | Specifies the Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) for file transfer. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Configuration import (/system/import-config)
System backup (/system/backup)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify a file transfer protocol.
Examples
This example specifies SFTP as the file transfer protocol for importing a configuration file:
server-A# scope system server-A /system # scope import-config host35 server-A /system/import-config # set protocol sftp server-A /system/import-config* # commit-buffer server-A /system/import-config #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
show import-config |
|
set qos-policy
To set the QoS policy, use the set qos-policy command.
set qos-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | QoS policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Port profile (/eth-uplink/port-profile)
Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)
Virtual HBA template (/org/vhba-templ)
Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Virtual NIC template (/org/vnic-templ)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the QoS policy to use for the vNIC.
Examples
This example shows how to set the QoS policy:
switch-A# scope org org30 switch-A /org # scope vnic-templ vnict10 switch-A /org/vnic-templ # set qos-policy qp10 switch-A /org/vnic-templ* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/vnic-templ #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-if |
|
show qos-policy |
|
set qualifier
To set a qualifier, use the set qualifier command.
set qualifier name
Syntax Description
| name | Qualifier name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server inherit policy (/org/server-inherit-policy)
Server discovery policy (/org/server-disc-policy)
Pooling policy (/org/pooling-policy)
Chassis discovery policy (/org/chassis-disc-policy)
Automatic configuration policy (/org/autoconfig-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to add a qualifier to your policy. Only one qualifier can be set for each policy.
Examples
This example shows how to set a qualifier:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-disc-policy sdp100 switch-A /org/server-disc-policy # set qualifier q100 switch-A /org/server-disc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-disc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show pooling policy |
|
show server-disc-policy |
|
set quiet-boot-config
To configure the BIOS display during Power On Self-Test (POST), use the set quiet-boot-config command.
set quiet-boot-config quiet-boot { disabled | enabled | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| disabled | The BIOS displays the logo screen. |
| enabled | The BIOS does not display any messages during boot. |
| platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Platform BIOS defaults (/system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the BIOS display during Power On Self-Test (POST).
Examples
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy that enables quiet boot mode:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set quiet-boot-config quiet-boot enabled switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
set rate
To set the QoS (Quality of Service) rate and burst, use the set rate command.
set rate { rate rate-number burst burst-number | line-rate burst-number }
Syntax Description
| rate | Sets the rate. |
| rate-number | The rate number, in bits. |
| burst | Sets the burst. |
| burst-number | The burst number, in bits. |
| line-rate | Sets rate to line rate. |
Command Default
The default is line rate and 10240.
Command Modes
Egress policy (/org/qos-policy/egress-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
The rate number, in bits. The range of valid values is 0 to 10000000. The burst number, in bits. The range of valid values is 0 to 65535.
Examples
This example shows how to set the rate and burst:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope qos-policy qp10 switch-A /org/qos-policy # scope egress-policy switch-A /org/qos-policy/egress-policy # set rate rate 10000 burst 1000 switch-A /org/qos-policy/egress-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/qos-policy/egress-policy #
Related Commands
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show egress-policy |
|
show qos-policy |
|
set reboot-on-update
To set reboot on updates, use the set reboot-on-update command.
set reboot-on-update { no | yes }
Syntax Description
| no | Specifies no reboot on updates. |
| yes | Specifies reboot on updates. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Boot policy (/org/boot-policy)
Boot definition (/org/service-profile/boot-def)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to set reboot on updates:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope boot-policy bp112 switch-A /org/boot-policy # set reboot-on-update yes switch-A /org/boot-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/boot-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show boot-policy |
|
show storage |
|
set receive
To set recieve, use the set receive command.
set receive { off | on }
Syntax Description
| off | Specifies recieve off. |
| on | Specifies recieve on. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Flow control policy (/eth-uplink/flow-control/policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify flow control receive options.
When you specify off, pause requests from the network are ignored and traffic flow continues as normal.
When you specify on, pause requests are honored and all traffic is halted on that uplink port until the network cancels the pause request
Examples
This example shows how to set recieve:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # scope flow-control switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control # scope policy fcpolicy110 switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control/policy # set recieve on switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control/policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control/policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
show policy |
|
set recv-queue count
To configure the number of receive queue resources to allocate, use the set recv-queue count command.
set recv-queue count count
Syntax Description
| count | Number of queue resources. |
Command Default
The receive queue count is 1.
Command Modes
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the number of receive queue resources to allocate. Enter a number between 1 and 256.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the number of receive queue resources for an Ethernet policy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set recv-queue count 100 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # set trans-queue count 100 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # set comp-queue count 200 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set comp-queue count |
|
set recv-queue ring-size |
|
show eth-policy |
|
show fc-policy |
|
set recv-queue ring-size
To configure the number of descriptors in the receive queue, use the set recv-queue ring-size command.
set recv-queue ring-size ring-size
Syntax Description
| ring-size | Number of descriptors. |
Command Default
The receive queue ring size is 512.
Command Modes
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the number of descriptors in the receive queue. Enter a number between 64 and 4096.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the receive queue ring size for an Ethernet policy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set recv-queue count 100 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # set recv-queue ring-size 1024 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set recv-queue count |
|
show eth-policy |
|
show fc-policy |
|
set redundancy
To set up power supply redundancy, use the set redundancy command.
set redundancy { grid | | n-plus-1 | | non-redund }
Syntax Description
| grid | Specifies grid redundancy. |
| n-plus-1 | Specifies n+1 redundancy. |
| non-redund | Specifies no redundancy. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Power supply unit policy (/org/psu-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
In the non-redundant scheme, all installed power supplies are turned on and load balanced evenly. Smaller configurations, requiring less than 2500W, can be powered by a single power supply. However, a single power supply does not provide redundancy. More common configurations require two or more power supplies (if requirements are between 2500 and 5000 watts peak) in non-redundant mode.
In the n+1 scheme implies, the chassis contains the total number of power supplies to satisfy non-redundancy, plus one additional power supply for redundancy. All the power supplies that are participating in n+1 redundancy are turned on, and equally share the power load for the chassis. If any additional power supplies are installed, UCS Manager recognizes these unnecessary power supplies and turns them off.
If a power supply should fail, the surviving supply(s) can provide power to the chassis. In addition, UCS Manager turns on any turned-off power supplies, to bring the system back to n+1 status.
To provide n+1 protection, the following number of power supplies are recommended:
-
Chassis requires less than 2500W—Two power supplies
-
Chassis requires greater than 2500W—Three power supplies
Adding an additional power supply to either of these configurations will provide an extra level of protection. UCS Manager turns on the extra power supply in the event of a failure, and restores n+1 protection.
The grid redundant configuration is used when you have two power sources to power a chassis, or you require greater than n+1 redundancy. If one source fails, which causes a loss of power to one or two power supplies, the surviving power supplies on the other power circuit continue to provide power to the chassis.
A common reason for using grid redundancy is if the rack power distribution is such that power is provided by two PDUs and you want the grid redundancy protection in the case of a PDU failure.
To provide grid redundancy or greater than n+1 protection, the following number of power supplies are recommended:
Examples
This example shows how to set up power supply redundancy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # scope psu-policy switch-A /org/psu-policy # set redundancy n-plus-1 switch-A /org/psu-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/psu-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show psu |
|
show psu-policy |
|
set regenerate
To regenerate the keys in the default keyring, use the set regenerate command.
set regenerate { no | yes }
Syntax Description
| no | Do not regenerate the keys. |
| yes | Regenerate the keys. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Keyring (/security/keyring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to regenerate the RSA keys in the default keyring. This command is accepted only in the default keyring.
Examples
This example shows how to regenerate the keys in the default keyring:
switch-A# scope security switch-A /security # scope keyring default switch-A /security/keyring # set regenerate yes switch-A /security/keyring* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/keyring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show keyring |
|
set remote-file
To specify the name of a file to be transfered, use the set remote-file command.
set remote-file set remote-file remote-file
Syntax Description
| remote-file | Specifies the file name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Configuration import (/system/import-config)
System backup (/system/backup)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the name of a file to be transfered.
Examples
This example specifies the name of a remote configuration file for importing:
server-A# scope system server-A /system # scope import-config host35 server-A /system/import-config # set remote-file MyConfig13.cfg server-A /system/import-config* # commit-buffer server-A /system/import-config #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
show import-config |
|
set reply-to-email
To configure an email address that will appear in the Reply-To field in Call Home email messages, use the set reply-to-email command.
set reply-to-email reply-to-email
Syntax Description
| reply-to-email | Email address. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure an email address that will appear in the Reply-To field in Call Home email messages. Enter up to 512 characters. Specify the email address in the format <name>@<domain name>. If no address is specified, the contact email address is used.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a Reply-To email address:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # set reply-to-email admin@example.com switch-A /monitoring/callhome* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set from-email |
|
show callhome |
|
set reporting-interval
To specify the interval at which collected statistics are reported, use the set reporting-interval command.
set reporting-interval { 15minutes | 30minutes | 60minutes }
Syntax Description
| 15minutes | Statistics are reported at an interval of 15 minutes. |
| 30minutes | Statistics are reported at an interval of 30 minutes. |
| 60minutes | Statistics are reported at an interval of 60 minutes. |
Command Default
Statistics are reported at an interval of 15 minutes.
Command Modes
Statistics collection policy (/monitoring/stats-collection-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the interval at which collected statistics are reported. You can specify the reporting interval separately for chassis, port, host, adapter, and server statistics.
Examples
This example shows how to set the port statistics reporting interval to thirty minutes:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope stats-collection-policy port switch-A /monitoring/stats-collection-policy # set reporting-interval 30minutes switch-A /monitoring/stats-collection-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/stats-collection-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set collection-interval |
|
show stats-collection-policy |
|
set resume-ac-on-power-loss-config
To configure how the server behaves when power is restored after an unexpected power loss, use the set resume-ac-on-power-loss-config command.
set resume-ac-on-power-loss-config resume-action { stay-off | last-state | reset | platform-default }
Syntax Description
| stay-off | The server remains off until manually powered on. |
| last-state | The server is powered on and the system attempts to restore its last state. |
| reset | The server is powered on and automatically reset. |
| platform-default | The BIOS uses the value for this attribute contained in the BIOS defaults for the server type and vendor. |
Command Default
Platform default
Command Modes
BIOS policy (/org/bios-policy)
Platform BIOS defaults (/system/server-defaults/platform/bios-settings)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure how the server behaves when power is restored after an unexpected power loss.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a BIOS policy that restores the server power to its previous state after a power loss:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # create bios-policy bios1 switch-A /org/bios-policy* # set resume-ac-on-power-loss-config resume-action last-state switch-A /org/bios-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/bios-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show bios-policy |
|
set retention-interval
To configure the length of time before cleared fault messages are deleted, use the set retention-interval command.
set retention-interval { forever | days hours minutes seconds }
Syntax Description
| forever | Specifies that fault messages are never deleted. |
| days | Specifies the number of days that fault messages are retained. The range is 0 to 65535 days. |
| hours | Specifies the number of hours that fault messages are retained. The range is 0 to 23 hours; the default is 1 hour |
| minutes | Specifies the number of minutes that fault messages are retained. The range is 0 to 59 minutes. |
| seconds | Specifies the number of seconds that fault messages are retained. The range is 0 to 59 seconds. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Fault-policy (/monitoring/fault-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the retention period for fault messages when the set clear-action command is configured to retain messages.
Examples
This example shows how to set the fault message retention period to 30 days:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope fault policy switch-A /monitoring/fault-policy # set clear-action retain switch-A /monitoring/fault-policy* # set retention-interval 30 0 0 0 switch-A /monitoring/fault-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/fault-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set clear-action |
|
show fault policy |
|
set retries
To set the number of retries, use the set retries command.
set retries number
Syntax Description
| number | Number of retries. The range of valid values is 0 to 5. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
RADIUS (/security/radius)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the number of times to retry communicating with the RADIUS server before noting the server as down.
Examples
This example shows how to set the number of retries:
switch-A#scope security switch /security # scope radius switch /security/radius # set retries 3 switch /security/radius* # commit-buffer switch /security/radius #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ldap |
|
show radius |
|
set rootdn
To set a root distinguished name, use the set rootdn command.
set rootdn name
Syntax Description
| name | Root distinguished name. The range of valid values is 1 to 127. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server (/security/ldap/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the distinguished name for the LDAP database superuser account.
Examples
This example shows how to set a root distinguished name:
switch-A#scope security switch-A /security # scope ldap switch-A /security/ldap # scope server s100 switch-A /security/ldap/server # set rootdn administrator switch-A /security/ldap/server* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/ldap/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ldap |
|
show server |
|
set rss receivesidescaling
To enable or disable receive-side scaling (RSS), use the set rss receivesidescaling command.
set rss receivesidescaling { disabled | enabled }
Syntax Description
| disabled | The system does not use RSS. |
| enabled | The system uses RSS. |
Command Default
Enabled
Command Modes
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable or disable receive-side scaling (RSS). RSS enables the efficient distribution of network receive processing across multiple CPUs in multiprocessor systems.
Examples
This example shows how to enable RSS in an Ethernet policy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set rss receivesidescaling enabled switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-policy |
|
set scrub-policy
To set the scrub policy, use the set scrub-policy command.
set scrub-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Scrub policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server discovery policy (/org/server-disc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to associate the specified scrub policy with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode.
Examples
This example shows how to set the scrub policy:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope server-disc-policy sdp100 switch-A /org/server-disc-policy # set scrub-policy scrub101 switch-A /org/server-disc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-disc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show scrub-policy |
|
show server-disc-policy |
|
set scsi-io count
To configure the number of SCSI I/O queue resources to allocate, use the set scsi-io count command.
set scsi-io count count
Syntax Description
| count | Number of queue resources. |
Command Default
The SCSI I/O queue count is 1.
Command Modes
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the number of SCSI I/O queue resources to allocate. Enter a number between 1 and 8.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the SCSI I/O queue for a Fibre Channel policy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter fc-policy FcPolicy19 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set scsi-io count 4 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # set scsi-io ring-size 128 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set scsi-io ring-size |
|
show scsi-io |
|
set scsi-io ring-size
To configure the number of descriptors in the SCSI I/O queue, use the set scsi-io ring-size command.
set scsi-io ring-size ring-size
Syntax Description
| ring-size | Number of descriptors. |
Command Default
The SCSI I/O ring size is 512.
Command Modes
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the number of descriptors in the SCSI I/O queue. Enter a number between 64 and 512.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the SCSI I/O queue for a Fibre Channel policy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter fc-policy FcPolicy19 switch-A /org/fc-policy # set scsi-io count 4 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # set scsi-io ring-size 128 switch-A /org/fc-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fc-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set scsi-io count |
|
show scsi-io |
|
set send
To set send, use the set send command.
set send { off | on }
Syntax Description
| off | Specifies send off. |
| on | Specifies send on. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Flow control policy (/eth-uplink/flow-control-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify flow control send options.
When you specify off, traffic on the port flows normally regardless of the packet load.
When you specify on, the UCS system sends a pause request to the network if the incoming packet rate becomes too high. The pause remains in effect for a few milliseconds before traffic is reset to normal levels.
Examples
This example shows how to set send:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # scope flow-control switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control # scope policy fcpolicy110 switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control/policy # set send on switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control/policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink/flow-control/policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
show policy |
|
set send-periodically
To enable the sending of a periodic Call Home inventory message, use the set send-periodically command.
set send-periodically { off | on }
Syntax Description
| off | Disables a periodic inventory message. |
| on | Enables a periodic inventory message. |
Command Default
Disabled
Command Modes
Inventory (monitoring/callhome/inventory)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable the periodic sending of a Call Home inventory message. The periodic message includes hardware inventory information and an inventory of all software services currently enabled. If the periodic message is enabled, the default period is 7 days and the default time of day is 00:00.
Examples
This example shows how to enable the periodic sending of a Call Home inventory message at 17:30 hours every 14 days:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # scope inventory switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory # set send-periodically on switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # set interval-days 14 switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # set timeofday-hour 17 switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # set timeofday-minute 30 switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set interval-days |
|
set timeofday-hour |
|
set timeofday-minute |
|
show inventory |
|
set server
To specify the remote server on which the firmware download file resides, use the set server command.
set server server
Syntax Description
| server | Specifies the remote server name or IP address. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Firmware download task (/firmware/download-task)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the remote server on which the firmware download file resides.
Examples
This example shows how to specify the remote server:
switch-A# scope firmware switch-A /firmware # scope download-task ucs-k9-bundle.1.1.0.279.bin switch-A /firmware/download-task # set server 192.20.1.28 switch-A /firmware/download-task #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show download-task |
|
set site-id
To configure customer site identification (ID) information for the monitored equipment, use the set site-id command.
set site-id site-id
Syntax Description
| site-id | Site identification text information. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure customer site ID information to be included in Call Home messages for the monitored equipment. Enter up to 512 characters. If the information includes spaces, you must enclose your entry in quotes (" ").
Examples
This example shows how to configure the customer site ID:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # set side-id SanJose switch-A /monitoring/callhome* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
set size
To specify the size of a disk partition, use the set size command.
set size { size | unspecified }
Syntax Description
| size | Specifies the partition size in MBytes. |
| unspecified | Specifies no partition size. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Partition (/org/local-disk-config/partition)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the size of a disk partition in MBytes.
Examples
This example shows how to specify a 10 GB partition:
server-A# scope org / server-A /org # scope service-profile ServInst90 server-A /org/service-profile # create local-disk-config server-A /org/service-profile/local-disk-config* # set mode no-raid server-A /org/service-profile/local-disk-config* # create partition server-A /org/service-profile/local-disk-config/partition* # set size 10000 server-A /org/service-profile/local-disk-config/partition* # set type ntfs server-A /org/service-profile/local-disk-config/partition* # commit-buffer server-A /org/service-profile/local-disk-config/partition #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show local-disk-config |
|
set snmp community
To set up an SNMP community, use the set snmp community command.
set snmp community community
Syntax Description
| community | Community name. The range of valid values is 1 to 512. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Cisco recommends that you enable only the communication services that are required to interface with other network applications.
The community name can be any alphanumeric string. Enter this command multiple times to create multiple community strings.
Examples
This example shows how to set up an SNMP community:
switch-A#scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # set snmp community snmpcom10 switch-A /monitoring* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show snmp |
|
show snmp-trap |
|
set sol-policy
To set the serial over LAN (SoL) policy, use the set sol-policy command.
set sol-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | SoL policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to associate the specified SoL policy with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode.
Examples
This example shows how to set the SoL policy:
switch-A# scope org org110 switch-A /org # scope service-profile spEast110 switch-A /org/service-profile # set sol-policy apEast110 switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show sol-config |
|
show sol-policy |
|
set speed
To set the speed, use the set speed command.
memory mode set speed { speed | unspec }
sol-config and sol-policy modes set speed { 115200 | 19200 | 38400 | 57600 | 9600 }
Syntax Description
| speed | Baud rate. The range of valid values is 0 to 65535. |
| unspec | Specifies unspecified baud rate. |
| 115200 | Specifies 115200 baud rate. |
| 19200 | Specifies 19200 baud rate. |
| 38400 | Specifies 38400 baud rate. |
| 57600 | Specifies 57600 baud rate. |
| 9600 | Specifies 9600 baud rate. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
/org/server-qual/memory
/org/service-profile/sol-config
/org/sol-policy
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the memory data rate.
Examples
This example shows how to set the speed:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # scope sol-config switch-A /org/service-profile/sol-config # set speed 9600 switch-A /org/service-profile/sol-config* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/sol-config #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show sol-config |
|
set src-templ-name
To set the source template name, use the set src-templ-name command.
set src-templ-name name
Syntax Description
| name | Source template name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to associate the specified source template with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode.
Examples
This example shows how to set the source template name:
switch-A# scope org org110 switch-A /org # scope service-profile spEast110 switch-A /org/service-profile # set src-templ-name srcTempName110 switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show service-policy |
|
show vhba-templ |
|
set sshkey
To set an SSH key, use the set sshkey command.
set sshkey [key | none]
Syntax Description
| key | SSH key. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Local user (/security/local-user)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the SSH key used for passwordless access.
Examples
This example shows how to set an SSH key:
switch-A# scope security switch-A /security # set sshkey "ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAIEAuo9VQ2CmWBI9/S1f30klCWjnV3lgdXMzO0W Ul5iPw85lkdQqap+NFuNmHcb4K iaQB8X/PDdmtlxQQcawclj+k8f4VcOelBxls Gk5luq5ls1ob1VOIEwcKEL/h5lrdbNlI8y3SS9I/gGiBZ9ARlop9LDpD m8HPh2 LOgyH7Ei1MI8=" switch-A /security* # commit-buffer switch-A /security #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show keyring |
|
show trustpoint |
|
set ssl
To enable or disable SSL when communicating with an LDAP server, use the set ssl command.
set ssl { no | yes }
Syntax Description
| no | Encryption is disabled. Authentication information is sent as clear text. |
| yes | Encryption is required. If encryption cannot be negotiated, the connection fails. |
Command Modes
LDAP Server (/security/ldap/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable or disable SSL encryption when communicating with the LDAP server.
Examples
This example shows how to set up SSL on a server:
switch-A# scope security switch-A /security # scope ldap switch-A /security/ldap # create server 192.0.20.246 switch-A /security/ldap/server* # set ssl yes switch-A /security/ldap/server* # set port 389 switch-A /security/ldap/server* # set binddn "cn=Administrator,cn=Users,DC=cisco-ucsm-aaa3,DC=qalab,DC=com" switch-A /security/ldap/server* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/ldap/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ldap |
|
show server |
|
set stats-policy
To set the statistics policy, use the set stats-policy command.
set stats-policy name
Syntax Description
| name | Statistics policy name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Virtual NIC template (/org/vnic-templ)
Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Virtual HBA template (/org/vhba-templ)
Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Use this command to associate the specified statistics policy with the service profile you used to enter service profile mode, or the template you used to enter virtual NIC template or virtual HBA template modes.
Examples
This example shows how to set the statistics policy:
switch-A# scope org org110 switch-A /org # scope service-profile spEast110 switch-A /org/service-profile # set stats-policy statsEast110 switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show service-profile |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
set stepping
To set stepping, use the set stepping command.
set stepping { number | unspecified }
Syntax Description
| number | Stepping number. The range of valid value is 0 to 4294967295. |
| unspecified | Specifies an unspecified stepping number. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Processor (/org/server-qual/processor)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the processor stepping number.
Examples
This example shows how to set the minimum number of cores:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10 switch-A /org/server-qual # scope processor switch-A /org/server-qual/processor # set stepping 1 switch-A /org/server-qual/processor* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/processor #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show processor |
|
set street-address
To configure a street address that will appear in Call Home messages, use the set street-address command.
set street-address street-address
Syntax Description
| street-address | Mailing address text information. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure a mailing address for sending RMA replacement equipment. Enter up to 255 characters. If the information includes spaces, you must enclose your entry in quotes (" ").
Examples
This example shows how to configure a street address:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # set street-address "123 Example St., San Jose, CA 95134" switch-A /monitoring/callhome* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
set switch-priority
To configure the urgency level for Call Home messages, use the set switch-priority command.
set switch-priority { emergencies | alerts | critical | errors | warnings | notifications | information | debugging }
Syntax Description
| switch-priority options | Specifies the message urgency threshold for Call Home messages. See Usage Guidelines for the urgency level options. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the message urgency threshold for Call Home messages.
The following table shows the level options in order of decreasing urgency:
| emergencies | Emergency level (0) |
| alerts | Alert level (1) |
| critical | Critical level (2) |
| errors | Error level (3) |
| warnings | Warning level (4) |
| notifications | Notification level (5) |
| information | Information level (6) |
| debugging | Debug level (7) |
Examples
This example shows how to specify the urgency level as Critical:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # set switch-priority critical switch-A /monitoring/callhome* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
set syslog console
To configure which syslog messages are sent to the console, use the set syslog console command.
set syslog console level { alerts | critical | emergencies } +
Syntax Description
| level | Specifies the message urgency threshold for the syslog console. |
| emergencies | Specifies Emergency (0) level, the highest urgency messages. |
| alerts | Specifies Alert (1) level. |
| critical | Specifies Critical (2) level. |
Command Default
The default level is Critical.
Command Modes
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.3(1) | The state keyword was deprecated. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the urgency threshold level for syslog console messages. After configuring the syslog console information, you must enable the sending of messages using the enable syslog command.
Note |
The state keyword is deprecated. Use the enable syslog console or disable syslog console commands to enable or disable the syslog console. |
Examples
This example shows how to set the urgency threshold level of syslog console messages to alerts:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # set syslog console level alerts switch-A /monitoring* # enable syslog console switch-A /monitoring* # commit-buffer switch-A # /monitoring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enable syslog |
|
show syslog |
|
set syslog file
To configure a syslog file, use the set syslog file command.
set syslog file { level { emergencies | alerts | critical | errors | warnings | notifications | information | debugging } | name name | size size } +
Syntax Description
| level | Specifies the message urgency threshold for the syslog file. See Usage Guidelines for the level options. |
| name | Specifies the syslog file name. |
| name | Name of the file. The file name can be up to 16 characters. |
| size | Specifies file size. |
| size | File size in bytes. The range of valid values is 4096 to 10485760. |
Command Default
The default level is Critical and the default file size is 10485760 bytes.
Command Modes
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.3(1) | The state keyword was deprecated. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the file name, the maximum file size, and the urgency threshold level of syslog messages for the syslog file. After configuring the syslog file information, you must enable the writing of messages to the file using the enable syslog command.
The following table shows the level options in order of decreasing urgency.
| emergencies | Emergency level (0) |
| alerts | Alert level (1) |
| critical | Critical level (2) |
| errors | Error level (3) |
| warnings | Warning level (4) |
| notifications | Notification level (5) |
| information | Information level (6) |
| debugging | Debug level (7) |
Note |
The state keyword is deprecated. Use the enable syslog file or disable syslog file commands to enable or disable the syslog file. |
Examples
This example shows how to enable the syslog file and configure the name, size, and urgency level:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # enable syslog file switch-A /monitoring* # set syslog file name logsSanJose7 switch-A /monitoring* # set syslog file size 4096 switch-A /monitoring* # set syslog file level alerts switch-A /monitoring* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enable syslog |
|
show syslog |
|
set syslog min-level
To set the minimum level for syslog messages, use the set syslog min-level command.
set syslog min-level { crit | debug0 | debug1 | debug2 | debug3 | debug4 | info | major | minor | warn }
Syntax Description
| crit | Specifies minimum level as critical. |
| debug0 | Specifies minimum level as debug 0. |
| debug1 | Specifies minimum level as debug 1. |
| debug2 | Specifies minimum level as debug 2. |
| debug3 | Specifies minimum level as debug 3. |
| debug4 | Specifies minimum level as debug 4. |
| info | Specifies minimum level as information. |
| major | Specifies minimum level as major. |
| minor | Specifies minimum level as minor. |
| warn | Specifies minimum level as warning. |
Command Default
Minimum level is not set.
Command Modes
Management logging (/monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to set the minimum level for syslog messages:
switch-A#scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # scope mgmt-logging switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging # scope mgmt-logging switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging # set syslog min-level crit switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug/mgmt-logging #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fsm |
|
show syslog |
|
set syslog monitor
To configure syslog monitoring by the operating system, use the set syslog monitor command.
set syslog monitor level { emergencies | alerts | critical | errors | warnings | notifications | information | debugging } +
Syntax Description
| level | Specifies the message urgency threshold for the syslog monitor. See Usage Guidelines for the level options. |
Command Default
The default level is Critical.
Command Modes
Monitoring (monitoring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.3(1) | The state keyword was deprecated. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the urgency threshold level of syslog messages to monitor. After configuring the syslog monitor information, you must enable monitoring using the enable syslog command.
The following table shows the level options in order of decreasing urgency.
| emergencies | Emergency level (0) |
| alerts | Alert level (1) |
| critical | Critical level (2) |
| errors | Error level (3) |
| warnings | Warning level (4) |
| notifications | Notification level (5) |
| information | Information level (6) |
| debugging | Debug level (7) |
Note |
Messages at levels below Critical are displayed on the terminal monitor only if you have entered the terminal monitor command. |
Note |
The state keyword is deprecated. Use the enable syslog monitor or disable syslog monitor commands to enable or disable the syslog monitor. |
Examples
This example shows how to enable the syslog monitor and configure the urgency threshold level of syslog messages to monitor:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # enable syslog monitor switch-A /monitoring* # set syslog monitor level warnings switch-A /monitoring* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enable syslog |
|
show syslog |
|
terminal monitor |
|
set syslog remote-destination
To configure sending of syslog messages to a remote destination, use the set syslog remote-destination command.
set syslog remote-destination { server-1 | server-2 | server-3 } { level { emergencies | alerts | critical | errors | warnings | notifications | information | debugging } | hostname hostname | facility { local0 | local1 | local2 | local3 | local4 | local5 | local6 | local7 } } +
Syntax Description
| server-1 | Specifies server 1. |
| server-2 | Specifies server 2. |
| server-3 | Specifies server 3. |
| level | Specifies the message urgency threshold for sending to the remote destination. See Usage Guidelines for the level options. |
| hostname | Specifies host name. |
| hostname | Host name. The name can be from 1 to 256 characters. |
| facility | Specifies the facility number for the messages sent to the remote destination. |
| localn | The local facility number. The range of valid values is local0 through local7. |
Command Default
The default for Hostname is None. The default level is Critical.
Command Modes
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.3(1) | The state keyword was deprecated. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the host name, message urgency level, and facility number for the sending of syslog messages to a remote syslog server. After configuring the remote server information, you must enable the sending of messages using the enable syslog command. You can independantly configure and enable up to three remote servers using the server-n keyword.
The following table shows the level options in order of decreasing urgency.
| emergencies | Emergency level (0) |
| alerts | Alert level (1) |
| critical | Critical level (2) |
| errors | Error level (3) |
| warnings | Warning level (4) |
| notifications | Notification level (5) |
| information | Information level (6) |
| debugging | Debug level (7) |
Note |
The state keyword is deprecated. Use the enable syslog remote-destination or disable syslog remote-destination commands to enable or disable the syslog remote-destination. |
Examples
This example shows how to enable and configure a syslog remote destination:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # enable syslog remote-destination server-1 switch-A /monitoring* # set syslog remote-destination server-1 hostname ITEast1 level alerts switch-A /monitoring* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
enable syslog |
|
show syslog |
|
set target
To set a target, use the set target command.
set target { a | b } { port slot-id/port-id | port-channel id }
Syntax Description
| a | Specifies switch A. |
| b | Specifies switch B. |
| port | Specifies port. |
| slot-id/port-id | Specifies the slot and port identification number. |
| port-channel | Specifies port channel. |
| id | Specifies the port channel identification number. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Pin group under Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink/pin-group)
Pin group under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/pin-group)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the Fibre Channel or Ethernet pin target to the specified switch and port, or switch and port channel. Scope to /fc-uplink/pin-group to set the Fibre Channel pin target. Scope to /eth-uplink/pin-group to set the Ethernet pin target.
Examples
This example shows how to set a target:
switch-A# scope eth-uplink switch-A /eth-uplink # scope pin-group pinGroupOne switch-A /eth-uplink/pin-group # set target a port 1/1 switch-A /eth-uplink/pin-group* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-uplink/pin-group #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show pin-group |
|
show target |
|
set template
To specify a service profile template, use the set template command.
set template template
Syntax Description
| template | Specifies the name of a service profile template. Enter up to 32 characters. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server automatic configuration policy (/org/server-autoconfig-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify a service profile template for creating a service profile instance for the server.
Examples
The following example shows how to specify a service profile template:
switch-A# scope org / switch-A /org # create server-autoconfig-policy AutoConfigFinance switch-A /org/server-autoconfig-policy* # set destination org finance switch-A /org/server-autoconfig-policy* # set qualifier ServPoolQual22 switch-A /org/server-autoconfig-policy* # set template ServTemp2 switch-A /org/server-autoconfig-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-autoconfig-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show server-autoconfig-policy |
|
set template-name
To set the template name, use the set template-name command.
set template-name name
Syntax Description
| name | Template name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
vNIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic vnic10 switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic # set template-name temp10 switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vhba |
|
show vnic |
|
set throttling
To limit the number of Call Home messages received for the same event, use the set throttling command.
set throttling { off | on }
Syntax Description
| off | Disables limiting of duplicate messages. |
| on | Enables limiting of duplicate messages. |
Command Default
Enabled
Command Modes
Callhome (/monitoring/callhome)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to limit the number of Call Home messages received for the same event. If the number of messages sent exceeds a maximum limit within a preset time frame, further messages for that alert type are discarded within that time frame.
Examples
This example shows how to enable throttling of duplicate Call Home messages:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope callhome switch-A /monitoring/callhome # set throttling on switch-A /monitoring/callhome* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/callhome #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show callhome |
|
set timeofday-hour
To configure the hour of the day for sending a periodic Call Home inventory message, use the set timeofday-hour command.
set timeofday-hour hour
Syntax Description
| hour | The hour of day. |
Command Default
The default time of day is 00:00.
Command Modes
Inventory (/monitoring/callhome/inventory)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the hour of day for sending a periodic Call Home inventory message. The range is 0 to 23; the default is 0.
Examples
This example shows how to enable the periodic sending of a Call Home inventory message at 17:30 hours every 14 days:
UCS-A# scope monitoring UCS-A /monitoring # scope callhome UCS-A /monitoring/callhome # scope inventory UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory # set send-periodically on UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # set interval-days 14 UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # set timeofday-hour 17 UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # set timeofday-minute 30 UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # commit-buffer UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set interval-days |
|
set send-periodically |
|
set timeofday-minute |
|
show inventory |
|
set timeofday-minute
To configure the minutes field of the time of day for sending a periodic Call Home inventory message, use the set timeofday-minute command.
set timeofday-minute minute
Syntax Description
| minute | The minute of the hour of day. |
Command Default
The default time of day is 00:00.
Command Modes
Inventory (/monitoring/callhome/inventory)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the minutes field of the time of day for sending a periodic Call Home inventory message. The range is 0 to 59; the default is 0.
Examples
This example shows how to enable the periodic sending of a Call Home inventory message at 17:30 hours every 14 days:
UCS-A# scope monitoring UCS-A /monitoring # scope callhome UCS-A /monitoring/callhome # scope inventory UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory # set send-periodically on UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # set interval-days 14 UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # set timeofday-hour 17 UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # set timeofday-minute 30 UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory* # commit-buffer UCS-A /monitoring/callhome/inventory #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set interval-days |
|
set send-periodically |
|
set timeofday-hour |
|
show inventory |
|
set timeout
To set a timeout, use the set timeout command.
set timeout timeout
Syntax Description
| timeout | Timeout interval, in seconds. The range of valid values is 1 to 60. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
TACACS (/security/tacacs)
RADIUS (/security/radius)
LDAP (/security/ldap)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to set a timeout:
switch-A#scope security switch-A /security # scope ldap switch-A /security/ldap # set timeout 30 switch-A /security/ldap* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/ldap #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ldap |
|
show tacacs |
|
set timezone
To set the time zone for system services, use the set timezone command.
set timezone
Command Default
The time zone is UTC.
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the time zone for system services that require time of day. You are prompted with a sequence of choices to select your time zone.
Examples
This example shows how to select the time zone for Los Angeles:
UCS-A# scope system UCS-A /system # scope services UCS-A /system/services # set timezone Please identify a location so that time zone rules can be set correctly. Please select a continent or ocean. 1) Africa 4) Arctic Ocean 7) Australia 10) Pacific Ocean 2) Americas 5) Asia 8) Europe 3) Antarctica 6) Atlantic Ocean 9) Indian Ocean #? 2 Please select a country. 1) Anguilla 18) Ecuador 35) Paraguay [...truncated...] 11) Cayman Islands 28) Jamaica 45) United States [...truncated...] #? 45 Please select one of the following time zone regions. 1) Eastern Time [...truncated...] 15) Mountain Standard Time - Arizona 16) Pacific Time 17) Alaska Time [...truncated...] #? 16 The following information has been given: United States Pacific Time Therefore timezone 'America/Los_Angeles' will be set. Local time is now: Fri May 15 07:39:25 PDT 2009. Universal Time is now: Fri May 15 14:39:25 UTC 2009. Is the above information OK? 1) Yes 2) No #? 1 UCS-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show clock |
|
show timezone |
|
set trans-queue count
To configure the number of transmit queue resources to allocate, use the set trans-queue count command.
set trans-queue count count
Syntax Description
| count | Number of queue resources. |
Command Default
The transmit queue count is 1.
Command Modes
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the number of transmit queue resources to allocate. Enter a number between 1 and 256.
This command replaces the set work-queue count command.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the number of transmit queue resources for an Ethernet policy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set recv-queue count 100 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # set trans-queue count 100 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # set comp-queue count 200 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set trans-queue ring-size |
|
show eth-policy |
|
show fc-policy |
|
set trans-queue ring-size
To configure the number of descriptors in the transmit queue, use the set trans-queue ring-size command.
set trans-queue ring-size ring-size
Syntax Description
| ring-size | Number of descriptors. |
Command Default
The transmit queue ring size is 256.
Command Modes
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Fibre Channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) |
This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the number of descriptors in the transmit queue. Enter a number between 64 and 4096.
This command replaces the set work-queue ring-size command.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the transmit queue ring size for an Ethernet policy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set trans-queue count 100 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # set trans-queue ring-size 1024 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set trans-queue count |
|
show eth-policy |
|
show fc-policy |
|
set trustpoint
To specify the trustpoint for a keyring, use the set trustpoint command.
set trustpoint trustpoint
Syntax Description
| trustpoint | Name of a defined trustpoint. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Keyring (/security/keyring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the trustpoint for a keyring. The trustpoint name can be up to 16 characters.
Examples
This example shows how to specify the trustpoint for a keyring:
switch-A# scope security switch-A /security # scope keyring MyKR05 switch-A /security/keyring # set trustpoint CiscoCA5 switch-A /security/keyring* # commit-buffer switch-A /security/keyring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
create trustpoint |
|
set type (backup)
To specify the configuration and state information to be backed up, use the set type command.
set type { all-configuration | logical-configuration | system-configuration | full-state }
Syntax Description
| all-configuration | Backup server, fabric, and system-related configuration. |
| logical-configuration | Backup fabric and server-related configuration. |
| system-configuration | Backup system-related configuration. |
| full-state | Backup full state for disaster recovery. |
Command Default
All configuration information (server, fabric, and system-related) is backed up.
Command Modes
System backup (/system/backup)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the configuration and state information to be backed up.
Examples
This example specifies that fabric and server-related configuration are to be backed up:
server-A# scope system server-A /system # create backup ftp: full-state enabled Password: server-A /system/backup* # set type logical-configuration server-A /system/backup* # commit-buffer server-A /system/backup #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
set type (partition)
To specify the file system of a disk partition, use the set type command.
set type { ext2 | ext3 | fat32 | none | ntfs | swap }
Syntax Description
| ext2 | The partition uses the EXT2 file system. |
| ext3 | The partition uses the EXT3 file system. |
| fat32 | The partition uses the FAT32 file system. |
| none | The partition uses no file system. |
| ntfs | The partition uses the NTFS file system. |
| swap | The partition is used as swap space. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Partition (/org/local-disk-config/partition)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the file system of a disk partition.
Examples
This example shows how to specify the NTFS file system for a new partition:
server-A# scope org / server-A /org # scope service-profile ServInst90 UCS-A /org/service-profile # create local-disk-config UCS-A /org/service-profile/local-disk-config* # set mode no-raid UCS-A /org/service-profile/local-disk-config* # create partition UCS-A /org/service-profile/local-disk-config/partition* # set size 10000 UCS-A /org/service-profile/local-disk-config/partition* # set type ntfs UCS-A /org/service-profile/local-disk-config/partition* # commit-buffer UCS-A /org/service-profile/local-disk-config/partition #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show local-disk-config |
|
set type (template)
To set the updating policy of a template, use the set type command.
set type { initial-template | updating-template }
Syntax Description
| initial-template | Instances created from this template will not automatically update if this template is updated. |
| updating-template | Instances created from this template will automatically update if this template is updated. |
Command Default
Instances created from this template will not automatically update if this template is updated.
Command Modes
Virtual HBA template (/org/vhba-templ)
Virtual NIC template (/org/vnic-templ)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the updating policy of a vHBA (virtual host bus adapter) or vNIC (virtual network interface card) template.
Examples
This example shows how to specify that instances created from a vNIC template will automatically update if the template is updated:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope vnic-templ sp10 switch-A /org/vnic-templ # set type updating-template switch-A /org/vnic-templ* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/vnic-templ #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vhba-templ |
|
show vnic-templ |
|
set units
To set memory units, use the set units command.
set units { units | unspec }
Syntax Description
| units | Memory units. The range of valid values is 0 to 65535. |
| unspec | Specifies unspecified memory units. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
/org/server-qual/memory
/org/server-qual/storage
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0 | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Memory units refer to the DRAM chips mounted on the PCB.
Examples
This example shows how to set memory units:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10 switch-A /org/server-qual # scope memory switch-A /org/server-qual/memory # set units 1000 switch-A /org/server-qual/memory* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/memory #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show storage |
|
set uplink-fail-action
To set an uplink fail action, use the set uplink-fail-action command.
set uplink-fail-action { link-down | warning }
Syntax Description
| link-down | Specifies that down virtual interfaces are marked link down. |
| warning | Specifies that a fault is generated for down virtual interfaces. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Network control policy (/org/nwctrl-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This configuration will be applicable only in end host mode (default mode).
Warning is useful when you want to maintain blade-to-blade connectivity inside the UCSM system when all uplink ports go down. You do this, however, at the expense of not providing fabric failover when uplink connectivity is lost.
Examples
This example shows how to set an uplink fail action:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope nwctrl-policy nCP100 switch-A /org/nwctrl-policy # set uplink-fail-action warning switch-A /org/nwctrl-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/nwctrl-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show nwctrl-policy |
|
show service-policy |
|
set user
To specify a user name for logging in to a remote server, use the set user command.
set user user
Syntax Description
| user | Specifies the user name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Configuration import (/system/import-config)
System backup (/system/backup)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the user name for logging in to a remote server for a file transfer.
Examples
This example specifies the user name for logging in to a remote file server:
server-A# scope system server-A /system # scope import-config host35 server-A /system/import-config # set user User13 server-A /system/import-config* # commit-buffer server-A /system/import-config #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show backup |
|
show import-config |
|
set userid
To specify the username the system should use to log in to the remote server, use the set userid command.
set userid userid
Syntax Description
| userid | The login user name for the remote server. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Firmware download task (/firmware/download-task)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the user name the system should use to log in to the remote server. This field does not apply if the protocol is TFTP.
Examples
This example shows how to specify the user name for logging in to the remote server:
switch-A# scope firmware switch-A /firmware # scope download-task ucs-k9-bundle.1.1.0.279.bin switch-A /firmware/download-task # set userid User123 switch-A /firmware/download-task #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show download-task |
|
set user-label
To assign an identifying label to the server, use the set user-label command.
set user-label label
Syntax Description
| label | Enter up to 16 characters with no spaces. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to assign an identifying label to a server.
Examples
This example shows how to assign a label to server 2 in chassis 1:
switch-A# scope server 1/2 switch-A /chassis/server # set user-label SanJose13 switch-A /chassis/server* # commit-buffer switch-A /chassis/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show server |
|
set uuid-prefix
To specify the prefix for UUID pool values, use the set uuid-prefix command.
set uuid-prefix { uuid-prefix | derived }
Syntax Description
| uuid-prefix | Specifies the prefix in the format nnnnnnnn-nnnn-nnnn. |
| derived | Use the prefix of the UUID burned into the hardware at manufacture. |
Command Default
The UUID prefix is derived.
Command Modes
UUID suffix pool (/org/uuid-suffix-pool)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the Universally Unique Identifier (UUID) prefix to be combined with UUID suffix pool values for dynamic UUID assignment.
The prefix contains 16 hexadecimal characters in three hyphen-separated groups, in the form nnnnnnnn-nnnn-nnnn.
Examples
This example shows how to specify a UUID prefix for the UUID suffix pool:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope uuid-suffix-pool usp10a switch-A /org/uuid-suffix-pool # set uuid-prefix 12345678-9abc-def0 switch-A /org/uuid-suffix-pool* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/uuid-suffix-pool #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show uuid-suffix-pool |
|
set v3privilege
To specify the SNMPv3 security level for the SNMP trap destination, use the set v3privilege command.
set v3privilege { auth | noauth | priv }
Syntax Description
| auth | Specifies keyed-hash authentication with the trap destination. |
| noauth | Specifies user name authentication with the trap destination. |
| priv | Specifies keyed-hash authentication and data encryption (privacy) with the trap destination. |
Command Default
User name authentication (noauth) is used with the trap destination.
Command Modes
SNMP trap (/monitoring/snmp-trap)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the Simple Network Management Protocol version 3 (SNMPv3) security level for the SNMP trap destination.
Examples
This example shows how to set the SNMPv3 security level for the SNMP trap destination:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope snmp-trap 192.20.1.28 switch-A /monitoring/snmp-trap # set v3privilege auth switch-A /monitoring/snmp-trap* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/snmp-trap #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show snmp-trap |
|
set vcon
To set up a vCon (virtual adapter), use the set vcon command.
set vcon { 1 | | 2 } selection { all | | assigned-only | | exclude-dynamic | | exclude-assigned }
Syntax Description
| 1 | Specifies adapter 1. |
| 2 | Specifies adapter 2. |
| selection | Specifies a placement selection. |
| all | Places all vNICs and vHBAs. |
| assigned-only | Places assigned vNICs and vHBAs. |
| exclude-dynamic | Excludes dynamic vNICs and vHBAs from being placed. |
| exclude-assigned | Excludes assigned vNICs and vHBAs from being placed. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
vCon policy (/org/vcon-policy)
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
vCons
Examples
This example shows how to set up a vCon:
switch-A# scope org / switch-A /org # scope vcon-policy vcp100 switch-A /org/vcon-policy # set vcon 1 selection all switch-A /org/vcon-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/vcon-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vcon |
|
show vcon-policy |
|
set vcon-profile
To associate a vCon (virtual adapter) profile, use the set vcon-profile command.
set vcon-profile profile-name
Syntax Description
| profile-name | The name of the profile. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Associates the specified vNIC/vHBA placement policy with the service profile.
Examples
This example shows how to associate a vCon profile:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp100 switch-A /org/service-profile # set vcon-profile vcp100 switch-A /org/service-profile* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vcon |
|
show |
|
set version
To set the version number, use the set version command.
set version number
Syntax Description
| number | Version number. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Pack image (/org/fw-host-pack/pack-image)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the package image version number. Changing this number triggers firmware updates on all components using the firmware through a service profile.
Examples
This example shows how to set the version number:
switch-A# scope org org100 switch-A /org # scope fw-host-pack fhp10 switch-A /org/fw-host-pack # scope pack-image pi10 switch-A /org/fw-host-packpack-image # set version 1.3 switch-A /org/fw-host-packpack-image* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/fw-host-packpack-image #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show pack-image |
|
show version |
|
set version (snmp-trap)
To specify the SNMP version for the SNMP trap destination, use the set version command.
set version { v1 | v2c | v3 }
Syntax Description
| v1 | Specifies SNMP version 1. |
| v2c | Specifies SNMP version 2c. |
| v3 | Specifies SNMP version 3. |
Command Default
SNMP version 2c is used.
Command Modes
SNMP trap (/monitoring/snmp-trap)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) version for the SNMP trap destination.
Examples
This example shows how to specify SNMPv3 for the SNMP trap destination:
switch-A# scope monitoring switch-A /monitoring # scope snmp-trap 192.20.1.28 switch-A /monitoring/snmp-trap # set version v3 switch-A /monitoring/snmp-trap* # commit-buffer switch-A /monitoring/snmp-trap #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show snmp-trap |
|
set vhba
To set a vHBA, use the set vhba command.
set vhba name
Syntax Description
| name | vHBA name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Path (/org/boot-policy/storage/san-image/path)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to set a vHBA:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope boot-policy boot1 switch-A /org/boot-policy # scope storage switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage # scope san-image primary switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage/san-image # scope path primary switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage/san-image/path # set vhba vhba100 switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage/san-image/path* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage/san-image/path #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show interface |
|
show vhba |
|
set virtual-ip
To set up a virtual IP address, use the set virtual-ip command.
set virtual-ip address
Syntax Description
| address | Virtual IP address. Enter the argument in the format A.B.C.D. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
System (/system)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to set up a virtual IP address:
switch# scope system switch /system # set virtual-ip 209.165.200.225 switch /system* # commit-buffer switch /system #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show image |
|
show vif |
|
set vnic
To set the vNIC, use the set vnic command.
set vnic vnic
Syntax Description
| vnic | VNIC name. The range of valid values is 1 to 16. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Path (/org/boot-policy/lan/path)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
A vNIC is a virtualized network interface that is configured on a physical network adapter and appears to be a physical NIC to the operating system of the server. The type of adapter in the system determines how many vNICs you can create. For example, a Cisco UCS CNA M71KR adapter has two NICs, which means you can create a maximum of two vNICs for each of those adapters.
Examples
This example shows how to set the VNIC:
switch-A# scope org org3 switch-A /org # scope boot-policy boot1 switch-A /org/boot-policy # scope lan switch-A /org/boot-policy/lan # scope path switch-A /org/boot-policy/lan/path # set vnic 101 switch-A /org/boot-policy/lan/path* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/boot-policy/lan/path #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show path |
|
show vnic |
|
set weight
To set the weight, use the set weight command.
set weight { weight | best-effort | none }
Syntax Description
| weight | Weight number. The range of valid values is 0 to 10. |
| best-effort | Specifies best effort. |
| none | Specifies no weight. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Ethernet best effort (/eth-server/qos/eth--best-effort)
Ethernet classified (/eth-server/qos/eth-classified)
Fibre Channel (/eth-server/qos/fc)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to set the weight:
switch-A# scope eth-server switch-A /eth-server # scope qos switch-A /eth-server/qos # scope eth-classified switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified # set weight 5 switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified* # commit-buffer switch-A /eth-server/qos/eth-classified #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-best-effort |
|
show eth-classified |
|
set width
To set the width, use the set width command.
set width { width | unspec }
Syntax Description
| width | Width. The range of valid values is 0 to 65535. |
| unspec | Specifies width unspecified. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Memory (/org/server-qual/memory)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify the bit width of the data bus.
Examples
This example shows how to set the width:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope server-qual squal10 switch-A /org/server-qual # scope memory switch-A /org/server-qual/memory # set width 1000000 switch-A /org/server-qual/memory* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/server-qual/memory #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show storage |
|
set work-queue count
To configure the number of work (transmit) queue resources to allocate, use the set work-queue count command.
set work-queue count count
Syntax Description
| count | Number of queue resources. |
Command Default
The work queue count is 1.
Command Modes
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
| 1.1(1) |
This command was deprecated in favor of the set trans-queue ring-size command. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the number of work (transmit) queue resources to allocate. Enter a number between 1 and 256.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the number of queue resources for an Ethernet policy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set recv-queue count 100 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # set work-queue count 100 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # set comp-queue count 200 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set work-queue ring-size |
|
show eth-policy |
|
set work-queue ring-size
To configure the number of descriptors in the work (transmit) queue, use the set work-queue ring-size command.
set work-queue ring-size ring-size
Syntax Description
| ring-size | Number of descriptors. |
Command Default
The work queue ring size is 256.
Command Modes
Ethernet adapter policy (/org/eth-policy)
Fibre channel adapter policy (/org/fc-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) |
This command was introduced. |
| 1.1(1) |
This command was deprecated in favor of the set trans-queue ring-size command. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the number of descriptors in the work (transmit) queue. Enter a number between 64 and 4096.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the work (transmit) queue ring size for an Ethernet policy:
switch-A# scope org switch-A /org # enter eth-policy EthPolicy19 switch-A /org/eth-policy # set work-queue count 100 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # set work-queue ring-size 1024 switch-A /org/eth-policy* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/eth-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set trans-queue ring-size |
|
set work-queue count |
|
show eth-policy |
|
show fc-policy |
|
set wwn
To set a World Wide Name (WWN), use the set wwn command.
set wwn name
Syntax Description
| name | WWN name. The name entered must be in hh:hh:hh:hh:hh:hh:hh:hh format. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Path (/org/boot-policy/storage/san-image/path)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to set a WWN:
switch-A# scope org org10a switch-A /org # scope boot-policy boot6b switch-A /org/boot-policy # scope storage switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage # scope san-image primary switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage/san-image # scope path primary switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage/san-image/path # set wwn 20:00:00:00:20:00:00:23 switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage/san-image/path* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/boot-policy/storage/san-image/path* #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show path |
|
show san-image |
|
set wwpn-pool
To specify a pool of world wide port names (WWPN) for a vHBA template, use the set wwpn-pool command.
set wwpn-pool wwpn-pool
Syntax Description
| wwpn-pool | Name of a WWPN pool. |
Command Default
The default WWPN pool is used.
Command Modes
Virtual HBA template (/org/vhba-templ)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to specify an existing pool of world wide port names (WWPN) for dynamic assignment to a vHBA (virtual host bus adapter) template.
Examples
This example shows how to specify a WWPN pool for a vHBA:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope vhba-templ vhba10 switch-A /org/vhba-templ # set wwpn-pool MyWwpnPool13 switch-A /org/vhba-templ* # commit-buffer switch-A /org/vhba-templ #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vhba-templ |
|
show activate status
To display the activation status, use the show activate status command.
show activate status
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
Displays the activation status.
Command Modes
Input/output module (/chassis/iom)
Fabric interconnect (/fabric-interconnect)
Adapter (/chassis/server/adapter)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display the activation status:
switch-A# scope chassis 1 switch-A /chassis # scope iom 1 switch-A /chassis/iom # show activate status State: Ready
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show firmware |
|
show status |
|
show adapter
To display adapter information, use the show adapter command.
show adapter [ detail | expand ] *
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about all adapters. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays limited details about all adapters. |
Command Default
Displays adapter information.
Command Modes
Server qualification (/org/server-qual)
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show adapter command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of adapters.
Examples
This example shows how to display a list of adapters:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq10
switch-A /org/server-qual # show adapter
Server 1/1:
Adapter PID Vendor Serial Operational State
------- ---------- ----------------- ------------ -----------------
1 N20-AE0002 Cisco Systems Inc EXM12510017 Operable
2 N20-AE0003 Cisco Systems Inc EXM12510018 Operable
switch-A /org/server-qual #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show server-qual |
|
show assoc
To display service profile association information, use the show assoc command.
show assoc
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
Displays service profile association information.
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show assoc command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of service profile associations.
Examples
This example shows how to display service profile associations:
switch-A# scope org org10 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10 switch-A /org/service-profile # show assoc Service Profile Name Association Server Server Pool -------------------- -------------- ------ ----------- org10/sp10 Associated 1/1 10 org10/sp100 Associated 1/2 10 switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show org |
|
show service-profile |
|
show audit-logs
To display the audit log, use the show audit-logs command.
show audit-logs [ id | detail ] *
Syntax Description
| id | (Optional) Displays a specific audit log. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details in the audit log. |
Command Default
Displays the audit log.
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was released. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This command shows how to display the audit log:
switch-A# scope security
switch-A /security # show audit-logs
Audit trail logs:
Creation Time User ID Action Description
-------------------- ---------- -------- ---------------- -----------
2009-07-01T15:59:07 internal 905342 Creation Fabric A: local user admin logged
2009-07-01T15:58:48 internal 905339 Deletion Fabric A: user admin terminated
2009-07-01T15:51:02 internal 905275 Creation Fabric A: local user admin logged
2009-07-01T15:50:48 internal 905271 Deletion Fabric A: user admin terminated
2009-07-01T15:49:19 internal 905265 Creation Fabric A: local user admin logged
2009-07-01T15:47:48 internal 905254 Deletion Fabric A: user admin terminated
switch-A /security #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show event |
|
show remote-user |
|
show authentication
To display authentication information, use the show authentication command.
show authentication
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
Displays authentication information.
Command Modes
Security (/security)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display console and default authentication information:
switch-A# scope security switch-A /security # show authentication Console authentication: Local Default authentication: Local switch-A /security #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show radius |
|
show tacacs |
|
show backup
To display backup information, use the show backup command.
show backup [ backup-name | detail | fsm status ] *
Syntax Description
| backup-name | (Optional) Displays a specific backup file. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about all backups. |
| fsm status | (Optional) Displays FSM status. |
Command Default
Displays backup information.
Command Modes
System (/system)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show backup command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of backups.
Examples
This example shows how to display backup information:
switch-A# scope system
switch-A /system # show backup
Backup:
Hostname Type User Protocol Administrative State De
scription
---------- --------------------- ---------- -------- -------------------- --
---------
10.193.1.29
All Configuration jennall Scp Disabled
192.168.1.1
Full State Tftp Disabled
192.168.1.2
Full State jennall Scp Disabled
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show firmware |
|
show system |
|
show backup (ep-log-policy)
To display backup information, use the show backup command in ep-log-policy mode.
show backup [ detail | | expand ]
Syntax Description
| detail | Displays all backup information, in list format. |
| expand | Displays some backup information. The command does not display the following: |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Endpoint log policy (/org/ep-log-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to display all backup information:
switch-A# scope org
switch-A /org # scope ep-log-policy sel
switch-A /org/ep-log-policy # show backup detail
Log Backup Behavior:
Format: Ascii
Hostname: test
Remote Path: //test/electronic
User: user100
Protocol: Ftp
Backup Action: Timer
Clear on Backup: No
Interval: 1 Hour
switch-A /org/ep-log-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ep-log-policy |
|
show |
|
show bios
To display BIOS information, use the show bios command.
show bios [detail]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about the BIOS. |
Command Default
Displays BIOS information.
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display BIOS information:
switch-A# scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis # scope server 1/1
switch-A /chassis/server # show bios
Bios Firmware:
Server Model Vendor Running-Vers
------- ---------- ----------------- ------------
1/1 N20-B6620-1 Intel Corp. S5500.86B.08.00.0022.110620081457
switch-A /chassis/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show firmware |
|
show server |
|
show bmc
To display Baseboard Management Controller (BMC) information, use the show bmc command.
show bmc [ detail | expand | fsm status ] *
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about the BMC. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays details about the BMC, including the management interface IP address, and the management endpoint log. |
| fsm status | (Optional) Displays finite state machine information. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modifications |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
| 1.3(1) | This command was deprecated. |
Usage Guidelines
Note |
This command is deprecated in later releases. Use the show cimc command instead. |
Examples
This example shows how to display BMC information:
switch-A# scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis # scope server 1/1
switch-A /chassis/server # show bmc
BMC:
Product Name: Cisco B200-M1
PID: N20-B6620-1
Vendor: Cisco Systems Inc
Serial (SN): QCI12520009
HW Revision: 0
GUID:
Current Task:
switch-A /chassis/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show server |
|
show boot-definition
To display boot definition information, use the show boot-definition command.
show boot-definition [ detail | expand ] *
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about the boot definition. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays limited details about the boot definition. |
Command Default
Displays boot definition information.
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display the boot definition:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10
switch-A /org/service-profile # show boot-definition
Boot Definition:
Reboot on Update: Yes
switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show boot-policy |
|
show service-profile |
|
show boot-order
To display the boot order, use the show boot-order command.
show boot-order
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
Displays the boot order.
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display the boot order:
switch-A# scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis # scope server 1/1
switch-A /chassis/server # show boot-order
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show actual-boot-order |
|
show chassis |
|
show boot-policy
To display boot policy information, use the show boot-policy command.
show boot-policy [ name | detail | expand ] *
Syntax Description
| name | (Optional) Displays information about a specific boot policy. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about boot policies. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays limited details about boot policies. |
Command Default
Displays boot policy information.
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show boot-policy command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of boot policies.
Examples
This example shows how to display a list of boot policies:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org# show boot-policy
Boot Policy:
Name Purpose Reboot on Update
-------------------- ----------- ----------------
org10/bp10 Operational No
org10/bp11 Operational Yes
switch-A /org#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show boot-definition |
|
show org |
|
show callhome
To display callhome information, use the show callhome command.
show callhome [ detail | expand | fsm status ] *
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays limited details about callhome. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays details about callhome. |
| fsm status | (Optional) Displays finite state machine information. |
Command Default
Displays callhome information.
Command Modes
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display callhome information:
switch-A# scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring # show callhome
Callhome:
Admin State: On
Throttling State: On
Contact Information: admin
Customer Contact Email: tgv@tgv.com
From Email: ref@tgv.com
Reply To Email: admin021@tgv.com
Phone Contact e.g., +1-011-408-555-1212: +16504441234
Street Address: 12 First St.
Contract Id:
Customer Id:
Site Id:
Urgency: Debugging
SMTP Server Address: adminHost
SMTP Server Port: 25
switch-A /monitoring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show event |
|
show snmp-trap |
|
show cap-qual
To display capacity qualification information, use the show cap-qual command.
show cap-qual [ detail | expand | fcoe | non-virtualized-eth-if | non-virtualized-fc-if | path-encap-consolidated | path-encap-virtual | protected-eth-if | protected-fc-if | protected-fcoe | virtualized-eth-if | virtualized-fc-if | virtualized-scsi-if ] *
Syntax Description
| fcoe | (Optional) Displays Fibre Channel over Ethernet information. |
| non-virtualized-eth-if | (Optional) Displays non-virtualized Ethernet interface information. |
| non-virtualized-fc-if | (Optional) Displays non-virtualized Fibre Channel interface information. |
| path-encap-consolidated | (Optional) Displays an consolidated encapsulated path information. |
| path-encap-virtual | (Optional) Displays an virtual encapsulated path information. |
| protected-eth-if | (Optional) Displays a protected Ethernet interface information. |
| protected-fc-if | (Optional) Displays a protected Fibre Channel interface information. |
| protected-fcoe | (Optional) Displays a protected Fibre Channel over Ethernet interface information. |
| virtualized-eth-if | (Optional) Displays a virtualized Ethernet interface information. |
| virtualized-fc-if | (Optional) Displays a virtualized Fibre Channel interface information. |
| virtualized-scsi-if | (Optional) Displays a virtualized SCSI interface information. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays expanded capacity qualification information. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed capacity qualification information. |
Command Default
Displays capacity qualification information.
Command Modes
Adapter (/org/server-qual/adapter)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display capacity qualification information:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope server-qual sq10
switch-A /org/server-qual # scope adapter
switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter # show cap-qual
Adapter Capacity Qualification:
Type Maximum
----------------------- -------
Fcoe Unspecified
switch-A /org/server-qual/adapter #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show memory |
|
show cat-updater
To display information about previous capability catalog file updates, use the show cat-updater command.
show cat-updater [filename]
Syntax Description
| filename | (Optional) To display information about a specific update, enter the name of the capability catalog update file. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Capability (/system/capability)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display information about previous capability catalog file update operations. If you do not specify an update file name, all previous update operations are displayed.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the details of previous capability catalog update operations:
UCS-A# scope system
UCS-A /system # scope capability
UCS-A /system/capability # show cat-updater
Catalog Updater:
File Name Protocol Server Userid Status
--------- -------- --------------- --------------- ------
ucs-catalog.1.0.0.4.bin
Scp 192.0.2.111 user1 Failed
UCS-A /system/capability #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope cat-updater |
|
show certreq
To display a certificate request, use the show certreq command.
show certreq
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
Displays a certificate request.
Command Modes
Keyring (/security/keyring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display a certificate request:
switch-A# scope security switch-A /chassis # scope keyring kr10 switch-A /chassis/server # show certreq Request: -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE REQUEST----- MIIBfzCB6QIBADASMRAwDgYDVQQDEwcxLjEuMS4xMIGfMA0GCSqGSIb3DQEBAQUA A4GNADCBiQKBgQDpXUUWe0PfRBOQevT2Y6vs8E8MOBLVn0kJ1iyGPdcfII9GrMX5 iiF+X1vjZOkvLpOQ4Z1wGdA3JFIm7lgcgf84l40n9vMsFCmqcmoWzX8H0bqnUfw/ YN71NSKJomjSgufhsGBfxH4oAcVP4pg6Ss0dDZpBXch4As1emU7VAD/yuwIDAQAB oC4wLAYJKoZIhvcNAQkOMR8wHTAbBgNVHREBAf8EETAPggcxLjEuMS4xhwQBAQEB MA0GCSqGSIb3DQEBBAUAA4GBAB7AqcyPlqWqkZs2T92mLXZ8ApSyjNddhj54zSLY 6L+U4255miPOvCNHo8r3KlzG8jvnL76aBYbWDJfyJEZUIcHs4g1MvztSr0bw8Jcj pfNVFVhidMgxvMWK1RYM7POcQn6sy3YWZfFajrtXhQisu/KTV8Q6DFzd0b0fSHPu hX6D -----END CERTIFICATE REQUEST----- switch-A /chassis/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show keyring |
|
show trustpoint |
|
show chassis
To display chassis information, use the show chassis command.
show chassis [ id | decommissioned | detail | fabric | firmware | fsm | inventory [detail | expand | fabric | fan | iom | psu | server] | iom | version ] *
Syntax Description
| id | (Optional) Displays information for a specific chassis. |
| decommissioned | (Optional) Displays information about a decommissioned chassis. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information about the chassis. |
| fabric | (Optional) Displays information about the fabric. |
| firmware | (Optional) Displays information about the firmware. |
| fsm status | (Optional) Displays information about the finite state machine. |
| inventory | (Optional) Displays information about the chassis. |
| iom | (Optional) Displays information about the input/output module. |
| version | (Optional) Displays the version numbers of all the devices in the chassis. |
Command Default
Displays chassis information.
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show chassis command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of chassis.
The show iom command can be run in chassis (/chassis) mode.
Examples
This example shows how to display chassis information:
switch-A# show chassis
Chassis:
Chassis Overall Status Admin State
---------- ------------------------ -----------
1 Accessibility Problem Acknowledged
switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show iom |
|
show server |
|
show cimc
To display Cisco Integrated Management Controller (CIMC) information, use the show cimc command.
show cimc [ detail | expand | fsm status ] *
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about the CIMC. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays details about the CIMC, including the management interface IP address, and the management endpoint log. |
| fsm status | (Optional) Displays finite state machine information. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modifications |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display CIMC information:
switch-A# scope server 1/1
switch-A /chassis/server # show cimc detail
CIMC:
Product Name: Cisco B200-M1
PID: N20-B6620-1
VID: V01
Vendor: Cisco Systems Inc
Serial (SN): QCI125200H9
Revision: 0
GUID:
Current Task:
switch-A /chassis/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show server |
|
show cimxml
To display Common Information Model (CIM) XML port information, use the show cimxml command.
show cimxml
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
Displays CIM XML port information.
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display CIM XML port information:
switch-A# scope system
switch-A /system # scope services
switch-A /system/services # show cimxml
Name: cimxml
Admin State: Disabled
Port: 5988
switch-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show http |
|
show https |
|
show class cpu-stats
To display information about the CPU statistics class, use the show class cpu-stats command.
show class cpu-stats [ detail | expand ] *
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays information about the CPU statistics class. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays expanded information about the CPU statistics class. |
Command Default
Displays information about the CPU statistics class.
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display information about the CPU statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /eth-server # scope stats-threshold-policy stp10
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy # show class cpu-stats expand
Stats Class:
Stats Class: Cpu Stats
Stats Property:
Stats Property: Cpu Stats Cpu Temp
Norm Value: 0.000000
Stats Property: Cpu Stats Cpu Temp Avg
Norm Value: 0.000000
switch-A /eth-server/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class dimm-stats |
|
show stats-threshold-policy |
|
show class ethernet-port-err-stats
To display an Ethernet port error statistics class, use the show class ethernet-port-err-stats command.
show class ethernet-port-err-stats { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| expand | (Optional) Displays limited details. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details in list form. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display an Ethernet port error statistics class.
Examples
This example shows how to display an Ethernet port error statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # show class ethernet-port-err-stats
Stats Class:
Stats Class
-----------
Ethernet Port Err Stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
To display an Ethernet port multicast statistics class, use the show class ethernet-port-multicast-stats command.
show class ethernet-port-multicast-stats { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| expand | (Optional) Displays limited details. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details in list form. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display an Ethernet port multicast statistics class.
Examples
This example shows how to display an Ethernet port multicast statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # show class ethernet-port-multicast-stats
Stats Class:
Stats Class
-----------
Ethernet Port Multicast Stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
To display an Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics class, use the show class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats command.
show class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| expand | (Optional) Displays limited details. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details in list form. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display an Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics class.
Examples
This example shows how to display an Ethernet port over-under-sized statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # show class ethernet-port-over-under-sized-stats
Stats Class:
Stats Class
-----------
Ethernet Port Over Under Sized Stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show class ethernet-port-stats
To display an Ethernet port statistics class, use the show class ethernet-port-stats command.
show class ethernet-port-stats { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| expand | (Optional) Displays limited details. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details in list form. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display an Ethernet port statistics class.
Examples
This example shows how to display an Ethernet port statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # show class ethernet-port-stats
Stats Class:
Stats Class
-----------
Ethernet Port Stats
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
To display an Ethernet port large packet statistics class, use the show class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets command.
show class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| expand | (Optional) Displays limited details. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details in list form. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display an Ethernet port large packet statistics class.
Examples
This example shows how to display an Ethernet port large packet statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # show class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-large-packets
Stats Class:
Stats Class
-----------
Ethernet Port Stats By Size Large Packets
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
To display an Ethernet port small packet statistics class, use the show class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets command.
show class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets { expand | detail } *
Syntax Description
| expand | (Optional) Displays limited details. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details in list form. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Statistics threshold policy (/org/stats-threshold-policy)
Statistics threshold policy under Ethernet uplink (/eth-uplink/stats-threshold-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display an Ethernet port small packet statistics class.
Examples
This example shows how to display an Ethernet port small packet statistics class:
switch-A# scope org org3
switch-A /org # scope stats-threshold-policy p10
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy # show class ethernet-port-stats-by-size-small-packets
Stats Class:
Stats Class
-----------
Ethernet Port Stats By Size Small Packets
switch-A /org/stats-threshold-policy #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show class |
|
show cli
To display CLI information, use the show cli command.
show cli { command-status | history | mode-info | session-config | shell-type } *
Syntax Description
| command-status | (Optional) Displays the command status. |
| history | (Optional) Displays the history of command usage. |
| mode-info | (Optional) Displays information about the mode you are in. |
| session-config | (Optional) Displays information about your session configuration. |
| shell-type | (Optional) Displays information about the command shell type. |
Command Default
Displays CLI information.
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display information about your session configuration:
switch-A# show cli session-config
Suppress Headers: off
Suppress Field Spillover: off
Table Field Delimiter: none
switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show configuration |
|
show system |
|
show clock (system)
To display the system clock, use the show clock command.
show clock [detail]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information in list form. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display the clock:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope services switch-A /system/services # show clock Tue Apr 20 13:24:33 PDT 2010 switch-A /system/services #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set clock (system) |
|
set timezone |
|
show cluster
To display cluster information, use the show cluster command.
show cluster { extended-state | state }
Syntax Description
| extended-state | Displays extended information about the state of the cluster. |
| state | Specifies information about the state of the cluster. |
Command Default
Displays cluster information.
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to display extended information about the state of the cluster:
switch-A# show cluster extended-state Cluster Id: 0x7433f72a371511de-0xb90b000decb1ad44 Start time: Tue Jul 7 09:17:46 2009 Last election time: Tue Jul 7 09:22:17 2009 A: UP, PRIMARY B: UP, INAPPLICABLE, (Management services: DOWN) A: memb state UP, lead state PRIMARY, mgmt services state: UP B: memb state UP, lead state INAPPLICABLE, mgmt services state: DOWN heartbeat state PRIMARY_OK INTERNAL NETWORK INTERFACES: eth1, UP eth2, UP HA NOT READY Management services are unresponsive on peer switch No chassis configured switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show org |
|
show vif |
|
show connectivity
To display connectivity information, use the show connectivity command.
show connectivity
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
Displays connectivity information.
Command Modes
Organization (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display connectivity information:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10
switch-A /org/service-profile # show connectivity
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show hv-conn |
|
show inventory |
|
show core-export-target
To display core export target information, use the show core-export-target command.
show core-export-target [ detail | fsm status ]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about the core export target. |
| fsm status | (Optional) Displays the status of the finite state machine. |
Command Default
Displays core export target information.
Command Modes
Sysdebug (/monitoring/sysdebug)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This command shows how to display core export target information:
switch-A# scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug
switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # show core-export-target
Core Export Target:
Server Name:
Port: 69
Path:
Administrative State: Disabled
Description:
Current Task:
switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cores |
|
show fsm |
|
show cores
To displays the core dump file, use the show cores command.
show cores [ name { a | b } ] [detail]
Syntax Description
| name | (Optional) Displays a specific core dump file. |
| a | Displays the core dump file for switch A. |
| b | Displays the core dump file for switch B. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about the core dump file. |
Command Default
Displays the core dump file.
Command Modes
Sysdebug (/monitoring/sysdebug)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display the core dump file:
switch-A# scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring # scope sysdebug
switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug # show cores
Core Files:
Name Fabric ID
---------- ---------
1266567175_SAM_Pubs-B_svc_sam_bladeAG_log.18412.tar.gz
B
1266270932_SAM_Pubs-B_svc_sam_bladeAG_log.8876.tar.gz
B
1265702128_SAM_Pubs-A_svc_sam_portAG_log.8802.tar.gz
A
1265443496_SAM_Pubs-A_svc_sam_bladeAG_log.22792.tar.gz
A
1265130233_SAM_Pubs-A_svc_sam_bladeAG_log.8801.tar.gz
A
1264676542_SAM_Pubs-A_svc_sam_portAG_log.12062.tar.gz
A
1263728238_SAM_Pubs-A_svc_sam_portAG_log.3266.tar.gz
A
switch-A /monitoring/sysdebug #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show core-export-target |
|
show cpu
To display CPU information, use the show cpu command.
show cpu [detail]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about the CPU. |
Command Default
Displays CPU information.
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display CPU details:
switch-A# scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis # scope server 1
switch-A /chassis/server # show cpu
Server 1/1:
ID Presence Architecture Socket Cores Speed (GHz)
— -------------------- ----------------- ------ ----------- -----------
1 Equipped Xeon CPU1 4 2.266000
2 Equipped Xeon CPU2 4 2.266000
switch-A /chassis/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show server |
|
show destination
To display destination information, use the show destination command.
show destination [ email-address | detail | expand ]
Syntax Description
| email-address | (Optional) Displays a specific email address. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays a list of email addresses. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays a list of email addresses. |
Command Default
Displays destination information.
Command Modes
Profile (/monitoring/callhome/profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show destination command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of email addresses.
Examples
This example shows how to display a list of email addresses:
switch-A# scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring# scope callhome
switch-A /monitoring/callhome # scope profile
switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile # show destination detail
Destination:
Email: bob@cisco.com
Email: sally@cisco.com
switch-A /monitoring/callhome/profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show profile |
|
show disk
To display disk information, use the show disk command.
show disk [ vendor model revision | detail | expand ] *
Syntax Description
| vendor | (Optional) Displays a specific vendor name. |
| model | (Optional) Displays a specific model number. |
| revision | (Optional) Displays a specific revision number. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays some details about each disk. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays complete details about each disk. |
Command Default
Displays disk information.
Command Modes
Capability (/system/capability)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
You can also use the show disk command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of disks.
Note |
If the server contains one or more SATA devices, such as a hard disk drive or solid state drive, this command displays ATA in the Vendor field. Use the expand keyword to display additional vendor information. |
Examples
This example shows how to display a list of disks:
switch-A# scope system
switch-A /system # scope capability
switch-A /system/capability # show disk
Disk Capacity:
Vendor Model HW Revision
------------------------ ------------------------ -----------
ATA SSDSA2SH064G1GC INTEL 0
FUJITSU MBB2147RC 0
FUJITSU MBC2073RC 0
SEAGATE ST9146802SS 0
SEAGATE ST973402SS 0
SEAGATE ST973451SS 0
switch-A /system/capability #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show cpu |
|
show memory |
|
show distributed-virtual-switch
To display distributed virtual switch information, use the show distributed-virtual-switch command in folder mode.
show distributed-virtual-switch [ dvs-name | | detail ]
Syntax Description
| dvs-name | The name of the distributed virtual switch. |
| detail | Specifies detailed distributed virtual switch information, in list format. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VMware (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center/folder)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to display distributed virtual switch information:
switch-A# scope system
switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt
switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware
switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # scope vcenter vc10
switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter # scope data-center dc10
switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center # scope folder f10
switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center # show distributed-virtual-switch dvs10
Distributed Virtual Switch:
Name Admin State
---------- -----------
dvs10 Disable
switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware/vcenter/data-center #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show folder |
|
show dns
To display DNS information, use the show dns command.
show dns
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
Displays DNS information.
Command Modes
Services (/system/services)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This exampe shows how to display DNS information:
switch-A# scope system
switch-A /system # scope services
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show http |
|
show ntp |
|
show download-task
To display download task information, use the show download-task command.
show download-task [ file-name | detail | fsm ] *
Syntax Description
| file-name | (Optional) Displays a specific download. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays complete details about each download. |
| fsm | (Optional) |
Command Default
Displays download task information.
Command Modes
Firmware (/firmware)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show download-task command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of downloads.
Examples
This example shows how to display a list of downloads:
switch-A# scope firmware
switch-A /firmware # show download-task
Download task:
File Name Protocol Server Userid State
--------- -------- --------------- --------------- -----
ucs-dplug.4.0.1a.N2.1.1.61.gbin
Scp 10.193.1.28 jaunderw Failed
ucs-k9-bundle.1.0.1.61.gbin
Scp t1.nuovasystems jaunderw Failed
ucs-k9-bundle.1.0.1.71.gbin
Scp t1.nuovasystems jaunderw Failed
switch-A /firmware #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fsm |
|
show image |
|
show dynamic-conn-policy
To display dynamic vNIC connection policy information, use the show dynamic-conn-policy command.
show dynamic-conn-policy [ vnic-name | detail ]
Syntax Description
| vnic-name | (Optional) Displays information about a specific vNIC. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about all vNICs. |
Command Default
Displays dynamic vNIC connection policy information.
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show dynamic-vnic-conn-policy command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of dynamic vNIC connection policies.
Examples
This example shows how to display a list of dynamic vNIC connection policies:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # show dynamic-vnic-conn-policy
Dynamic vNIC Connectivity Policy:
Name Dynamic Eth Enforcement Protection Adapter Profile Pin Group
-------------------- ----------- ----------- ---------- --------------- ---------
org10/dvcp10 60 Best Effort Protected
org10/dvcp11 61 Best Effort Protected
switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vhba-templ |
|
show vnic-templ |
|
show egress-policy
To display egress-policy information, use the show egress-policy command in qos-policy mode.
show egress-policy [ detail | | expand ]
Syntax Description
| detail | Displays all egress policy information, in list format. |
| expand | Displays all egress policy information, in table format. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
QoS-policy (/org/qos-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to display expanded egress policy information:
switch-A# scope org
switch-A /system # scope qos-policy
switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # show egress-policy expand
Egress QoS Policy:
Prio Rate Burst
----------- --------- -----
Best Effort 100000 10000
switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show folder |
|
show environment
To display environment information, use the show environment command.
show environment [ adapter | board | cpu | detail | expand | memory ]
Syntax Description
| adapter | (Optional) Displays information about the adapter. |
| board | (Optional) Displays information about the motherboard. |
| cpu | (Optional) Displays information about the CPU. |
| detail | (Optional) |
| expand | (Optional) |
| memory | (Optional) Displays information about the memory. |
Command Default
Displays environment information.
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show environment command without any arguments or keywords to display the state of the server.
Examples
This example shows how to display information about the motherboard:
switch-A#scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis # scope server 1/1
switch-A /chassis/server # show environment
Server 1/1:
Oper Power: On
Motherboard:
Threshold Status: OK
Power State: N/A
Thermal Status: OK
Voltage Status: OK
CMOS Battery Voltage Status: OK
switch-A /chassis/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show memory |
|
show server |
|
show epuser
To display end-point user information, use the show epuser command.
show epuser [ epuser-name | detail | expand ] *
Syntax Description
| epuser-name | (Optional) Displays information about a specific end-point user. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about all end-point users. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays limited details about all end-point users. |
Command Default
Displays end-point user information.
Command Modes
IPMI access profile (/org/ipmi-access-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show epuser command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of end-point users.
Examples
This example shows how to display a list of end-point users:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope ipmi-access-profile ipmiAP10
switch-A /org/ipmi-access-profile # show epuser
End point user:
User Name End point user privilege Password
---------- ------------------------ --------
epu10 Readonly
epu11 Readonly
switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show epuser |
|
show ipmi-access-profile |
|
show error-recovery
To display error recovery information, use the show error-recovery command.
show error-recovery [ detail | expand ] *
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about error recovery. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays limited details about error recovery. |
Command Default
Displays error recovery information.
Command Modes
Fibre Channel host (/chassis/server/adapter/host-fc)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display
switch-A /org # scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis # scope server 1/1
switch-A /chassis/server # scope adapter 1/1/1
switch-A /chassis/server/adapter # scope host-fc 1
switch-A /chassis/server/adapter/host-fc-if # show error-recovery
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show port |
|
show eth-classified
To Ethernet classified information, use the show eth-classified command.
show error-recovery [ bronze | detail | gold | platinum | silver ]
Syntax Description
| bronze | (Optional) Displays the bronze class. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays all the classes. |
| gold | (Optional) Displays the gold class. |
| platinum | (Optional) Displays the platinum class. |
| silver | (Optional) Displays the silver class. |
Command Default
Displays Ethernet classified class information.
Command Modes
QoS (/eth-server/qos)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display the platinum Ethernet classified class:
switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope qos
switch-A /eth-server/qos # show eth-classified platinum
Ethernet Classified Class
Priority: Platinum
Cos: 5
Weight: 10
Bw Percent: Not Applicable
Drop: No Drop
Mtu: Normal
Multicast Optimize: No
Admin State: Disabled
switch-A /eth-server/qos #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-best-effort |
|
show fc |
|
show eth-if
To display Ethernet interface information, use the show eth-if command.
show eth-if [ interface-name | detail | expand ] *
Syntax Description
| interface-name | (Optional) Displays information about a specific interface. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed Ethernet interface information. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays limited Ethernet interface information. |
Command Default
Displays Ethernet interface information.
Command Modes
Virtual NIC (/org/service-profile/vnic)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display Ethernet interface information:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10
switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vnic vnic10
switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic # show eth-if
Ethernet Interface:
Name: default
Dynamic MAC Addr: 00:00:00:00:00:00
Default Network: Yes
VLAN ID: 1
switch-A /org/service-profile/vnic #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fc-if |
|
show vnic |
|
show eth-profile
To display Ethernet profile information, use the show eth-profile command.
show eth-profile [ profile-name | detail | expand ] *
Syntax Description
| profile-name | (Optional) Displays information about a specific Ethernet profile. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about all Ethernet profiles. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays limited details about all Ethernet profiles. |
Command Default
Displays Ethernet profile information.
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show eth-profile command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of Ethernet profiles.
Examples
This example shows how to display a list of Ethernet profiles:
switch# scope org org10
switch /org # show eth-profile
Eth Profile:
Name
----
org10/ep10
org10/ep11
org10/ep12
switch /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fc-profile |
|
show service-profile |
|
show eth-uplink
To display Ethernet uplink information, use the show eth-uplink command.
show eth-profile [ detail | expand | fsm status ] *
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays some detail about the Ethernet uplink. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays all details about the Ethernet uplink. |
| fsm status | (Optional) Displays the finite state machine. |
Command Default
Displays Ethernet uplink information.
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display Ethernet uplink information:
switch# show eth-uplink expand
Ethernet Uplink:
Mode: End Host
Fabric:
Id: A
Id: B
Stats Threshold Policy:
Full Name: fabric/lan/thr-policy-default
VLAN:
Name VLAN ID Fabric ID Native VLAN
---------- ---------- --------- -----------
default 1 Dual Yes
switch#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-profile |
|
show fabric-interconnect |
|
show event
To display event information, use the show event command.
show event [ event-id | detail ]
Syntax Description
| event-id | (Optional) Displays a specific event. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays all events. |
Command Default
Displays event information.
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show event command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of events.
Examples
This example shows how to display a list of events:
switch-A# show event
Creation Time ID Description
-------------------- -------- -----------
2009-07-31T06:45:40.162 33117 [FSM:STAGE:END]: unprovisioning the Virtual
media bootable device for blade 1/1(
2009-07-31T06:45:40.162 33118 [FSM:STAGE:SKIP]: Disconnect pre-boot environment
agent for server 1/1(FSM-STAGE
2009-07-31T06:45:40.162 33119 [FSM:STAGE:END]: Disconnect pre-boot environment
agent for server 1/1(FSM-STAGE:
2009-07-31T06:45:40.162 33120 [FSM:STAGE:SKIP]: Shutdown the server 1/1; deep
discovery completed(FSM-STAGE:sam
2009-07-31T06:45:40.162 33121 [FSM:STAGE:END]: Shutdown the server 1/1; deep
discovery completed(FSM-STAGE:sam
2009-07-31T06:45:40.162 33122 [FSM:STAGE:SKIP]: Invoke post-discovery policies
on server 1/1(FSM-STAGE:sam:dme
2009-07-31T06:45:40.162 33123 [FSM:STAGE:END]: Invoke post-discovery policies
on server 1/1(FSM-STAGE:sam:dme:
switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fault |
|
show sel |
|
show extension-key
To display extension key information, use the show extension-key command in vmware mode.
show extension-key [ detail | | fsm status ]
Syntax Description
| detail | Specifies detailed extension key information, in list format. |
| fsm status | Specifies the extension key finite state machine status. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VMware (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to display extension key information:
switch-A# scope system
switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt
switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware
switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # show extension-key detail
Extension Key:
Key: Cisco-UCSM-DOC-TEAM-EXT-KEY
Current Task: Busy
switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware #
show ext-eth-if
To display external Ethernet interface information, use the show ext-eth-if command.
show ext-eth-if [ interface-id | detail | expand ]
Syntax Description
| interface-id | (Optional) Displays a specific interface. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about all interfaces. |
| expand | Displays a list of interfaces. |
Command Default
Displays information about the external Ethernet interfaces.
Command Modes
Adapter (/chassis/server/adapter)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show ext-eth-if command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of interfaces.
Examples
This example shows how to display a list of interfaces:
switch-A# scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis # scope server 1/1
switch-A /chassis/server # scope adapter 1/1/1
switch-A /chassis/server/adapter # show ext-eth-if
Ext Interface:
Adapter Id Id Mac Fabric ID Oper State
---------- ---------- ----------------- --------- ----------
1 1 00:23:04:C6:A2:8C A Link Up
1 2 00:23:04:C6:A2:8D B Link Up
switch-A /chassis/server/adapter #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show host-eth-if |
|
show host-fc-if |
|
show ext-ipv6-rss-hash
To display IPv6 RSS hash profile information, use the show ext-ipv6-rss-hash command.
show ext-ipv6-rss-hash [ detail | expand ]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about the external IPv6 RSS hash profile. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays details about the external IPv6 RSS hash profile. |
Command Default
Displays information about the external IPv6 RSS hash profile.
Command Modes
Host Ethernet (/chassis/server/adapter/host-eth)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display the external IPv6 RSS hash profile:
switch-A# scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis # scope server 1/1
switch-A /chassis/server # scope adapter 1/1/1
switch-A /chassis/server/adapter # scope host-eth 1
switch-A /chassis/server/adapter/host-eth-if # show ext-ipv6-rss-hash
External IPv6 RSS Hash Profile:
IP Hash: Disabled
TCP Hash: Disabled
switch-A /chassis/server/adapter/host-eth-if #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show ipv4-rss-hash |
|
show ipv6-rss-hash |
|
show fabric
To display fabric interconnect information, use the show fabric command.
fc-uplink mode show fabric [ a | b | detail | expand ]
chassis mode show fabric [ detail ]
Syntax Description
| a | (Optional) Displays information about Fabric A. |
| b | (Optional) Displays information about Fabric B. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about the fabric interconnect. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays details about the fabric interconnect. |
Command Default
Displays information about the fabric interconnect.
Command Modes
Fibre Channel uplink (/fc-uplink)
Chassis (/chassis)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show fabric command in chassis mode, without any arguments or keywords, to display a list of fabrics.
Examples
This example shows how to display a list of fabrics:
switch-A# scope fc-uplink switch-A /fc-uplink # show fabric Locale: Id Name C Type Transport Side Slot Id Locale Type -- ---------- -------------- --------- ----- ---------- -------- ---- A Mux To Host Ether Left 1 Server Lan B Mux To Host Ether Right 1 Server Lan A Mux To Host Ether Left 2 Server Lan B Mux To Host Ether Right 2 Server Lan A Mux To Host Ether Left 3 Server Lan B Mux To Host Ether Right 3 Server Lan A Mux Fabric Ether Left 1 Chassis Lan B Mux Fabric Ether Right 2 Chassis Lan switch-A /fc-uplink #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show interface |
|
show pin-group |
|
show fabric-interconnect
To display fabric interconnect information, use the show fabric-interconnect command.
show fabric-interconnect [ a | b ] [ detail | fsm status ]
Syntax Description
| a | (Optional) Displays information about Fabric A. |
| b | (Optional) Displays information about Fabric B. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about the fabric interconnect. |
| fsm status | (Optional) Displays finite state machine information. |
Command Default
Displays information about the fabric interconnect.
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display a list of fabric interconnects:
switch-A# show fabric-interconnect
Fabric Interconnect:
ID OOB IP Addr OOB Gateway OOB Netmask Operability
-- --------------- --------------- --------------- -----------
A 10.193.66.91 10.193.64.1 255.255.248.0 Operable
B 10.193.66.92 10.193.64.1 255.255.248.0 Operable
switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fabric-interconnect inventory |
|
show fabric-interconnect mode |
|
show fabric-interconnect inventory
To display fabric interconnect hardware information, use the show fabric-interconnect inventory command.
show fabric-interconnect inventory [ id { a | b } ] [expand] [detail]
Syntax Description
| a | (Optional) Displays information about Fabric A. |
| b | (Optional) Displays information about Fabric B. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about the fabric interconnect hardware. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays details about the fabric interconnect hardware. |
Command Default
Displays information about the fabric interconnect hardware.
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display a list of fabric interconnect hardware:
switch-A# show fabric-interconnect inventory ID PID Vendor Serial (SN) HW Revision Total Memory (MB) -------- --------------- ----------------- ----------- ----------- ----------------- A N10-S6100 Cisco Systems, In SSI12480266 0 3549 B N10-S6100 Cisco Systems, In SSI12520C81 0 3549 switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fabric-interconnect |
|
show fabric-interconnect mode |
|
show fabric-interconnect mode
To display the fabric interconnect mode, use the show fabric-interconnect mode command.
show fabric-interconnect mode
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display the fabric interconnect mode:
switch-A# show fabric-interconnect mode Ethernet switching mode: Mode: End Host switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fabric-interconnect |
|
show failover
To display failover timeout information, use the show failover command.
show failover [ detail | expand ]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed failover timeout information. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays detailed failover timeout information. |
Command Default
Displays information about the failover timeout.
Command Modes
Host Ethernet (/chassis/server/adapter/host-eth)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display detailed failover timeout information:
switch-A# scope chassis 1
switch-A /chassis # scope server 1/1
switch-A /chassis/server # scope adapter 1/1/1
switch-A /chassis/server/adapter # scope host-eth 1
switch-A /chassis/server/adapter/host-eth # show failover
Ethernet Failover Profile:
Timeout (sec): 5
switch-A /chassis/server/adapter/host-eth #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show event |
|
show fault |
|
show fan
To display fan information, use the show fan command.
capability mode show fan [ vendor model hardware-rev | detail | expand ]
fan-module mode show fan [ detail | expand ]
Syntax Description
| vendor | (Optional) Displays the vendor name. |
| model | (Optional) Displays the model number. |
| hw-rev | (Optional) Displays the hardware revision number. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed fan information. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays expanded fan information. |
Command Default
Displays information about the fan.
Command Modes
Capability (/system/capability)
Fan module (/chassis/fan-module)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show fan command without any arguments or keywords, in capability mode, to display a list of fans.
Examples
This command shows how to display a list of fans:
switch-A# scope system
switch-A /system # scope capability
switch-A /system/capability # show fan
Fan Module:
Vendor Model HW Revision
------------------------ ------------------------ -----------
Cisco 73-11624-02 04
Cisco Systems N5K-C5010-FAN 0
Cisco Systems N5K-C5020-FAN 0
Cisco Systems Inc N10-FAN1= 0
Cisco Systems Inc N10-FAN2= 0
Cisco Systems Inc N20-FAN5 0
N/A N10-FAN1 0
N/A N10-FAN2 0
switch-A /system/capability #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show server |
|
show fan-module
To display fan module information, use the show fan-module command.
show fan [ tray module ] [ detail ] [ expand ]
Syntax Description
| tray module | (Optional) Displays a specific module in a specific tray. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information about all fans. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays limited information about all fans. |
Command Default
Displays information about the fan module.
Command Modes
Chassis (/chassis)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show fan-module command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of fan modules.
Examples
This command shows how to display a list of fan modules:
switch-A# scope chassis 1
switch-A /system/capability # show fan-module
Fan Module:
Tray Module Overall Status
---------- ---------- --------------
1 1 Operable
1 2 Operable
1 3 Operable
1 4 Operable
1 5 Operable
1 6 Operable
1 7 Operable
1 8 Operable
switch-A /system/capability #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fan |
|
show iom |
|
show fault policy
To display fault policy information, use the show fault policy command.
show fault policy [detail]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information about the fault policy. |
Command Default
Displays information about the fault policy.
Command Modes
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display the fault policy:
switch-A# scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring # show fault policy
Fault Policy:
Clear Action: Retain
Retention Interval: 00:01:00:00
Flap Interval (sec): 10
switch-A /monitoring # show fault policy
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fault |
|
show syslog |
|
show fc
To display Fibre Channel class information, use the show fc command.
show fc [detail]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed Fibre Channel class information. |
Command Default
Displays information about the Fibre Channel class.
Command Modes
QoS (/eth-server/qos)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display Fibre Channel class information:
switch-A# scope eth-server
switch-A /eth-server # scope qos
switch-A /eth-server/qos # show fc
FC Class:
Priority: 1
Cos: 3
Weight: 5
Bw Percent: 50
Drop: No Drop
Mtu: Fc
Admin State: Enabled
switch-A /eth-server/qos #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-best-effort |
|
show eth-classified |
|
show fc-if
To display Fibre Channel interface information, use the show fc-if command.
show fc-if [ detail ] [ expand ]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed Fibre Channel interface information. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays expanded Fibre Channel interface information. |
Command Default
Displays information about Fibre Channel interfaces.
Command Modes
Virtual HBA (/org/service-profile/vhba)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display Fibre Channel interface information:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp10
switch-A /org/service-profile # scope vhba vhba10
switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba # show fc-if
Fibre Channel Interface:
Name: default
vSAN ID: 1
switch-A /org/service-profile/vhba #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-if |
|
show vhba |
|
show fc-profile
To display Fibre Channel profile information, use the show fc-profile command.
show fc-profile [ profile-name ] [ detail ] [ expand ]
Syntax Description
| profile-name | (Optional) Displays a specific Fibre Channel profile. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays limited details about all Fibre Channel profiles. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays expanded information about all Fibre Channel profiles. |
Command Default
Displays information about Fibre Channel profiles.
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
You can also use the show fc-profile command without any arguments or keywords to display a list of Fibre Channel profiles.
Examples
This example shows how to display a list of Fibre Channel profiles:
switch-A# scope org org10
switch-A /org/ # show fc-profile
FC Profile:
Name
----
org10/fcp10
org10/fcp11
switch-A /org/ #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show eth-profile |
|
show org |
|
show identity (server)
To display identity information for a server, use the show identity command.
show identity
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display identity information for a server:
switch-A# scope server 1/1
switch-A /chassis/server # show identity
Server 1/1:
Burned-In UUID: 6bf4c501-d3a9-11dd-b4d9-000bab01bfd6
Dynamic UUID: 6bf4c501-d3a9-11dd-b4d9-000bab01bfd6
Ext Interface:
Adapter Interface Mac
------- --------- ---
1 1 00:24:97:1F:5B:F2
1 2 00:24:97:1F:5B:F3
switch-A /chassis/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show chassis |
|
show server |
|
show identity (service-profile)
To display identifier information for a service profile, use the show identity command.
show identity
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Service profile (/org/service-profile)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display identifier information for a service profile:
switch-A# scope org /org100 switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp100 switch-A /org/service-profile # show identity Service Profile Name: org100/sp100 UUID Suffix Pool: Dynamic UUID: Derived switch-A /org/service-profile #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show service-profile |
|
show identity mac-addr
To display the MAC address identity information for a system, use the show identity mac-addr command.
show identity mac-addr [id] [ pool-info | profile-info ] + [detail]
Syntax Description
| id | Displays identity information for a specific MAC address. Specify a MAC address in the format NN:NN:NN:NN:NN:NN. |
| pool-info | (Optional) Displays identity information for the pool. |
| profile-info | (Optional) Displays identity information for the profile. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about the identity information in list format. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display the MAC address identity information for a system:
switch-A# scope org /org100 switch-A /org # show identity mac-addr MAC Address Assigned Owner Assigned Service Profile ----------------- -------- --------- ------------------------ 00:25:B5:00:00:00 Yes Pool org-root/ls-Blade6-Default/ether-eth1 00:25:B5:00:00:01 No Pool 00:25:B5:00:00:02 No Pool 00:25:B5:00:00:03 No Pool --More-- switch-A /org # show identity mac-addr pool-info MAC Address Assigned Owner Pool DN ----------------- -------- --------- ------- 00:25:B5:00:00:00 Yes Pool org-root/mac-pool-default/00:25:B5:00:00:00 00:25:B5:00:00:01 No Pool org-root/mac-pool-p100/00:25:B5:00:00:01 00:25:B5:00:00:02 No Pool org-root/mac-pool-p100/00:25:B5:00:00:02 00:25:B5:00:00:03 No Pool org-root/mac-pool-p100/00:25:B5:00:00:03 --More-- switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show org |
|
show identity uuid
To display the universally unique identifier (UUID) identity information for a system, use the show identity uuid command.
show identity uuid [id] [ pool-info | profile-info ] + [detail]
Syntax Description
| id | Displays identity information for a specific UUID. Specify a UUID in the form NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN. |
| pool-info | (Optional) Displays identity information for the pool. |
| profile-info | (Optional) Displays identity information for the profile. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about the identity information in list format. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display the UUID identity information for a system:
switch-A# scope org /org100 switch-A /org # show identity uuid UUID Assigned Owner Assigned Service Profile ----------------- -------- --------- ------------------------ 0000-000000000001 No Pool switch-A /org # show identity uuid pool-info UUID Assigned Owner Pool DN ----------------- -------- --------- ------- 0000-000000000001 No Pool org-root/uuid-pool-p100/0000-000000000001 switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show org |
|
show identity wwn
To display the world-wide name (WWN) identity information for a system, use the show identity wwn command.
show identity wwn [id] [ pool-info | profile-info ] + [detail]
Syntax Description
| id | Displays identity information for a specific WWN. Specify a unique WWN in the form HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH. |
| pool-info | (Optional) Displays identity information for the pool. |
| profile-info | (Optional) Displays identity information for the profile. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays details about the identity information in list format. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display the WWN identity information for a system:
switch-A# scope org /org100 switch-A /org # show identity wwn WWN Assigned Owner Assigned Service Profile ----------------------- -------- --------- ------------------------ 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:00 No Pool 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:01 No Pool 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:02 No Pool 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:03 No Pool --More-- switch-A /org # show identity wwn pool-info WWN Assigned Owner Pool DN ----------------------- -------- --------- ------- 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:00 No Pool org-root/wwn-pool-p44/20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:00 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:01 No Pool org-root/wwn-pool-oneWWtwoNN/20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:01 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:02 No Pool org-root/wwn-pool-default/20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:02 20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:03 No Pool org-root/wwn-pool-default/20:00:00:25:B5:00:00:03 --More-- switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show org |
|
show license brief
To display a list of license files, use the show license brief command.
show license brief
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display a list of license files:
switch-A# show license brief Enterprise.lic FibreChannel.lic switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
show license default
To display services using the default license, use the show license default command.
show license default
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display the services using the default license:
switch-A# show license default Feature Default License Count ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- FM_SERVER_PKG - ENTERPRISE_PKG - FC_FEATURES_PKG - ETH_PORT_ACTIVATION_PKG 8 ETH_MODULE_ACTIVATION_PKG 0 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
show license file
To display the contents of a license file, use the show license file command.
show license file [license-file-name]
Syntax Description
| license-file-name | Displays the contents of the specified file. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display the contents of a license file:
switch-A# show license file enter.lic
enter.lic:
SERVER this_host ANY
VENDOR cisco
INCREMENT ENTERPRISE_PKG cisco 1.0 permanent uncounted \
VENDOR_STRING=<LIC_SOURCE>UCS_SWIFT</LIC_SOURCE><SKU>ENTERPRISE_PKG=</SKU> \
HOSTID=VDH=FLC12360025 \
NOTICE="<LicFileID>20090519230254773</LicFileID><LicLineID>1</LicLineID> \
<PAK></PAK>" SIGN=134D2848E9B0
switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
show license host-id
To display the ID of this host for licensing, use the show license host-id command.
show license host-id
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display the ID of this host for licensing:
switch-A# show license host-id License hostid: VDH=FOX064317SQ switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
show license usage
To display the usage of some or all license packages, use the show license usage command.
show license usage [ enterprise-pkg | eth-module-activation-pkg | eth-port-activation-pkg | fc-features-pkg | fm-server-pkg ]
Syntax Description
| enterprise-pkg | (Optional) Displays the contents of only the Enterprise package license files. |
| eth-module-activation-pkg | (Optional) Displays the contents of only the Ethernet module activation package license files. |
| eth-port-activation-pkg | (Optional) Displays the contents of only the Ethernet port activation package license files. |
| fc-features-pkg | (Optional) Displays the contents of only the Fibre Channel features package license files. |
| fm-server-pkg | (Optional) Displays the contents of only the Enterprise package license files. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display the usage of the license packages:
switch-A# show license usage
Feature Ins Lic Status Expiry Date Comments
Count
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FM_SERVER_PKG No - Unused -
ENTERPRISE_PKG Yes - Unused Never -
FC_FEATURES_PKG Yes - Unused Never -
ETH_PORT_ACTIVATION_PKG Yes 25 Unused Never -
ETH_MODULE_ACTIVATION_PKG No 0 Unused -
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
show nwctrl-policy
To display network control policy information, use the show nwctrl-policy command.
show nwctrl-policy [policy-name]
Syntax Description
| policy-name | Policy name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(2) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to display network control policy information:
switch-A# scope org org100
switch-A /org # show nCP100
Network Control Policy:
Name CDP Uplink fail action
---------- -------- ------------------
nCP100 Enabled Warning
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show fc-policy |
|
show qos-policy |
|
show power-budget
To display the committed power usage level of a server, use the show power-budget command.
show power-budget [ detail | expand ]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information in list form. |
| expand | (Optional) Displays expanded information. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the committed power usage level of a server.
Examples
The following example displays the power usage level setting for server 4 in chassis 2:
UCS-A# scope server 2/4
UCS-A /chassis/server # show power-budget
Power Budget:
Committed (W): 1000
Oper Committed (W): Disabled
UCS-A /chassis/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set power-budget committed |
|
show psu-policy
To display PSU policy information, use the show psu-policy command in org mode.
show psu-policy [ detail ]
Syntax Description
| detail | Displays the full policy, in list format. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to display the full policy:
switch-A # scope org org100
switch-A /org # show psu-policy psup100
PSU Policy:
Redundancy: n-plus-1
Description: psup100
switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set redundancy |
|
show psu |
|
show security fsm status
To display security-related finite state machine information, use the show security fsm status command.
show security fsm status
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display security-related finite state machine information:
switch-A# show security fsm status
FSM 1:
Remote Result: Not Applicable
Remote Error Code: None
Remote Error Description:
Status: Nop
Previous Status: Update User Ep Success
Timestamp: 2010-02-18T05:19:05.705
Try: 0
Progress (%): 100
Current Task:
switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
|
show sel
To display the contents of the system event log (SEL) of a server, use the show sel command.
show sel server-id
Syntax Description
| server-id | The server identifier, expressed as chassis-number/server-number. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display the contents of the SEL for server 1 in chassis 1:
switch-A# show sel 1/1
1 | 02/15/2010 17:23:27 | BIOS | System Event #0x83 | Timestamp clock synch | SEL timestamp clock updated, event is first of pair | Asserted
2 | 02/15/2010 17:23:28 | BMC | Drive slot(Bay) SAS0_LINK_STATUS #0x21 | Transition to Degraded | Asserted
3 | 02/15/2010 17:23:28 | BMC | Drive slot(Bay) SAS0_LINK_STATUS #0x21 | Transition to On Line | Deasserted
4 | 02/15/2010 17:23:28 | BMC | Platform alert LED_SAS0_FAULT #0x59 | LED is blinking fast | Asserted
5 | 02/15/2010 17:23:28 | BMC | Platform alert LED_SAS0_FAULT #0x59 | LED is on | Deasserted
6 | 02/15/2010 17:23:28 | BMC | Platform alert LED_FPID #0x5b | LED is on | Asserted
7 | 02/15/2010 17:23:28 | BMC | Platform alert LED_FPID #0x5b | LED is off | Deasserted
8 | 02/15/2010 17:23:29 | BMC | Entity presence MAIN_POWER #0x52 | Device Absent | Asserted
9 | 02/15/2010 17:23:29 | BMC | Entity presence MAIN_POWER #0x52 | Device Present | Deasserted
a | 02/15/2010 17:23:29 | BMC | Platform alert LED_SAS0_FAULT #0x59 | LED is on | Asserted
b | 02/15/2010 17:23:29 | BMC | Platform alert LED_SAS0_FAULT #0x59 | LED color is green | Asserted
--More--
switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
|
show server actual-boot-order
To display the actual boot order of a server, use the show server actual-boot-order command.
show server actual-boot-order [ uuid dynamic-uuid | server-id ]
Syntax Description
| uuid dynamic-uuid | (Optional) Displays the actual boot order for a server with a dynamic universally unique identifier (UUID). Specify a dynamic UUID in the form NNNNNNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN. |
| server-id | (Optional) Displays the actual boot order for a specific server, expressed as chassis-number/server-number. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display the actual boot order of server 3 in chassis 1:
switch-A# show server actual-boot-order 1/3
Server 1/3:
Last Update: 2010-02-18T05:20:33.603
Network Device
(1) Cisco NIC 11:0.0
(2) Cisco NIC 12:0.0
CD/DVD
(1) Cisco Virtual CD/DVD 1.19
HDD
(1) #0100 ID00 LUN0 FUJITSU MBC207
FDD
(1) Cisco Virtual HDD 1.19
(2) Cisco Virtual Floppy 1.19
Internal EFI Shell
switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
|
show server adapter
To display information about network adapters in a server, use the show server adapter command.
show server adapter [ uuid dynamic-uuid | server-id ] [detail]
Syntax Description
| uuid dynamic-uuid | (Optional) Displays information about network adapters in a server with a dynamic universally unique identifier (UUID). Specify a dynamic UUID in the form NNNNNNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN. |
| server-id | (Optional) Displays information about network adapters in a specific server, expressed as chassis-number/server-number. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information in list form. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display information about network adapters in server 3 in chassis 1:
switch-A# show server adapter 1/3
Server 1/3:
Adapter PID Vendor Serial Overall Status
------- ---------- ----------------- ------------ --------------
1 N20-AC0002 Cisco Systems Inc QCI13110017 Operable
switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
|
show server adapter identity
To display identity information about network adapters in a server, use the show server adapter identity command.
show server adapter identity [ uuid dynamic-uuid | server-id ]
Syntax Description
| uuid dynamic-uuid | (Optional) Displays identity information about network adapters in a server with a dynamic universally unique identifier (UUID). Specify a dynamic UUID in the form NNNNNNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN. |
| server-id | (Optional) Displays identity information about network adapters in a specific server, expressed as chassis-number/server-number. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display identity information about network adapters in server 3 in chassis 1:
switch-A# show server adapter identity 1/3
Server 1/3:
Burned-In UUID: 12345678-abcd-ef12-3456-0123456789ab
Dynamic UUID: 12345678-abcd-ef12-abcd-0000000015d9
Adapter 1:
Product Name: Cisco UCS VIC M81KR Virtual Interface Card
PID: N20-AC0002
VID: V01
Vendor: Cisco Systems Inc
Serial: QCI13110017
Revision: 0
Ext Interface:
Adapter Interface Mac
------- --------- ---
1 1 00:24:97:1F:5C:34
1 2 00:24:97:1F:5C:35
switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
|
show server adapter inventory
To display inventory information about network adapters in a server, use the show server adapter inventory command.
show server adapter inventory [ uuid dynamic-uuid | server-id ] [detail]
Syntax Description
| uuid dynamic-uuid | (Optional) Displays inventory information about network adapters in a server with a dynamic universally unique identifier (UUID). Specify a dynamic UUID in the form NNNNNNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN. |
| server-id | (Optional) Displays inventory information about network adapters in a specific server, expressed as chassis-number/server-number. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information in list form. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display inventory information about network adapters in server 3 in chassis 1:
switch-A# show server adapter inventory 1/3
Server 1/3:
Adapter PID Vendor Serial Overall Status
------- ---------- ----------------- ------------ --------------
1 N20-AC0002 Cisco Systems Inc QCI13110017 Operable
switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
|
show server adapter layer2
To display Layer 2 information about the network adapters, use the show server adapter layer2 command.
show server adapter layer2 [detail]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information in list form. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display Layer 2 information about the network adapters:
switch-A# scope server 1/5
switch-A /chassis/server # show server adapter layer2
Ext Interface:
Adapter Interface Mac
------- --------- ---
1 1 00:26:51:0A:A3:0C
1 2 00:26:51:0A:A3:0D
switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
|
show server adapter status
To display status information about network adapters in a server, use the show server adapter status command.
show server adapter status [ uuid dynamic-uuid | server-id ] [detail]
Syntax Description
| uuid dynamic-uuid | (Optional) Displays status information about network adapters in a server with a dynamic universally unique identifier (UUID). Specify a dynamic UUID in the form NNNNNNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN. |
| server-id | (Optional) Displays status information about network adapters in a specific server, expressed as chassis-number/server-number. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information in list form. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display status information about network adapters in server 3 in chassis 1:
switch-A# show server adapter status 1/3
Server 1/3:
Overall Status
--------------
Operable
switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
|
show server boot-order
To display the boot order of a server, use the show server boot-order command.
show server boot-order [ uuid dynamic-uuid | server-id ]
Syntax Description
| uuid dynamic-uuid | (Optional) Displays the boot order for a server with a dynamic universally unique identifier (UUID). Specify a dynamic UUID in the form NNNNNNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN. |
| server-id | (Optional) Displays the boot order for a specific server, expressed as chassis-number/server-number. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display the boot order of server 5 in chassis 1:
switch-A# show server boot-order 1/5
Boot Definition:
Full Name: sys/chassis-1/blade-5/boot-policy
Reboot on Update: No
Boot LAN:
Order: 1
LAN Image Path:
Type: Primary
VNIC: default
switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
|
show server cpu
To display information about the CPUs in a server, use the show server cpu command.
show server cpu [ uuid dynamic-uuid | server-id ] [detail]
Syntax Description
| uuid dynamic-uuid | (Optional) Displays information about the CPUs in a server with a dynamic universally unique identifier (UUID). Specify a dynamic UUID in the form NNNNNNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN. |
| server-id | (Optional) Displays information about the CPUs in a specific server, expressed as chassis-number/server-number. |
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information in list form. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display information about the CPUs in server 5 in chassis 1:
switch-A# show server cpu 1/5
Server 1/5:
ID Presence Architecture Socket Cores Speed (GHz)
--- -------------------- ----------------- ------ ----------- -----------
1 Equipped Xeon CPU1 4 2.666000
2 Equipped Xeon CPU2 4 2.666000
switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
|
show server identity
To display identity information about a server, use the show server identity command.
show server identity [ uuid dynamic-uuid | server-id ]
Syntax Description
| uuid dynamic-uuid | (Optional) Displays identity information about a server with a dynamic universally unique identifier (UUID). Specify a dynamic UUID in the form NNNNNNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNN-NNNNNNNNNNNN. |
| server-id | (Optional) Displays identity information about a specific server, expressed as chassis-number/server-number. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
This command does not require a license.
Examples
This example shows how to display identity information about server 5 in chassis 1:
switch-A# show server identity 1/5
Server 1/5:
Burned-In UUID: 0d05e5b2-0707-11df-b252-000bab01c0fb
Dynamic UUID: 0d05e5b2-0707-11df-b252-000bab01c0fb
Ext Interface:
Adapter Interface Mac
------- --------- ---
1 1 00:26:51:0A:A3:0C
1 2 00:26:51:0A:A3:0D
switch-A#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
|
show snmp-user
To display SNMPv3 user information, use the show snmp-user command.
show snmp-user [user-name]
Syntax Description
| user-name | User name. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Monitoring (/monitoring)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to display SNMPv3 user information:
switch-A# scope monitoring
switch-A /monitoring # show snmp-user
switch-A /monitoring # SNMPv3 User:
Name Authentication type
------------------------ -------------------
su100 Md5
switch-A /monitoring #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show snmp |
|
show snmp-trap |
|
show sshkey
To display the SSH public key of the host, use the show sshkey command in local management mode.
show sshkey
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the SSH public key of the host.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
Examples
This example shows how to display the SSH public key of the host:
switch-A # connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# show sshkey ******************* SSH RSA Public Key ******************* ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAIEAxlYfe7GDtmCdgZ2TfQivPrQmXh6E808oOofhqgMBA72b ACu/QJxYeR+S7yqfHJYl1P/Uu+XC3GPueAk5sC3aMMbocwYVt58BsmXeeRubaoO51t1GCQjwwEivQRgI JGK2dyu1ZWzfiGgaYku3gCYqC59PS7F2TYIoJCWnXwIRI58= root@ switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
show stats mb-power-stats
To display the power usage of a server, use the show stats mb-power-stats command.
show stats mb-power-stats [ detail ]
Syntax Description
| detail | (Optional) Displays detailed information in list form. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Server (/chassis/server)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the power usage of a server.
Examples
The following example displays the power usage for server 4 in chassis 2:
UCS-A# scope server 2/4
UCS-A /chassis/server # show stats mb-power-stats
Mb Power Stats:
Time Collected: 2010-04-20T08:45:31.209
Monitored Object: sys/chassis-2/blade-4/board
Suspect: No
Consumed Power (W): 116.653679
Input Voltage (V): 12.051000
Input Current (A): 9.680000
Thresholded: Input Voltage Min
UCS-A /chassis/server #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set power-budget committed |
|
show vcenter
To display VCenter information, use the show vcenter command in vmware mode.
show vcenter [ vcenter-name | | detail | | fsm status ]
Syntax Description
| vcenter-name | The name of the VCenter. |
| detail | Displays all VCenter information, in list format. |
| fsm status | Displays all VCenter finite state machine information, in list format. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VMware (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to display VCenter information:
switch-A# scope system
switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt
switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware
switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # show vcenter vc10
vCenter:
Name: vc10
Description: test
Hostname or IP address:
Certificate:
vCenter Server Version:
switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show data-center |
|
show folder |
|
show vcon
To display vCon information, use the show vcon command.
show vcon [ 1 | | 2 | | detail | | expand ]
Syntax Description
| 1 | Displays vCon information for virtual network interface 1. |
| 2 | Displays vCon information for virtual network interface 2. |
| detail | Displays all vCons. |
| expand | Displays all vCons. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
vCon policy (/org/vcon-policy)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to display vCon information:
switch-A # scope org org100
switch-A /org # scope service-profile sp100
switch-A /org/service-profile* # show vcon 1
Virtual Network Interfaces:
Virtual Network Interfaces ID: 1
Selection Preference: All
Pubs-A /org/service-profile* #
show vcon-policy
To display vCon policy information, use the show vcon-policy command.
show vcon-policy [ policy-name | | detail | | expand ]
Syntax Description
| policy-name | The name of the policy. Displays the specified vCon policy. |
| detail | Displays the vCon policy that is associated with the service profile that you entered. |
| expand | Displays all vCon policies. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Organization (/org)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to display vCon policy information:
switch-A # scope org org100
switch-A /org # show vcon-policy vcp100
vNIC/vHBA Placement Profile:
Name
----
org100/vcp100
Pubs-A /org #
show virtual-machine
To display virtual machine information, use the show virtual-machine command in vmware mode.
show virtual-machine [ uuid | | detail | | expand ]
Syntax Description
| uuid | The UUID of the virtual machine. |
| detail | Specifies detailed virtual machine information, in list format. |
| expand | Specifies expanded virtual machine information, in table format. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
VMware (/system/vm-mgmt/vmware)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.1(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to display virtual machine information:
switch-A# scope system switch-A /system # scope vm-mgmt switch-A /system/vm-mgmt # scope vmware switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware # show virtual-machine switch-A /system/vm-mgmt/vmware #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show vcenter |
|
ssh
To log in to a host that supports SSH, use the ssh command.
ssh host-name
Syntax Description
| host-name | Host name or IP address. Specify the IP address in the format A.B.C.D. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to log in to a host that supports SSH.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
Examples
This example shows how to open an SSH connection to a host:
switch-A # connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# ssh 192.0.2.111 samdme@192.0.2.111's password:
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
tail-mgmt-log
To display the last ten lines of a management log file and monitor new entries, use the tail-mgmt-log command in local management command mode.
tail-mgmt-log filebase
Syntax Description
| filebase | Base name of a management log file. See Usage Guidelines for valid base names. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the ten most recent lines of a management log file and monitor new entries.
Using the filebase argument, this command accesses the management log file at /var/sysmgr/sam_logs/filebase.log, displaying the ten most recent lines of the log file. After displaying the stored lines, the command remains open, displaying any new lines until you press the Ctrl-C key combination.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
Examples
This example shows how to monitor the most recent entries of a management log file:
switch-A# connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# tail-mgmt-log svc_sam_cliD [INFO][0xaddbbbb0][Jan 6 13:36:56.216][sam_cliD:newSessionCb] received a vsh session announce message for terminal: /dev/pts/0(11908) [INFO][0xae13bbb0][Jan 6 14:48:28.072][sam_cliD:auditSessions] audit: removing terminal 9512 [INFO][0xae13bbb0][Jan 6 14:48:28.073][sam_cliD:auditSessions] audit: removing terminal 11908 [INFO][0xaddbbbb0][Jan 6 16:34:14.019][sam_cliD:newSessionCb] received a vsh session announce message for terminal: /dev/pts/1(23013) [INFO][0xae13bbb0][Jan 6 17:01:28.100][sam_cliD:auditSessions] audit: removing terminal 23013 [INFO][0xaddbbbb0][Jan 12 16:07:28.315][sam_cliD:newSessionCb] received a vsh session announce message for terminal: /dev/pts/2(8612) [INFO][0xaddbbbb0][Jan 12 16:09:45.404][sam_cliD:newSessionCb] received a vsh session announce message for terminal: /dev/pts/3(8794) [INFO][0xae13bbb0][Jan 12 16:09:58.073][sam_cliD:auditSessions] audit: removing terminal 8612 [INFO][0xae13bbb0][Jan 12 16:17:58.072][sam_cliD:auditSessions] audit: removing terminal 8794 [INFO][0xaddbbbb0][Jan 13 09:41:08.052][sam_cliD:newSessionCb] received a vsh session announce message for terminal: /dev/pts/4(8618) Ctrl-C switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
telnet
To log in to a host that supports Telnet, use the telnet command in local management command mode.
telnet host-name [port-num]
Syntax Description
| host-name | Host name or IP address. Specify the IP address in the format A.B.C.D. |
| port-num | (Optional) TCP port number. The default is 23. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to log in to a host that supports Telnet.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
Examples
This example shows how to open a Telnet connection to a host:
switch-A # connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# telnet 10.193.66.111 Trying 10.20.30.111... Connected to 10.20.30.111. Escape character is '^]'. SanJose login:
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
terminal length
To set the number of lines to be displayed in the terminal window, use the terminal length command.
terminal length lines
Syntax Description
| lines | Specifies the number of lines to be displayed in the terminal window. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the number of lines to be displayed in the terminal window. The range for lines is 0 to 511 lines. Enter 0 to eliminate pausing.
Examples
This example shows how to set the terminal length to 12 lines:
switch-A# terminal length 12 switch-A *# commit-buffer switch-A #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
terminal width |
|
terminal monitor
To enable the display of syslog messages in the terminal window, use the terminal monitor command.
terminal [ no ] monitor
Syntax Description
| no | Disables the display of syslog messages in the terminal window. |
Command Default
Disabled
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display syslog messages in the terminal window. To prevent the display of syslog messages in the terminal window, enter the terminal no monitor command.
Examples
This example shows how to enable the display of syslog messages in the terminal window:
switch-A# terminal monitor switch-A *# commit-buffer switch-A #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
set syslog monitor |
|
terminal session-timeout
To configure an inactivity timeout for terminal window sessions, use the terminal session-timeout command.
terminal session-timeout minutes
Syntax Description
| minutes | Specifies the number of minutes of inactivity before the terminal session disconnects. |
Command Default
Disabled
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the inactivity timeout for terminal window sessions. The range of minutes is 0 to 525600 minutes. To prevent the session from disconnecting due to inactivity, enter 0 minutes.
Examples
This example shows how to configure an inactivity timeout of 60 minutes for a terminal window session:
switch-A# terminal session-timeout 60 switch-A *# commit-buffer switch-A #
terminal width
To set the number of characters per line to be displayed in the terminal window, use the terminal width command.
terminal width characters
Syntax Description
| characters | Specifies the number of characters per line to be displayed in the terminal window. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to set the number of characters per line to be displayed in the terminal window. The range for characters is 24 to 511 characters.
Examples
This example shows how to set the terminal display width to 40 characters per line:
switch-A# terminal width 40 switch-A *# commit-buffer switch-A #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
terminal length |
|
top
To enter root from any mode, use the top command.
top
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to enter root from any mode:
switch /system/services # top
switch#
traceroute
To view the route to a network host, use the traceroute command in local management command mode.
traceroute host-name [ source source ]
Syntax Description
| host-name | The host name or IP address of the destination network host. |
| source source | (Optional) Specifies the IP address to be used as the source address in outgoing probe packets. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Local management (local-mgmt)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to trace the route of IP packets to a network host.
You can use the optional source keyword to force the source address of the probe packets to be another IP address of the sending host.
This command is available on the local management port command line. Use the connect local-mgmt command to connect to that command line.
Examples
This example shows how to trace the route to a network host:
switch-A # connect local-mgmt a Cisco UCS 6100 Series Fabric Interconnect TAC support: http://www.cisco.com/tac Copyright (c) 2009, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved. The copyrights to certain works contained herein are owned by other third parties and are used and distributed under license. Some parts of this software may be covered under the GNU Public License or the GNU Lesser General Public License. A copy of each such license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html and http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html switch-A(local-mgmt)# traceroute 64.102.255.44 traceroute to 64.102.255.44 (64.102.255.44), 30 hops max, 38 byte packets 1 10.19.64.1 (10.19.64.1) 2.243 ms 3.317 ms 4.054 ms 2 10.19.15.1 (10.19.15.1) 4.003 ms 3.823 ms 4.042 ms 3 172.28.177.129 (172.28.177.129) 4.022 ms 3.824 ms 4.051 ms 4 172.16.152.13 (172.16.152.13) 4.023 ms 3.815 ms 4.063 ms 5 192.168.241.162 (192.168.241.162) 4.026 ms 3.839 ms 4.075 ms 6 192.168.241.254 (192.168.241.254) 3.969 ms 3.801 ms 4.043 ms 7 10.112.4.157 (10.112.4.157) 4.007 ms 3.846 ms 4.044 ms 8 10.112.4.162 (10.112.4.162) 77.778 ms 77.646 ms 77.852 ms 9 10.112.4.110 (10.112.4.110) 77.851 ms 77.612 ms 77.848 ms 10 192.0.2.158 (192.0.2.158) 77.908 ms 77.553 ms 77.810 ms 11 64.102.241.134 (64.102.241.134) 77.851 ms 77.583 ms 77.807 ms 12 64.102.244.14 (64.102.244.14) 77.854 ms 77.534 ms 77.838 ms 13 64.102.255.44 (64.102.255.44) 77.874 ms 77.590 ms 77.800 ms switch-A(local-mgmt)#
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
connect local-mgmt |
|
up
To move up one mode, use the up command.
up
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to move up one mode:
switch-A /org/service-profile # up switch-A /org #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
top |
|
update catalog
To update and apply the capability catalog, use the update catalog command.
update catalog url
Syntax Description
| url | Specifies the URL of a capability catalog update file. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Capability (/system/capability)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.3(1) | This command was introduced. |
Usage Guidelines
If the remote host requires a username and password, use the URL format for the specific protocol, such as ftp://user:password@ hostname/path for FTP.
When a username is specified without a password, you are prompted for a password.
Examples
This example shows how to update and apply the capability catalog using SCP:
UCS-A# scope system UCS-A /system # scope capability UCS-A /system/capability # update catalog scp://user1@192.0.2.111/catalogs/ucs-catalog.1.0.0.4.bin Password: UCS-A /system/capability #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
scope cat-updater |
|
update firmware
To update the firmware, use the update firmware command.
update firmware version activate [force] set-startup
Syntax Description
| version | Version number. |
| activate | (Optional) Specifies activation of firmware. |
| force | (Optional) Specifies force of firmware update. |
| set-startup | (Optional) Specifies set the firmware update on startup. |
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Input/output module (/chassis/iom)
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to update the firmware:
switch-A# scope chassis 1 switch-A /chassis # scope iom 2 switch-A# /chassis/iom # update firmware 1.0(0.988) switch-A# /chassis/iom* # activate firmware 1.0(0.988) switch-A# /chassis/iom* # commit-buffer switch-A# /chassis/iom #
Related Commands
Command |
Description |
show firmware |
|
show image |
|
where
To determine where you are in the CLI, use the where command.
where
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Any command mode
Command History
| Release | Modification |
|---|---|
| 1.0(1) | This command was introduced. |
Examples
This example shows how to determine where you are in the CLI:
switch-A /org/service-profile # where
Mode: /org/service-profile
Mode Data:
scope org
enter org org10
enter service-profile sp10 instance
switch-A /org/service-profile #
Feedback